ML17345B337

Summary Rept on Detailed Control Room Design Review of Turkey Point Units 3 & 4 Nuclear Power Station, Prepared in Response to NUREG-0737,Item I.D.1 & Suppl 1 to NUREG-0737

ML17345B337
Person / Time
Site:	Turkey Point
Issue date:	10/31/1983
From:	FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT CO.
To:
Shared Package
ML17345B336	List: ML17345B335 ML17345B337
References
RTR-NUREG-0737, RTR-NUREG-737, TASK-1.D.1, TASK-TM NUDOCS 8311080322
Download: ML17345B337 (640)

Text

Table of Contents

."~Pa e 1.0 METHODOLOGY 1 1.1 Overview 1 1.2 Review Procedures 4 1.3 Document and Document Control 8 1.4 Technical Approach 1.5 Assessment and Implementation 2.0 FINDINGS/RESULTS 20 2.1 Equipment Inventory . 20 2.2 Experience Review 22 2.3 Surveys 26 2.3.1 Noise -" 27 2.3.2 Lighting =-

40 2.3.3 Control Room Environment/Workspace 48 2.3.4 Controls and Displays '65 2.3.5 Conventions '73 2.3.6 Process Computer 75 2.3.7 Emergency Garments "80 2.3.8 Labels 88 2.3.9 Annunciators 95 2 3.10 Anthropometry 101 2.3.11 Force/Torque 107 2.3.12 Communications "110 2.3.13 Maintainability 114 2.4 Systems, Functions, and Task Analysis

• 119 2.4.1 Identify/Review Systems, Functions, and Tasks 119 2.4.2 Analyze Tasks 121 2.4 3 Verify Task Performance "

Capability/Human Engineering Suitability '122 2.4.4 Validate Control Room Factors 124 3.0 IMPLEMENTATION 127 3.1 Develop Backf it Schedules 127, 3.1.1 Phase 3 Enhancement and Design Solutions. 127 3.1.2 Analysis of Correction by Enhancement 127 3.1.3 Analysis of Correction by Alternative 127 3.1.4 Extent of Correction 130 83ii080322 83iiOi PDR ADOCK 05000250 F PDR

8 OS OS SS 8S H

OA 80 Fg ZC 00 HP, lal vor air All Plr Rrl ESE SSE USE VSE VSE csr lSr OKl

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 3.2 Human Engineering Backfit Program 133 3.2.1 Labeling 133 3.2.2 Demarcation 135 3.2.3 Annunciator Review 136 3.2.4 Coding Convention 137 3.2.5 Engineering Intergration Review 138 3.2.6 Administrative and Training 146 3.3 Written Justification/No Corrective Action Intended 148 3.3.1 Low Error Assessment 148 3.3.2 Invalid Findings 313 3.4 Completed Backfits 338 3.4.1 Completed Enhancements/Design Solutions 338 3.4.2 Scheduled Completion dates for Standarized Backfit Solutions 367 3.5 Implementation Program Tracking System 368 3.5.1 'nventory Control 368 3.5.2 Status Updates 368 3.5.3 Open Item List Development 368 3.5.4 Project History '69 3.5.5 Program Index and Listing 369 APPENDIX 1 Computer Output of All Human Engineering Deficiencies APPENDIX A Checklist of NUREG-0700 Criteria Used For the Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 DCRDR

I~

I P Np C

',t 4

5'

'l

~,

<l 0

1.0 METHODOLOGY l.l Overview This report has been prepared in response to NUREG-0737 item 1.D.l and details the means by which a Detailed Control Room Design Reviewwas conducted for the Turkey Point Units 3 6 4 Nuclear Power Plants owned and operated by the Florida Power Bc Light Company. The review was conducted using NUREGs-0700 and -0801, and spanned:

the period from July 1981 to July 1983.

The review was conducted in four phases, as follows:

Phase 1 - Pro'ect Plannin .

o Preparation of a review planning document which discusses Review methodologies Review documentation Status, personnel qualifications, and project organization Assessment and prioritization of discrepancies Reporting {findings, assessment, and schedules).

Phase 2 - Control Room Review. This represents the period in which data collection, reduction, and analysis was conducted, resulting in Human Engineering Discrepancy reports and draft reports.

~ .

Phase 3 - Enhancement Bc Desi n Solutions. Human Engineering Discrepancies were collated, alternate enhancements and design solutions were gene-rated, and the results were considered in trade-offs.

Phase 4 - ~Re ortin . Baokfit sohedoles and Detailed Control Room Design Review results will be provided to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

Figure l-l shows, in general, the phases and task flow for the Detailed Control Room Design Review. A brief discussion of the activities conducted in each phase of the review follows this figure. The Detailed Control Room Design Review was conducted using the NUREG-0700 guidelines. Planning, staffing, technical approach, and prioritiza-tion were conducted in accordance with the guidelines as stated in NUREG-0700.

The present Detailed Control Room Design Review report closely follows the outline recommended in Section 5.2 of NUREG-0700. Specifically, this final report discusses:

o The Detailed Control Room Design Review phases o'he technical activities review of operating experience assembly of control room documentation system/function/task analysis conduct of control room surveys verification of task performance capability validation of control room functions

t C:

I el~

~

5'<</

~ p

~ I 0

g') 'I

~ I 0 ~

~ ~

~w

~)

~P I

~ C I ~

8

]

~"

PHASE III PHASE I PHASE II ENIIANCEMENTAND PHASE IV PLANNING REVIEW REPORTING DESIGN SOLUTIONS SYSTEMS VERIFY REVIEW TASK FUNCTIONS PERATION AND TASK PERFOR.

EXPERIENCE MANGE ANALYSIS CAPABILITY DEVELOP REPORT IDENTIFY DEVELOP ASSESS AND PROGRAM DISCRE-SELECT PLAN PANCIES OPTIONS DEVELOP SCHEDULE ASSEMBLE CONDUCT VALIDATE CONTROL ROOILII CONTROL CONTROL ROOM ROOM DOCUMEN-SURVEYS FUNCTIONS TATION FlGURE 1-1 THE FOUR PHASES AND THE TASK FLON RELAT!ONSHlP OF THE CR REVlBhf

0 If v I

I r e

o Method of assessment of discrepancies o Method of identification and selection of enhancement and design solutions o Review results of Human Engineering Discrepancies, Human Engi-neering Discrepancy Assessment, and the selected enhancement and design solutions will be organized into the following groups:

survey findings (annunciator, communications, etc.)

task analysis findings (panel/workspace) human factors engineering suitability and validation of functions findings (control room traffic, workload distribution, and man/machine functional allocations) o Improvements to be made enhancements/justification/extent of correction design alternative/justification/extent of correction o Schedule of implementation.

P 4i

'I 1 %

1.2 Review Procedures This section presents, in general terms, the review procedures employed. In Section 2.0, Findings, detailed descriptions of the procedures employed, and results of each, are presented.

1.2.1 Phase 2 Control Room Review The Control Room Review phase was subdivided into six subtasks as follows:

o Review of Operating Experience o Assemble Control Room Documentation o Review of System Functions and Task Analysis o Control Room Surveys o Verify Task Performance Capability o Validate Control Room Functions.

1.2.1.1 Review of Operating Experience This task was composed of two subtasks:

1) conduct of operator interviews, and 2) review of plant operational experience through Licensee Event Reports, technical specification modifications, etc. This review task was conducted in accordance with the guidelines of NUREG-0700 published September 1981.

1.2.1.2 Assemble Control Room Documentation In this task, a control room data base was established to support subsequent evaluation. A library was established with control room related documentation (technical specifications, drawings, etc.), control room components were photo-documented, and a 1/3 scale photomosaic was constructed.

The library and photo-documentation were centrally located to support the effort. In addition to the library and photographic documentation; a control room inventory of components was developed, identifying for each component, its location, system relation-ships, functions, and characteristics. Inventory data has been filed for subsequent use.

1.2.1.3 Conduct Control Room Surveys Much of the detailed assessment of the control room was conducted via surveys. Surveys required the collection of data using preconstructed checklists and interview forms, and the taking of direct measurements of control room parameters such as noise levels, light levels, etc. The survey criteria are presented in Appendix A. For each survey, a draf t report (summarizing Human Engineering Discrepancies) was prepared for subsequent inclusion into the present final report. The surveys conducted were:

o Noise direct measurements of noise levels were taken and com-pared to individual checklists items.

4 7

p I ~

I

}I I

r

o Lighting measurements were taken under various conditions (e.g.,

nor mal and emergency lighting) and compared to individual.

NUREG-0700 items.

o Control Room Environment assessments were made by direct measurement of the parameters listed below and by comparison to the data in the NUREG-0700 guidelines.

temperature humidi ty ventilation workspace arrangement document organization, use, and storage control room access o Design Conventions evaluations by survey for the conventions listed below. The data was subsequently compared to NUREG-0700 guidelines.

coding methods (color, shape, pattern, etc.)

standardization of abbreviations and acronyms

-, consistency of control use consistency of display movement or indication o Controls checklist evaluation of controls.

o Displays checklist evaluation of displays.

o Computers checklist evaluation of computer systems.

o Emergency Garments data were collected by walk-throughs, use of emergency garments, speech intelligibility analysis, and checklist application.

o Labeling checklist evaluation of labels.

o Annunciators checklist evaluation of annunciator systems;, direct measurement of annunciator fonts, signal intensities, etc.

o Anthropometrics analysis of reach and visual access to control room components given physical configuration of boards, panels, layout, etc. The data was subsequently compared to checklist item requirements.

o Force/Torque where indicated by operator observation, force/

torque information for control types were collected for comparison to checklist items.

o Communications checklist evaluation of communications systems; speech intelligibilityanalysis of communications modes o Maintainability checklist and questionnaire data concerning operator-maintained components (trend recorders, bulbs, etc.).

1.2.1.4 Review of System Functions and Task Analysis (SFTA) System functions and tasks were identified and evaluated in this task. A 4-step procedure was employed:

o Identification of systems and subsystems by review of plant documen-tation

~ ~

1

o Identification of event sequences to undergo Task Analysis. These were identified using:

NUREGs-0737, -0660, and -0700 results of Operating Experience Review o Identification of system/subsystem functions through document review and operator interviews o Identification and analysis of control room operational tasks.

Task Analysis data served as an input to the verification of task performance capability and to the validation of control room functions (see paragraphs 1.2.1.5 and 1.2.1.6). The results/products of this task were:

o Response Selection Diagrams o Task analysis of functional sequences o Task analysis of event sequences o Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams of task sequences o Traffic Pattern Diagrams.

1.2.1.5 Verify Task Performance Capability This evaluation task involved two subtasks: 1) verification of instrument/control availability, and 2) verification of human engineering suitability. The first, verification of availability, was conducted using the Task Analysis and Control Room Inventory. In general, tasks associated with control room functions were examined in terms of appropriate instrumentation in the control room (i.e.,

task equipment demands vs. actual equipment present in the control room). Estimates of the frequency-of-use for all instrumentation were then generated based on the set of procedures examined. C Estimations of nonprocedurally-bound operations (e.g., boration, etc.) were gene-rated via operator interviews. Also task sequences required in selected event sequences were estimated as to frequency of occurrence in the event sequences. Comparing both frequency and requirements data to the inventory, identification was made of: 1) the absence (in 'the control room) of task-required information or control, 2) the estimated frequency with which the information or control is required, and 3) the conditions (events, procedures, etc.) under which the information or control is required.

The second subtask, verification of human engineering suitability, involved using Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams, Traffic Pattern Diagrams, identified functional groups, and checklists to evaluate human engineering suitability in terms of sequence of component use, control/display proximity, and so forth. NUREG-0700 guidelines served as the principal source document for evaluation criteria.

1.2.1.6 Validate Control Room Functions This task involved analysis of workload and distribution of workload for operators performing specific task and event sequences.

Also overall control room traffic,was analyzed. The means of the analysis were task timelines and traffic analysis.'

a ~

1D Documentation and Document Control Three types of documentation were addressed: 1) reference documentation,

2) process and Human Engineering Discrepancy documentation, and 3) Detailed Control.,

Room Design Review output findings and reports.

1.3.1 Reference Documentation I

A program library was established with reference documents to support the Detailed Control Room Design Review tasks. It contains:

Licensee Event Reports Outage Analysis Reports Final Safety Analysis Reports Technical specifications and system descriptions Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams Floor plans Panel drawings and photographs Software descriptions Procedures Samples of computer printouts Various Nuclear Regulatory Commission and industry documents bearing on control room design (i.e., NUREGs-0700 and -0660, IEEE specifications and standards, human factors engineering texts, etc.).

As required, this documentation was referenced to support specific tasks within the control room evaluations.

1.3.2 Process Documentation Data collection and.reduction methods were documented for reporting purposes.

The general flow of information management is presented in Figure 1-2. Task plans served as the basic process documentation.

1.3D Guideline Human Engineering Discrepancy Documentation Data files for each Human Engineering Discrepancy were generated. For each task requiring a report, file space was reserved for that report. Human Engineering Discrepancy information was stored in a computer file which contained the following information:

o Guideline number 8

0

~ ~

I l v. w=

I 11%0 w ~ I N

1' I

~ y t ~ <

~ .

FIGURE 1-2 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE 1 DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE 2

' ' ' ' DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE N COLLECT DATA COLLECT DATA ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ COLLECT DATA I P ENTI FY H E Ps ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ lDENTIFY HEDs IDENTIFY HEDs DOCUMENT DOCUMENT ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ DOCUMENT FILE (MANUAL FILE (MANUAL ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

FILE (MANUAL 8L ADP) 4 ADP) 8E ADP)

ASSESS HEDs UPDATE FILES (MANUAL8c ADP)

IDENTIFY RESOLUTION UPDATE FII.ES (MANUAL5 ADP)

DEVELOP SCHEDULES RESOI.UTIONS)

REPORT

I" N

J

o Human Engineering Discrepancy description o Human Engineering Discrepancy assessment o Human Engineering Discrepancy locations (components which are discrepant from the NUREG-0700 guidelines) o Action to be taken on the Human Engineering Discrepancy.

Figure 1-3 presents the Human Engineering Discrepancy form used to document and report findings.

1.3.4 Component Human Engineering Discrepancy Reports A manually maintained file was established which documented, for each component, Human Engineering Discrepancies cited against that component (generic Human Engineer.-

ing Discrepancies, such as label font, were not recorded on component sheet). In addition, the header for each Component Level Human Engineering Discrepancy contains the following Control Room Inventory information:

o Panel/workstation o Unique location code o System relationship o Component function and use o Component type and characteristics.

The Human Engineering Discrepancies noted against a component are, where appropriate, listed on the bottom of the form by Human Engineering Discrepancy number (which corresponds to a NUREG-0700 guideline number). The Component Level Human Engineering Discrepancy form used is presented in Figure 1-4.

1.3.5 Task Reports For each survey, a separate report section has been generated detailing:

o Objectives of the survey o Actual data collection and analysis methods employed o Criteria used as a baseline or guideline for evaluation o Summary of findings.

10

~, tP'1A PI ~

tits - ~

1 l

f l

I ~

FIGURE 1-3 HUWtAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY REPORT NO: PLANT.UN!T' DATE:

REVIEWER NAME:

a) HED TITLE:

b) ITEMS INVOLVED:

ITEM TYPE NOMENCLATURE LOCATION PHOTO NO.

c) PROSLEM DESCRIPTION (GUIDELINES VIOLATED):

d) SPECIFIC OPERATOR ERROR(S) THAT COULD RESULT FROM HED:

~r eW s l'

l j

I l

P I

I II I

1 V

I 1I L '

1

FIGURE 1-3 (continued) e) SUGGESTIONS FOR POTENTIAL BACKFITS

1) ESSEX REVIEW DATA COLLECTOR DATE DATA COLLECTION MGR DATE PROGRAM MGR DATE g) DISPOSITION CI FURTHER REVIEW BY DATE 0 TO BE CORRECTED BY DATE Q REFER TO OPERATIONS 0 NO ACTION OTHER EVALUATIONCOMPLETED FPL PROJECT DIRECTOR DATE

electee Ie he tee ~

r t~

~ ~

g, ~

ff I

~~ err ~

~

e*)

r ~ ~

I I, Ier her

'e I ~

e Ml f

r4we ~

. ~ ~ eee I

~ ~

~ I~ I e ~ ~

st ee e' I 'Wet I

ee we ~

C er e eer le ~

~therm ~

~ ~

I VI

~ ~

cere eee>>~ '

t'e I eeetee tet I'

Itret Ire te erie Ilt, I te ~I 'e I f '

~ I

~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~

FlGVRE 1-4 COMPONENT LEVEL HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG DlSCREPANCY REPORT COMPONENT(S) LABEL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION N LINE 1 PANEL IINE 2 IOC CODE TYPE LINE 3 SUBSYSTEM'ONTROI. MODES/DISPLAY RANGE:

USE:

HED NUMBER CAT HED NUMBER CAT

K t

I)

~ .

E

1A Technical Approach

~

.The technical approach (review procedure) employed is briefly introduced in this section. Detailed discussions of review methodologies are presented in Section 2.0, Findings, where text is provided which describes the activities for the following tasks:

o Review of operating experience o Assembly of control room documentation o Review of system functions and task analysis o Surveys noise lighting control room environment design conventions controls and displays

'computers emergency garments labeling annunciators anthropometrics force/torque communications maintainability o Verification of task performance capability o Validation of control room functions o Assessment of discrepancies.

Each survey report addresses:

o Task Objectives The type of data to be collected or human performance variables under analysis.

o Review Team The personnel required to conduct the task.

o Criter ia Generally, the review guidelines appropriate to the evaluation being conducted.

o Task Definition Steps or procedures followed in the conduct of the task.

o Outputs and Results Task results. These are Human Engineering Discrepancies which may be drawn upon by subsequent tasks (e.g.,

Task Analysis).

I I I~

1

~ '4 r

~~

pl

1.5 Assessment and Implementation Once a Human Engineering Discrepancy was identified, its disposition had to be determined. This section of the summary report: 1) describes the means whereby Human Engineering Discrepancies were assessed for error-inducing potential and.system conse-quences of induced errors, arid 2) details the means by which Human Engineering Discrepancies will be disposed of (redesign, additional 3ob Performance Aids, etc.) The assessment portion, in essence, determines the scheduling of backfits as a function of the potential consequences of the Human Engineering Discrepancy. The disposition portion determines the means by which a Human Engineering Discrepancy will be ameliorated.

Assessment is initially divorced from disposition in terms of selection of backfits; however, Human Engineering Discrepancy disposition may, in some instances, drive scheduling of backfits due to availability of materials, extent of engineering redesign, and so forth. Also candidate backfits undergo assessment to ensure that human engineering discrepancies have been adequately addressed.

1.5.1 Assessment The basic assessment process is divided into four steps, as follows:

o Assess extent of deviation from NUREG-0700 guidelines o Assess Human Engineering Discrepancy impact on error occurrence o Assess potential consequences of error occurrence o Assign Human Engineering Discrepancy scheduling priority.

A Human Engineering Discrepancy Assessment Form an'd a Logic Diagram are presented in Figure 1-5.

1.5.1.1 Assess Extent of Deviation from NUREG-0700 Guidelines This step required that a subjective assessment of the extent of discrepancy from NUREG-0700 guidelines be made with regard to the control room. For example, symbol/background contrast might be 40 percent rather than 50 percent, or only small amounts of parallax may exist in a display. A judgement was made based on the content of the guideline being applied and the control room component under assessment. Extent of deviation was subjectively scaled from "1" (some deviation) to "5" (complete deviation). There was also a catagory N/A (not applicable) for Human Engineering Discrepancies which are not described in NUREG-0700 (discrepancies from other documents such as military standards, human factors engineering texts, etc). Extent of deviation judgements are not used directly to assess priority or scheduling of backfits, but relate to assessment of 0

15

~

L

'l g

(

C r

operational error potentials. It is possible to have little deviation from the guidelines and high error assessments, and vise versa.

1.5.1.2 Assess Human Engineering Discrepancy Impact on Error Occurrence Given that no control system can be designed to be operationally error-free, the assessment here was to estimate Human Engineering Discrepancy impact on hypothetical (unknown) baseline error rates of control room components; e.g., will additional errors be induced by discrepancies from the guide'lines? Estimates of Human Engineering Discrep-ancy impact on error occurrence were qualitatively arrived at by consideration of the following:

o Body physiology fatigue/physical stress discomfort injury anthropometry o Sensory/perceptual performance VISIon audition proprioception touch o Information processing overload confusion recall pattern matching/recognition data manipulation (comparing, extrapolating, etc.)

o Learning inhibition habituation response predominance transfer response competition response latency o Task demands frequency duration competition sequence speed communication precision information.

1.5.1D Assess Potential Consequences of Error Occurrence Review team, tech-nical staff, and operations representatives evaluated system consequences of hypothesized operational errors. Four determinations are required:

16

o Does the Human Engineering Discrepancy relate to plant safety functions?

o Does the Human Engineering Discrepancy relate to plant functions required to mitigate the consequences of an accident?

o Could an error lead to unsafe operations or plant conditions?

o Could an error lead to violations of technical specifications?

Each of these requires a yes/no type response. The Logic Diagram on Figure 1-5 (Human Engineering Discrepancy Priorit@shows how these data are integrated to assign categories and priorities to Human Engineering Discrepancies.

Category I Human Engineering Discrepancies are those which have been noted from documented operational errors. All Category I Human Engineering Discrepancies are deemed to increase error potential, but consequences must still be assigned to determine ultimate scheduling priority. Category II Human Engineering Discrepancies are those discrepancies noted during field surveys and/or operator interviews which have been determined to be of valid concern and require corrective action, but for which no documented cases of operator error were found during the Review of Operating Experience. Category III Human Engineering Discrepancies are those discrepancies noted by field surveys and/or operator interviews which have been determined to have little or no impact on operator performance, and for which no documented cases of operator error were found during the Review of Operating Experience.

Assessment of error occurrence was estimated for the following:

o Overall operator performance is/is not degraded by the Human Engineering Discrepancy impact on body physiology?

o The Human Engineering Discrepancy does/does not degrade sensory perf ormance?

o Information processing capability is/is not exceeded via the Human Engineering Discrepancy?

o The Human Engineering Discrepancy does/does not induce direct error due to principles of learning?

o Task difficulty and reliability is/is not affected by the Human Engineering Discrepancy?

Based on the above, a subjective error assessment was generated on a 5-point scale; "1" indicating a low probability of induced errors is expected as a result of the Human Engineering Discrepancy, and "5" indicating a high probability of additional errors being induced.

17

FIGURE 'I.5

'ED ASSESSMENT FORM

1. EXTENT OF DEVIATION FROM 0700 GUIDELINES 1 2 4 g~MP 5

~

2. ERROR ASSESSMENT N/A ~W 1 2 2 i 5

2. SAFETY FUNCT)ON NO

4. NON SAFETY RELATED, YES REOUIREO TO MITIGATE CONSEOUKNCES OF AN ACCIDENT S. CONSEOUENCES OF ERROR OCCURENCE A. UNSAFE YES NO OPERATION

5. VIOLATION YES NO OF TECH.

SPECS.

NO

1. DEV $ 0'? FILE HED YES

2. ERROR NO ASSESSMENT CATEGORY III HED st TA YES TA t CATEGORY II C HED TECH SPEC VIOLATED OR UNSAFE OPERATION

'2 YES 5, SAFETY FUNCTION OR 08JECTIVE?

NO TECH SPEC VIOLATED OR UNSAFE OPERATION?

CATEGORY II C HED YES YES CATEGORY II A 18 CATEGORY II 8 HED

1.5.1A Assign Human Engineering Discrepancy Priority Scheduling Priority for scheduling of backfit was assigned per the following:

o Priority A Prompt - first outage, given availability of materials and engineering lead time.

o Priority B Near Term - second refueling outage given availability of parts and engineering lead time.

o Priority C Long Term - at any time.

19

2.0 FINDINGS This section presents results and findings of 'the Detailed Control Room Design Review. Section 2.1 discusses the Equipment Inventory. Section 2.2 presents findings for the Operating Experience Review. Sect'ion 2.3 presents findings and results of the Control Room Surveys. Finally, Section 2.4 discusses the System Functions and Task Analysis findings. Where applicable, all Human Engineering Discrepancies identified via the evaluation processes are presented.

2.1 Equipment Inventory 2.1.1 Objective The objective of the Equipment Inventory was to identify and reference all instrumentation controls and equipment within the control room for: 1) assessment of task equipment demands, 2) Component Level Human Engineering Discrepancy documen-tation, and 3) priority assessment. The inventory included all components and major assemblies with which operators interface in the control rooms.

2.1.2 Review Team Responsibilities A human factors specialist with control room operating experience assembled the Equipment Inventory using the form presented in Figure 1-4. (One form was completed for each component or major assembly).

2.1 3 Criteria Criteria for this task included:

o The inventory should include all controls, displays and other com-ponents on the control boards, peripheral consoles, back panels, etc.-

that is, the components with which operators interface at all work stations. (NUREG-0700, p. 3-19).

o Each component should have a unique identifier (NUREG-0700,

p. 3-20).

1 o The inventory should identify the system, subsystem, function/sub-function, purpose, and characteristics (range for scaled displays, colors for indicator lights, and position labels for controls) for each component (NUREG-0700, p. 3-19).

20

~ II

'1

2.1.4 Task Definition A photomosaic of the control room was used as the basis for most of the inventory work. Because the panels are long, they were divided into sections for the purpose of assigning alphanumeric identifiers. The console consisted of the following sections (from left to right facing the console): Coolant Volume Control System, Reactor Control, Steam Flow/Feed Flow, and Electrical. The back panel was divided into the Reactor Coolant System; Reactor, Steam Generator and Reactor Trip; Condensate, Feedwater and Turbine-Generator; and Electrical. The Safeguard Panel was divided into four sections and numbered 1 through 4, from left to right. Each component was assigned a unique alphanumeric code. All components sharing a single label were given the same code.

One Component Level Human Engineering Discrepancy Report (component sheet) was completed for each unique alphanumeric code. Information not available from the photomosaic was collected on-site. Components were divided into subsystems within each panel by a human factors specialist with control room operating experience, and this information was included on the component sheet.

The bottom half of the component sheet includes a list of Human Engineering Discrepancies noted for each component. The Human Engineering Discrepancy number shown refers to the NUREG-0700 guideline which was violated by the component.

Although the control room Equipment Inventory was intended for use in Task Analysis, the references to Human Engineering Discrepancy numbers on the component sheets also provide Florida Power Bc Light with a list of Human Engineering Discrepancies associated with each component. The component sheets are filed by unit, by panel, by component type within each panel, and finally by location code within component type.

The control room Equipment Inventory was completed Duly 1983 after the majoarity of data collection was completed. A 2.1.5 Outputs and Results The output of this task is a filing system containing a data form for each component in the control room. The form contains information describing the component and a list of associated Human Engineering Discrepancies. The Human Engineering Discrepancy number references NUREG-0700 guidelines and the appropriate Human Engineering Discrepancy.

21

2.2 Operator Interviews/Operating Experience Reviews 2.2.l Objective Interviews were conducted with operating personnel in order to obtain information on control room design and operability from users of the system. Questions were intended to gather information on workspace design and panel layout, environmental features, alarm and warning systems, computer systems, communications, procedures, maintenance, and staffing and training. Potential discrepanices as well as positive human factors engineering features were identified.

2.2.2 Review Team Responsibilities Interviews were 'conducted by a human factors analyst experienced in interview techniques. The human factors analyst was responsible for briefing each interviewee regarding the purpose and general content of the questionnaire, and for recording responses appropriately on the interview forms. Briefings and interviews both were conducted individually.

Operations personnel participating in the interviews included a majority of the reactor operators, senior reactor operators, watch engineers (shift technical advisors), and shif t supervisors.

2.2.3 Criteria The specific items presented during the interviews are presented in Appendix A.

2.2.4 Task Definition/Methodology An operations representative was designated to arrange times and places for individual interviews. It was decided that since Unit 3 was off-line it would be most convenient to brief and interview individual operators (one at a time) in an alcove off the control room. The close proximity to the primary operating zone allowed the interviewee rapid return to control room duties if required, allowed demonstrations of incidents or, problems on the control board, and provided sufficient privacy to achieve a confidential interview.

Each operator was briefed on the purpose of the inteview and its contribution to the overall control room evaluation, as well as about the role of human factors engineering in the design of power plant control systems and interfaces. The interviewees were also assured as to the anonymity of their responses.

22

Each question was read aloud and then paraphrased to ensure that the intent was clear. The interviewer listened carefully to each response, asking questions when state-rnents were unclear, recorded responses on the questionnaire (Appendix A), and read response aloud to the interviewee to ensure accuracy.

each'ecorded Prior to each subsequent data collection task, the relevant section of each questionnaire was reviewed to ensure that all of the interviewees'oncerns were evaluated and verified.

Questionnaires are retained in comprehensive project files to provide supporting data for this and other aspects of the evaluation. t 2.2.5 Output and Results Responses to individual questions were tallied and any clustering of answe'rs noted.

A listing of the most frequently noted (clustered) responses is contained in Table 2.2.5-1.

Many insights were identified only once (by one interviewee); yet when verified in the control room (with the three control room operators on shift), the insight was found to be shared. Therefore, all potential human factors engineering problems were reviewed and verified; not simply those problems most frequently identified. An area where this was particularly evident was in panel layout where a variety of potential grouping and arrangement problems were identified.

Each negative observation (noted during interviews) was documented on Human Engineering Discrepancy forms and verified or discredited via subsequent surveys and/or Task Analysis. A number of negative observations were deleted where previously scheduled control room modifications ameliorated the potential discrepancies.

TABLE 2.2.5-1 SAMPLE OF MOST FREQUENT INTERYIEW RESPONSES 0/o Response Response Positive Res onses Occurrence Ne ative Res onses Occurrence Works ace La out Bc Environment o Control Room Layout - compact, o Noise/Traffic Excessive accessible (6113c,d) o Panel Layout - system grouping 57 Annunciator Warnin S stem o System/Function Grouping 71 o Nuisance alarms present 50 (6313a1) o Size too small (6335a) 43 o No dark board/some normal 43 "ON" (6332e) o New annunciators not grouped 43 (633 1a)

Communications o Availability of various alternative 50 o Page system overcrowded 78.5.

or backup systems (62183c) o Bell phone lines overloaded 50 (night shift especially when no switchboard operator available) (62llc) o PAX phones unreliable 78.5 Process Com uters o Present functions helpful and easy to 86 o More functions needed no 43 use trends/graphics (6733a,c,d)

TABLE 2.2.5-1 SAMPLE OF MOST FREQUENT INTERVIEW RESPONSES (COhfPD)

Response Response Positive Res onses Occurrence Ne ative Res onses Occurrence Corrective and Preventive Maintenance o Vital instruments well maintained 57 o Operators not allowed to set 50 PMS on recorders weekly 71 the priorities (no HED generated)

Procedures o Changed/updated too often to allow memorization o Emergency procedures too long o No operational input to the writing (no HEDs generated)

Staffin and Job Desi n o Control room understaf fed (3 78.5 CROs per shift for 2 units inadequate) (6112a) o Paperwork and communication 64 duties overload and distract from operational duties (6112b)

~Trainin o Simulator training helpful 78.5 o Simulator not plant-specifc 78.5 o Classroom and requalification 57 training not long enough o Instructor undermanned (no 57 HEDs generated)

2.3 Surveys This section presents the objectives, review team, evaluation criteria, task definition/methodology, and results/finding of each control room survey. These include:

o Noise o Light o Environment/Workspace o Controls and Displays o Conventions o Process Computer o Emergency Garments o Labels and Location Aids o Annunciators o Anthropometry o Force/Torque o Communications o Maintainability.

26

2.3.1 Noise Survey 2.3.1.1 Objective The'purpose of the Noise Survey was to ensure that noise levels within the control room do not interfere with aided and unaided voice communications and signal audibility. Noise, signal, and communication levels were measured to determine whether or not they met NUREG-0700 guidelines.

2 3.1.2 Review Team Selection and Responsibilities The survey was performed by a human factors analyst familiar with the operation of the sound level meter used and fundamental properties of sound.

2 3.1 3 Criteria The following guidelines were used for data collection, analysis, and discrepancy documentation:

o Ambient noise levels, under normal operating conditions, do not exceed 65 dB(A) (NUREG-0700, 6.1.5.5.b) o To ensure the audibility of signals and alarms, each is at least 10 dB(A) above the ambient noise level (NUREG-0700, 6.3.2.l.a) o Acceptable levels for voice communication are as indicated in Figure 2.3.1-1.

2 3.1.4 Task Definitions Basal Level Reading and Contributing Noise Sources Noise measurements were taken at a basal level, without contributing conversation, communication, or noise from signals and other oscillating sources. Contributing sources were measured first as individually as possible, then simultaneously. Potential noise sources include:

o Audible Alarms o Printers o Communications equipment (ringing telephones, radios, loudspeakers) o Emergency or typical environmental control systems (air condition-ing, exhaust fans) (since this noise could not be eliminated, it as well as backroom relay clatter was included in all,basal measurements) o Loud conversation o Adjacent control room alarms o Open doors leading out of control room (noise from outside sources).

Measurements at'Operating Positions and Desks Measurements were taken at each operator position that requires verbal communication and /or auditory discrimination of a signal or communication. These positions included at a minimum all control room operators'esks and work stations (each panel). A diagram of the control room layout was prepared, and each measurement position was identified by number or code.

27

16 AREA WHERE COMMUNICATION CC IN NORMAL VOICE 18 dg IS ADEOUATE 'W 5~ O'

+J C~

Co cb X

~o 8

+o O~ 2 I

gl DIFFICULT oX

~v) 4

<o CL AREA WHERE UNAIDED D COMMUNICATIONS ARE INADEOUATE 0.5 0.25 80 70 80 110 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL, dB(A)

FIGURE 2.3.1-1 VOICE LEVEL AS A FUNCTION OF DISTANCE BETWEEN SPEAKER AND LISTENER AND AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL {FROM NUREG 0700) 28

t at a

Microphone Positions at Control Panels control panels were:

o o

Toward panel Microphone Toward nearest operator desk or station positions for measurements o Toward source o Straight up without obstruction, for omnipositional measurement.

Microphone Positions at Operators'esks Microphone positions for measurements at operators'esks were:

o Straight up o Toward nearest operator o Toward source of noise.

Weightings for Measurement Readings were taken in dB(flat), dB(A) and dB(C) weightings. Special attention was given to dB(A) readings since these simulate subjective responses to noise. The flat (dB) response is an indiscriminate mode, attributing the sound level to no specific frequency range. To be able to make single figure measurements that take the frequency response of the ear into account, three frequency weighting curves, A, B, and C, based upon the response of the ear, have been devised. The C-weighted mode has, essentially, a uniform response from 30 Hz to 8 kHz. The dB(A) mode is the most commonly used mode for industrial standards, and is the mode upon which the E:ssex survey recommendations were based. This mode favors the frequencies between 1 and 4 kHz, peaking at 2.5 kHz. Steady-state noise measurement is best made in this mode because it discriminates most sounds which are audible to the average ear over a period of time.

Noise that was difficult to attribute to a specific source, when measured by using general weightings, was measured by using the octave band selector on the sound level meter. All readings were appropriately recorded.

Ambient Noise Corrections Accuracy requires that the background noise be at least 10 dB below the noise level being measured, in each octave band. E:ven with this 10 dB difference,. the background noise will add about 0.4 dB to the measured SPL. The ambient noise corrections given in the table may be used to compensate for the effect of background noise.

AMBIENT NOISE CORRECTIONS (DB) 4 Difference Between Total Correction to be Subtracted Measured Sound Pressure from Total Measured Sound Level and Measured Sound Pressure Level to Obtain Pressure Level of Sound Pressure Level of Ambient Noise Only Noise Source Only 4 2.2 5 1.7 6 1.3 7 1.0 8 .8 9 .6 10 ll 12

.3

.3 13 .2 14 .2 15 .1 r

(From SNI Sl.13)

Data Analysis After data collection the measured noise levels were compared to the evaluation criteria.

Equipment/Facility Requirements A certified industrial sound level meter was necessary for executing the noise survey. This meter was capable of measuring in dB, dB(A), and dB(C) weightings as well as in a variable octave band range from 30 to 16,000 Hz. The survey was conducted using a Genrad Model 1982 sound level meter and attachments. The unit was calibrated, per the instructions in the operations manual, prior to the collection of the data.

Inputs and Data Forms All readings were recorded on a floor plan of the Turkey Point Control Rooms. Remarks regarding any acoustical considerations and recommenda-tions were also recorded. Measurement positions were numbered or coded according to the first diagram.

Outputs Data were extracted from the Noise Survey form and diagrams and were analyzed for any anomalies. Readings that proved discrepant, resulting from excessive or inadequate levels, were reported on Human Engineering Discrepancy. Report forms.

30

Recommendations were made for the solution of problems that were found in the course of the survey. Typical recommendations were acoustical absorption backfits and signal attenuation.

2 3.1.5 Findings/Results Figures 2.3.1-2 through 2.3.1-8 present the noise level r

data taken in the Turkey Point Control Rooms.

Summarizing these data, Figure 2.3.1-2, basic ambient noise levels are in the acceptable-range of 59 to 66 dB(A). Noise sources which were identified and considered as significant contributors to ambient noise were: 1) the instrumentation power trans-formers located behind the operators panels, 2) the ventilation system, and 3) the overall control room vibration from (apparently) the turbine deck and major machinery. Sources which momentarily contributed to ambient noise (other than audible signals) included:

o Opening and closing of accesses o Normal conversation o Habitation noises (paper shuffling, etc.).

Figure 2.3.1-3 presents ambient noise levels for ten audible frequencies. The data indicate high levels of noise in the lower frequencies (63 to 80 dB in the 31 to 63 Hz frequency range) and moderate levels of noise (51 to 41 dB) in the middle to high frequency ranges, which represent the primary speech frequencies and most audible signal frequencies.

Figures 2.3.1-4 to 2.3.1-8 present sound level data for ambient plus noise contri-buted from audible alarms. Note that significant auditory masking occurs: 1) when the frequencies of the target and the masking stimuli are about the same, and 2) when the masking stimulus is of a sfirlhtlv lower frequency than the target stimulus. The point of the above is that audible signal detection is a function of: 1) masker frequency, 2) masker intensity, 3) target frequency, and 4) target intensity.

For all measured audible alarms, exept the Unit 3 annunciator audible, the alarm signal intensity (for the signal frequence) was greater than potential ambient masking frequencies for the same and adjacent lower ambient frequencies (see table below).

FIGURE 2.3.4-2 AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS (dB(A))

Z

~x 0< MECH. OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE SHAFT 85 COMPUTER 83 CONSOLE DESK (FUTUREI DESK 59 S9 CONSOLE CONSOLE eO S9 VERTICAL PANEL 'A'ERTICAL PANEL 'A'

FIGURE . -3 SOUND LEVELS (dB) AT THREE PRIMARY OPERATING LOCATIONS FOR 10 FREQUENCIES (Hz) z I=v 8 z~

oz MECH. OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE III I I I I Jk SHAFT dB LEVELS f A 31$ 78 78 80 83 83 67 66 125 57 56 5$

250 53 '8 50 500 50 57 53 III 1K 49 51 48 COMPUTER 2K 50 50 48 CO CONSOLE O 8%i 4K 49 49 44 III z

CI.

{FUTUREI C6~ I

'II zill I

BK 16K 44 44 46 43 43 41 O III I Qe K CONSOLE III CONSOLE VERTICAI. PANEL 'A'ERTICAL PANEL 'A'

Ht

~

~~

e)

FIGURE 2.3.1-4 SOUND I.EVELS (dB(A)) V/ITH CONTRIBUTED NOISE FROM UNIT SHARED ANNUNCIATOR F

<it I

MECH. OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE I. J SHAFT C

m COMPUTER h CONSOLE O lU DESK (FUTURE) DESK K '0 C.

75 X

m I

O I

Ul CONSOLE CONSOLE VERTICAL PANEL 'A'ERTICAL PANEL

'A'NIT SHARED ANNUNCIATOR SOURCE MAXIMUMMEASURED NOISE LEVEL WAS 80 dB(A)'e 8000 Hz

~ le l

~

g P

~J t

1 j1 ~

0

~ 'E

~

'P i'>

2R

~

V~

P

FIGURE 2.3.1-5 SOUND LEVELS (dB) NITH CONTRIBUTED NOISE FROM SITE F!RE ALARM zQJ~ C r I I Z-OZ MECH. OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE I I pit I SHAFT FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE LOCATION fly 87 COMPUTER 87 IO CONSOLE O LQ DESK (FUTURE) DESK I X '0 IL O 8i CO I

IK LU CONSOLE CONSOI.E 87 VERTICAL PANEL 'A'ERTICAL 'A'7 PANEL MAXIMUMMEASURED AUDIBLEdB LEVEL-WAS 87",@ 8000 Hz

Vp q',

I>>

J,O

~w b ~ ~

4s D

N 4f Vg PV

\'L

',I 1V I

E~

g

)w I

FIGURE 2.3.1-6 SOUND LEVELS {dB) WITH CONTRIBUTED NOISE FROM UNIT 57LNNUNCIATOR AUDIBLE Fv i I I I I I MECH. OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE I 3 4 SHAFT 55 (ill COMPUTER 5B 56 CONSOLE 0 DESK IFUTURE) DESK I 0

55 58 rIll I

tO CONSOLE CONSOLE 5B VERTICAL PANEL 'A'ERTICAL 'A'NIT PANEl.

3 ALARM AUDIIBLE LOCATION MAXIMUMMEASURED AUDIBLEdB LEVEL WAS 62 Cru 63 Hz

I f

2 l7j '1 II f'~

p I ea lg f

I -4 4',

C' a

~4

~Y '4

~

rs Vs

~V i

..s 1

FIGURE 2.3.1-7 SOUND LEVELS (dB) NITH CONTRIBUTED NOISE FROM UNIT 4 ANNUNCIATOR AUDIBLE Fg F I I

< I I MECH. OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE SHAFT m

XI COMPUTER =I h CONSOLE A DESK (FUTURE) DESK I ill '0 X 87 Z

EL m 88 7$ I O U7 I

CONSOLE CONSOLE LU 83 74 VERTICAL PANEL VERTICAL PANEL

'A'NIT 4 ANNUNCIATOR AUDIBLE LOCATION

'A'AXIMUM MEASURED AUDIBLEdB LEYEL WAS 11 @ 8DDD Hz

P 1$

la HAPP 1

~ ~

~ A P

~ . If

/;'C'I i'P

~

~

lt ~

~

g

FIGURE 2.3.1-8 SOUND LEVELS (dB) WITH CONTRIBUTED NOISE FROM SITE RADIATION AUDIBLE Fv r I I MECH.

SHAFT OFFICE TOILET OFFICE $ )~ICE RADIATION li l I I 4

ALARM AUDIBLE LOCATION 73 67 63 m 76 COMPUTER CO CONSOLE o Ill DESK (FUTURE). DESK I 0

O. zm I

O CO I

K ill CONSOLE CONSOLE 0

VERTICAL PANEL 'A'ERTICAL PANEL

'A'AXIMUM MEASURED AUDIBLE dB LEVEL WAS 65 8000 Hz

Unit 3 Unit 4

~Si nal dB Level at Hz Ambient Ambient Unit shared annunciator 80'000 46 (8000 Hz) 49 (4000 Hz)

Fire Alarm 87 ,8000 46 (8000 Hz) 49 (4000 Hz)

Unit 3 Annunciator 62 67 (63 Hz) 80 (31.5 Hz)

Unit 4 Annunciator 71 8000 46 (8000 Hz) 49 (4000 Hz)

Radiation Alarm 65 8000 46 (8000 Hz) 49 (4000 Hz)

In summary, overall control room noise at the times of data collection was found to be within the NUREG-0700 guidelines of 65 dB(A) with the exception of a reading at 67 dB(A) which is not considered excessively over the limit. All audible signals measured (except Unit 3 annunciator) are considered to have a high probability of signal detection, e.g., ample volume which is not highly subject to auditory masking. The Unit 3 annunciator alarm is, however, subject to masking due to: 1) low signal intensity and

2) high ambient noise in the same octave band as the signal.

The following recommendations are made:

o Increase both the signal integrity and frequency of the Unit 3 annunciator alarm o Provide, if'feasible, sound attenuators such as carpeting to reduce ambient control room noise o Isolate and attunuate, if possible, the sources of low frequency noise in the control room.

2D.2 Lighting Survey 2.3.2.1 Objective The objective of the Lighting Survey was to ensure that control room lighting is sufficient to permit the operator to effectively perform all tasks. The lighting test included ambient illumination; display luminance; and reflectance off panel, wall, desk, and floor surfaces. The survey was conducted under both full lighting conditions and emergency lighting conditions.

2.3.2.2 Review Team Responsibilities A human factors specialist conducted this survey. Responsibilities included developing the test procedure, conducting the test, and recording and reducing the data.

2.3.2D Criteria Criteria for'he survey are from NUREG-0700, Section 6.1.5.3 "Illumination" and 6.1.5.4 "Emergency Lighting." The tables and charts on Figure 2.3.2-1 summarize the criteria used for the evaluation (source is NUREG-0700). Additional criteria included assessment of:

o Glare (6.1.5.3.f) o Color recognizability (6.1.5D.h) o Illuminance uniformity (6.1.5.3.b) o Shadowing (6.1.5.3.e).

2.3.2.4 Task Definition/Methodology Ambient Illumination Using the photometer and illuminance probe,'easurements (in footcandles) were taken at all operator work stations. V!ork benches, tables, consoles, panels, floors and walls were measured using an omnidirectional probe and placed directly on horizontal surfaces or at the average male (50 percentile) eye height for vertical panels.

Readings were taken under both normal and emergency lighting conditions. The data were recorded on control room drawings showing the location of each reading. The measurements were then compared with the human factors guidelines in order to identify discrepancies.

Display Brightness Display brightness was subjectively assessed by walk-throughs of the control room by the human factors engineering analyst. The major backlit component types were sampled and elsewhere where display brightness was deemed a possible discrepancy.

Reflectance Using the photometer with a spot probe, measurements (in-foot-Lamberts) were taken at all operator work stations. Surfaces were measured in approximately six sections of the board, depending on the surface (for floor and wall 40

~ '~vii~

w) ~ ~

{p A

Work Area Task Illumlnance, footcandles Luminance Areas Ratio or Type of Task Ntlnl. Maxi.

mum mum Task area versus adJacent 3:1 Panels, primary operating darker surroundings area Task area versus adJacent 1:3 Auxlllary panels 30 lighter surroundings Scale Indicator reading 30 Task area versus more remote 10:1 Seated operator stations 75 darker surfaces Reading:

Task area versus more remote 1'10 ~ Handwritten (penclIJ 75 llgher areas ~ Printed or typed 30 Lumlnarles versus surfaces 20:1 Wrftlng and data recording 75 adJacent to them Maintenance and wlrlng 30 Anywhere wlthln normal field 40:1 areas of view Emergency operating 10 As above llghtlng for arealtask Maximum task area luminance ratios.

(Source: Illuminating Englneerlng Society of North America, IES Llghtlnp Handbook, 1981 Appllcatlon Volume.).

Illumine tlon levels Reflectances Preferred Permlsslble a Ceiling 80% 80 95%

Upper Wall 4040%

Lower Wall 15-20%

Instrumentslblsplays 80.100%

CablnetlConsoles 3040%

Floor 30% 15.30%

Furniture 35% 2&45%

aRecommended rellectances are for flnlsh only.

Over all average reflectance of acoustic materials may be somewhat lower. The upper walls (one to two feet below the caging) may be painted with the same paint as Is used on the calling.

Recommended workplace rellectance levels "FIGURE 2.3.2.1 Summary of 13ghting Evaiuation Criteria 41

measurements a smaller sample was used). It was not necessary to measure the ceiling as the surface was covered exclusively with light diffusing fixtures. Several measurements were taken and compared to identify areas of nonuniform luminance. The distance of the probe from the surface being measured was standardized at one foot from the surface and was oriented at right angles to each sampled surface.

Contrast Contrast was subjectively assessed by a walk-through of the control room with the human factors engineering analyst visually examining the boards.

/

Raw data in the form of a control room floor plan drawing and tables of measurements are presented below. Discrepancies were reported on Human Engineering Discrepancy report forms. In general, the lighting system in the Turkey Point Control Rooms meet the NUREG-0700 guidelines. Table 2.3.2-3. summaries the Human Engineer-ing Discrepancies generated from the Lighting Survey. These were: 1) excessive ambient illumination, 2) glare on the vertical panels, 3) low levels of control room reflectance, and

4) excessively low levels of emergency illumination. Findings for each subtest are presented below.

Illuminance The normal ambient illumination exceeded the levels recommended in the NUREG-0700 guidelines at most work stations (see Figure 2.3.2-2 and Table 2.3.2-2). The emergency illumination was below the minimum guideline values of NUREG-0700 at all operator work stations (see Figure 2.3.2-2 and Table 2.3.2-2).

In response to a preliminary finding regarding illuminance and glare on the vertical boards, Florida Power Bc Light Company installed blue florescent lights over these panels to reduce both incident lighting levels and glare. The blue florescent lighting was evaluated (the data are summarized on Figure 2.3.2-3) and was found to successfully reduce lighting levels and glare over the vertical panels; however, the blue color had an adverse effect on color coding especially on blue indicator lights (washed out color).

Brightness Luminance ratios for display brightness are considered 'isplay adequate for all back and transilluminated displays and controls.

Reflectance Ref lectances of the vertical panels and upper walls was generally found to be below the guideline values, while the percentages were above guideline recommendations off the floor, lower wall, and the blotters on the CRDs'esks. These values, however, were not sufficiently out of tolerance to have a significant effect on human performance. Therefore, a low error assessment was assigned and no backfits recommended in the area of reflectance.

42

TABLE 2.3.2-1 LIGHTING SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HEOu TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 30 6153A IIC IIC High levels of ambient control room light 6153F 111 III Moderate high levels of glare 34 6153H III III Low levels of control room reflectance

TABLE 2D.2-2 LIGHTINQ MEASUREMENTS BY LOCATION Location as Cited On Normal Emergency Average Average CR Floor lan Illumination Illumination Luminance Reflectance fc fc F+L

1. TP3 CRO's Desk 86 7. 60 44.0 on blotter 51

2. TP3 Console 91 9.60 17.7 21 TP3 VPA 40 1'. 95 6.9 17

4. TP> VPB 40 0.99 6.5

5. TP3 VPB2 51 0.99

6. TP3 NIS pane 69 Min. 3.0 Max 8.0 9.4 14

7. Computer Desk 91 2.71 6.9 (37.1 8% (41% off on paper) paper)

8. TP4 NIS 71 0.99 8.0

9. TP4 CRO's Desk 88 6.30 48.0 on blotter 55

10. TP4 VPB1 53.5 0.80 ll. TP4 VPB2 42.4 0.90 5.9 12

12. TP4 VPA 45.55 3.40 10.0 22

13. TP4 Console 81.5 4.50 20.6

14. Lower Wall 42 15 36 40 9.5 24

15. Floor 68 23.3

FIGURE 2.3.2-2 LIGHTING SURVEY MEASUREMENT POINTS (SEE TABLE 2.3.2-2 FOR MEASUREDICOIHPUTED VALUES) z Fv f

~r gZ MECH. OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE l> 4 I SHAFT Qi ~

QD Qii Qa DESK CONSOLE PANEL

'A'i COMPUTER CONSOLE (FUTUREI Q

DESK CONSOLE Qs VERTICAL PANEL 'A'ERTICAL

FIGURE 2.3.2-3 ILLUMINATIONLEVELS USING BLUE FLORESCENT LIGHTS OVER VERTICAL PANELS (FOOT-CANDLES)

Z Fv r I I I Ull l I I Z MECH. OFFICE oz wD SHAFT TOILET OFFICE OFFICE

'hC 78.5 SL5 ill 33 COMPUTER 32 l5 CONSOLE O 7S (FUTUAE) l LU DESK DESK z Ll O. X'll I

'A'5 O

I 25 73 70 K

LU CONSOLE CONSOLE 33 VEATICALPANEL VERTICAL PANEL 'A'

Contrast Contrast reduced by grime on miscellaneous labels, pushbutton legends and mechanical flags were found discrepant as well as the low contrast of printed numerals on impact recorder chart paper.

47

2.3.3 Control Room Environment Workspace Survey 2.3.3.l Objective The objective of the Control Room Environment Survey was to evaluate the control r oom environment to ensure safe, comfortable, and efficient operation. The assessment included furniture and equipment layout; document organization, use, and storage; supervisor access to control room; ambiance and comfort; and temperature, humidity, and ventilation.

2 3.3.2 Review Team Selection The personnel required to conduct this survey and their responsibilities included:

o 'A Human Factors Engineer was responsible for data collection, data analysis, and final report preparation.

o Various Control Room Operators, familiar with the control room operations and problems, to assist in the assessment of the control room environment. Their input was contributed through informal and formal interview processes.

o A Technical Assistant to aid in the collection of measurements and data.

2.3.3.3 Criteria The following are the summarized guidelines from NUREQ-0700 used to evaluate the control room environment. Detailed criteria are contained in the attached checklist.

Furniture and Equipment Layout Work stations, including desks, consoles, and panels, will be placed and spaced to facilitate unobstructed viewing, movement and communications.

o L-shape, U-shape, concentric, or wing configurations facilitate sight, movement, and communications.

o Enough space is allowed to enable a single operator to perform required tasks.

A minimum of 50 inches is suggested between a single row of equipment/panel arid a wall or other opposing surface.

A minimum of 50 inches is recommended between two rows of facing equipment.

o A minimum of 8 feet of space is recommended between opposing rows of equipment where more than one operator must work simul-taneously or where kneeling or bending is necessary.

Document Organization, Use, and Storage A good system for organizing and storing documents is required to enhance their location and use. All documents are easily accessible. Documents are clearly labeled.

Supervisor Access to Control Room The shift supervisor's office is readily accessible to the control room.

48

Temperature, Humidity, and Ventilation o Air temperature at floor level and at head level should not differ by more than 10o F.

o The ventilation system should introduce outdoor air into the control room at a rate of at least 15,cubic feet per minute per occupant.

Ambiance and Comfort Features to consider in creating a pleasant and com-fortable atmosphere in the control room are:

o Color combination o Color and lighting o Visual relief from instrumentation o Comfortable seating o Carpeting.

2.3.3.4 Task Definition/Methodology The below procedures were performed for each of the control room envirnoment subcategories.

Furniture and Equipment Layout

.o The control room work stations were determined to include the Control Room Operator's desk, the entire bench console, vertical panels A, B, and NIS, and the computer printer table. Also examined were entrance/exists from the primary area, and walkspace/

passageway dimensions surrounding work stations.

o Maintenance and operational requirements were reviewed (to elimi-nate those criteria not applicable to this control room).

o Sample components were evaluated using the checklist.

Document Organization, Use, and Storage o The plant procedures documents were selected for evaluation as these were the only documents stored within the primary area of the control room.

o The procedures were evaluated on a sample basis, according to the NUREG-0700 guidelines, using the checklist.

Supervisor Access to Control Room Access for the Nuclear Plant Supervisor and Nuclear Watch Engineer were evaluated, using to the NUREG-0700 guidelines and the prepared checklist. Meetings were attended regarding the possible relocation of, these offices, to assess operational requirements and possible alternatives to the present design.

49

Temperature, Humidity, and Ventilation o Temperature and Humidity were measured 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> each at head and floor level using a 7-day continuous circular trend recorder.

o Ventilation was measured using a Davis Ball Bearing Anemometer hand-held six feet above the floor at three equally spaced locations of vertical panel A (A-F on attached drawing) for each unit. Other workspace locations sampled (e.g., G- J) produced no significant readings on the scale. Five 1-minute readings within a 2-foot square matrix (approximate space occupied by one standing operator) were taken at each location, averaged, and the correction factor applied to derive actual air velocity in feet per minute (FPM). A multiplication factor of 2 cubic feet (size of measured matrix) was used to convert feet per minute to cubic feet per minute (CFM) yielding air quantity in each location.

o Temperature, Humidity and Ventilation measurements were evaluated using NUREG-0700 guidelines and the prepared checklist.

Control Room Decor Operator interviews were reviewed, and each feature of control room decor was evaluated, according to NUREG-0700 guidelines.

2DD.5 Results/Findings The output for this survey includes the completed checklist for each subcategory of the control room environment, Human Engineering Discrepancy Reports for each parameter conflicting with NUREG-0700 guidelines, and a tabular listing of ventilation measurements. Table 2.3.3-1 summarizes Human Engineer-ing Discrepancies identified during this survey.

In general, the Turkey Point control rooms met the NUREG-0700 guidelines. Two Human Engineering Discrepancies of particular interest were: 1) supervisor visual access to the control room and 2) mirror imaging in the control rooms. Each is discussed below.

Supervisor Visual Access Figures 2.3.3-1 and 2.3.3.2 show control room visibility from the shift formen's and watch engineer's offices, respectively. Note that a good deal of each control room is obscured by the nuclear instrumentation system (7-foot vertical) panels. A variety of means to ameliorate these discrepancies have been considered, from "bulging" the offices out into the control room between the nuclear instrumentation system panels to elevating the office floors to a point when visibility over the nuclear instrumentation system panels would be afforded. Florida Power & Light elected to extend the Nuclear Plant Supervisor's office into the control room area, which allows complete control room visibility.

Unit Mirror Imaging Mirror-imaging in design is considered to potentially present a problem in terms of its impact on human performance in systems operation. The potential impact of this design is represented in plant staffing: if each unit had separate 50

TABLE 2 3.3-1 ENVIRONMENT/WORKSPACE SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HEDu TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 2 6112A III III Staffing paperwork 1 6112B IIC IIC Utilization of additional personnel 6113A III Component visibility .

9 6113G III III Unguarded openings 35 6114A IIC IIC Storage space in control room 6114 Bl-3 IIA IIA Document organization and storage 10, 27, 38 6115,C,D iir III No provision for storage 6116A IIB IIB Supervisor office location 39 6123F III NPS phone layout 40 6131E IIC IIC Unit 4 information in Unit 3 20 6131E2 IIC IIC Equipment integration and interference 6131E2 IIA IIA Unit dedicated phones 24 6132 III III Mirror imaging 28 6151A IIC IIC Air conditioning reliability 28 6151A III III control room temperature too low 29 6152B Excessive ventilation flow

FIGURE 2.3.3-1 CONTROL ROOM VISISILITYFROM SHIFT FOREMANS OFFICE Fv I

fI MECH. OFFICE: TOILET OFFICE OFFICE lJ SHAFT VISIBLEAREA

FIGURE 2.3.3-2 CONTROL BOOM VISIBILITYFROM SHIFT WATCH ENGINEERS OFFICE ill T'f r02 MECH. OFRCE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE e

I IJJ SHAFT hC VISIBLE AREA

staff the problem would not exist. At the Turkey Point Nuclear Power Plant there are two units each with their central control areas and respective control room operator.

Both unit control areas are housed in the same room. In addition, there is a control room operator who is available to work either unit. The inherent issue lies in the monitoring and controlling of the nuclear instrumentation for both units on an alternating basis.

Mirror-imaging of Turkey Point control panels is limited to the Safeguard Panels which are partial mirror images of each other. Mirror-imaging is called "partial" for the purposes of explanation in this study. It is partial because mirror-imaging occurs only on the vertical "B" panels. Figure 2.3,3-3 should help clarify this. In other words, a major group of'components located on the right side of a panel for one unit will appear on the left side of the panel for the other unit. For the most part, component sequence and arrangement within the group remains intact and identical between units. The potential impact with this design lies in the change in movement and orientation patterns for-the operator who conducts tasks on both Units 3 and 4 Safeguard Panels.

The following describes a study that was conducted to pinpoint some of the task sequences and control room locations where any deleterious effects of mirror-imaging are most likely to occur. The study was based on the findings and data of the Turkey Point system, functions, and task analysis.

Oper ator orienting, timing, and search pattern requirements were compared between units for task analyzed sequences. This was conducted using Task Analysis and Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagams to depict interrelationships between temporal and sequential aspects of the task sequences..In addition, traffic patterns were used to evaluate movement between panels and the effects of mirror-imaging. The results indicate a divergent operational sequence for personnel who operate both units. Figures 2.3.3-4 and 2.3.3-5 show, for the same task sequence (reactor startup from hot standby),

the traffic requirements for Units 3 and 4, respectively. Note that circulating patterns are similar, but 1) links differ in length, and 2) directions are revised. Figures 2.3.3-6 and 2.3.3-7 make this point move dramatically. In micro, task sequences conducted on the vertical ("B") panels are mirrored. Figures 2.3.3-8 and 2.3.3-9 show a task sequence for Units 3 and 4, respectively. Note that this is the same task sequence for each unit. The major concern in this example is the visual similarity of the panel layouts, particularly in the area of the recirculation and sectioning values (Task 2). Here a definite possibility of control substitution exists.

From the above, two distinct concerns are apparent: 1) divergent traffic patterns between the two control rooms, and 2) once vertical "B" panel has seen accessed, mirrored left/right sequences. Fach of these is discussed below.

54

FIGURE 2.3.3-3

. TURKEY POINT UNIT 384 MIRROR IMAGING Ft f

OFRCE TOILET OFRCE OFRCE gJ J THESE POATIONS MIRROR IMAGED COMPUTER CONSOLE DESK (FUTURE) DESK THIS PORTION HAS IDENTICAI.LAYOUTS CONSOLE CONSOLE VERTICAL PANEL 'A'EATICAL PANEL 'A'

RCS REACTOR STM GEN CONDIFW ELEC Qr4

// /

//

CVCS RX CONT SFIFF 60 FIGURE 2.3.34 DESK UNIT 3 TRAFFIC FLON FOR Rx STARTUP FROM HOT STANDBY NOTE: DASHED LINES REVEAL SRO MOBILITY SOLID LINES REVEAL RO MOBILITY NIS RAD MON

RCS REACTOR STM GEN CONDtFW TURB GEN ELEC CVCS RX CONT SFJFF ELEC 60 62 DESK FIGURE 2.3.3-5 UNIT 4 TRAFFIC FLOW FOR Rx STARTUP FROM HOT STANDBY NOTE: DASHED LINES REVEAL SRO MOBILITY SOLID LINES REVEAL RO MOBILITY 83 NIS RAD MON

RCS REACTOR STM GEN COND/FW TURB GEN ELEC

. 18 0 05 20 7 23

$9 8

io a

/

88 90 CVCS RX CONT SFIFF ELEC ly I

35 85 9 4

I 4 DESK I

FIGURE 2.3.3.8 UNIT 3 TRAFFIC FLOW I FOR Rx START-UP COLD TO HOT l

I NOTE: DASHED LINES REVEAL SRO MOBILITY SOLID LINES REVEAL RO MOBILITY 23 NIS RAD MON

RCS REACTOR STM GEN COND/FW TURB GEN ELEC 10 20 23 7 CVCS RX CONT SFIFF ELEC (sas 85 Q Qs DESK 24 FIGURE 2.3.3-7 UNIT 4 TRAFFIC FLOW FOR Rx START-UP COLD TO HOT NOTF DASHED LINES REVEAL SRO MOBILITY SOLID LINES REVEAL RO MOBILITY NIS RAD MON

FIGU .3.3-8 SIX STEP TASK SEQUENCE FOR TP UNIT 3 00 GOO OOO OOOO Ooi ~

0 Oo END 000 Go 0000 . 0000 0

00 OOO OOO OO OOOO OOOO 0

00 000 000 00 OOOO OOOO 00 Ooo ooo 00 OOOO OOOO 00 Dle DIS DIS Dls NS Dla 00 Q>> Q>> Q>>

Q>>

00 Is Q>> Q>> Q>> Q>> Q>>

START 00 00 00

!2[2 Q>> Q>> Q>>

e Q IS 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 OO OO s s Qew Qa Qa Qs Qe Qw 4 5 5 Qa 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Q , Qaw Qsw Qs s Qsw Qsw Qs Q

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Qa Qe Qaw Qaw Qs Qaw Qsw Qaw Qaw Qsw Qs Qw Qs Qw 00 00 0 0 00 00 00 00 OO OO 0 ~s Qs Qsw Qs Qw 0 0 Qxo

FIGU .3.3.9 TP UNIT 3 TASK SEQUENCE WITH DEMARCATION CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SAFETY INJ ECTION CONTAINMENT SPRAY VALVES ACCESS Oo END vOG VVV vo ooov Ooi v ~

oo RWST LEVEL 000 GOO vo 0000 0000 00 OOO OOO OO OOOO OOOO 0

00 000 000 OO OOOO OOOO 00 000 ooo 00 OOOO OOOO PRESSURIZER PROTECTION TEMP RB PRESS Rx TRIP 00 DI5 OIS Dla DI5 DI5 OIS IS OIS DIS OIS DIS OIS 00 DIESEL GEN. START QI Sl BLOCK I RESET Sl ACTUATION TEAM LINE CONTAINMENTSPRAY PHASE PHASE ISOLATION 3 3 Qi 00 START 6 AQI, Q,B Qt Qi Qi CONTAINMENTISOLATION SAF INJE ION PUMPS FW BYPASS R&M PHASEA PHASE INJECTION VALVES 00 0 0 SAFETY00 OO Q~ Q~ Q~ Q~ Q~ Q~ Q~

5 5 sw D Qsw 00 Qsw RWST VLVS 00 DIS IS 1

OIS 0 0 CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES 00 oo oo oo oo oo 00 00 oo'a Qa Qs 5w 4

sw 4

SW 5

Qsw Qw Qa Qa Qw 00 oo oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 SAFETY INJE TIONVA VES Qi Qs RHR DISH VLVS Qsw sw 0 0 0 8 Osw Osw

~

Osw Osw Osw Qw 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo oo oo oo oo oo Qaw Qs Qsw Qsw Qs Qsw Qsw, Qsw QSW QSW Qs IQW Q 0 00RECIRC VLVS Oo S CTIONIN 0

VLVS 0 oo oo 00 00 2 -2 Qsw (sgw Qsw Qsw Qs Qsw Qa Qw Qxo Qso Qso

disrupted. In other words, an operator may initially orient himself to the right, rather than the left, to begin access to the panel. However, there are numerous noncognitive cues to panel location, probably the most significant being the periphery of vision and the acoustical environment:. Additionally, the only error type anticipated are those concerning temporal access to controls and displays. Here if a misorientation occurs, it would be readily identified and reorientation would take place. In this case, temporal errors would probably be measured in milliseconds. Given this, essentially no severe adverse operational effects from mirror-imaging of control room overall layout are expected or predicted.

Mirrored Left/Ri ht Se uences Qf greater interest to the issues of operability is the mirroring of the designs of the vertical "B" (Safeguards) panels. As mentioned earlier with regard to the example task sequences of Figures 2.3.3-8 and 2.3.3-9, the principal errors that could be involved are control and display substitution errors. Again, however, the stimuli for orienting to, and accessing, controls and displays are not entirely homogeneous. That is, the visual periphery and acoustic cues are not identical and therefore may not greatly facilitate substitution errors. Indeed many cues exist which may faciltate correct responding. For example, as both units, the safety injection controls/displays are located between the vertical "A" panel and containment isolation on the vertical "B" panels. Panel orientation will probably be towards (or away from) significant stimuli, e.g., vertical panel "A". In humans, left-right discriminations based on interoceptive (or internal, or cognitive) stimuli are at best unreliable. Far more reliable discriminations are exteroceptive cues, e.g., vision and sound. However, different response patterns to similar stimuli do exist, and some cues may be added to help mitigate any deleterious effects of left-right stimulus transfer. That is, additional stimuli can be added to the panels to facilitate correct responding; in this case, demarcation and summary labels. Figures 2.3.3-9 and 2.3.3-10 show the same task sequence for Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 on the vertical "8" panels. The demarcations in these figures clearly break up the panels and provide many additional component localization cues. It is considered to drastically reduce component localization time and increase the probability of correct responding. With demarcations and summary labels as indicated in these figures, minimal negative transfer is anticipated.

Mirror-imaged panels (Safeguard Panels) were compared on a component basis to identify those components which appear out of sequence within a functional group between units. The potential for operator substitution error exists since the mirror-image 62

FIG .3.3-10 TP UNIT 4 TASK SEQ CE WITH DEMARCATION CONTAINMENT SAFElY INJ ECTION SPRAY VALVES CONTAINMENTISOLATION Ii (. (i 9 CONTAINMENT (i 0 () 0 (3 O ACCESS 00 <r () (i V 0 0 0() () () 0 OOO END PNST 00 0 LEVEL 000 (3 0000 000 000 00 0

l'> 0 () (g () 000 OO 000 000 00 OOOO OOOO OO 00 (.) 000 00 PRESSURIZER PROTECTION TEMP BPR ES Rx TRIP 00 DIESEL GEN START 00 OIS Qr Qr Qr Sl ACTUATION Sl RESET Sl BLOCK 0'r STREAMLINE CONTAINMENTSPRAY ISOLATION 3 3 Or Or Or 00 CONTAINMENTISOLATION RN BYP PHASE B PHASE A Sl VLVS Or Or Or Qr Qr gr SAFETY INJ ECTION PUMPS 00 00 CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VLVS 00 S 'IS DIS Q

RNST VLVS 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 00 5

Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw SW sw sw Qsw Qs Qsw SI VLVS 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 00 00 OO OO OO Qs Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw (st Qs Qsw Qs Qsw Qsw Qsw Qs RHR DISH VLVS 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OG 00 00 Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qs Qsw Qs SIS SECT VLVS RECIRC VLVS oo oo oo oo 00 00 0 0f 00 00 Qsw Qsw Usw Qsw s Usw Usw Qs Qs 2 2 00 00 00 Q QKO QKO

design disturbs the left-to-right or top-to-bottom sequence an operator would expect to find on both units.

Specific controls and displays which violate expectancies and conventions are listed below.

o Several controls in the grouping for S.G. BLOWDOWN, S.G. SAMPLE and BORON INJECTION are in different arrangements between units.

o Sequence of displays for HOT LEG and COLD LEG FLOW differs between uni ts.

o Arrangements of controls for the SAFETY INJECTION group located in the center of the panel are identical betweeh units with the exception of the bottom four controls which are in reversed arrange-ment between units. Control substitution is highly likely.

o Sequence of indicator lights for RECIRCULATION SUMPS are reversed on Unit 4 with SUMP B NORTH to the left of SUMP A o Arrangement of the display group for RHR INTERLOCK, RHR OUTFLOW, COMPONENT COOLING TEMPERATURES differs in the lef t-to-right sequence between units.

o Arrangement of the COMPONENT COOLING WATER controls differs between units. The top-to-bottom sequence of PUMPS A, B, C and adjacent related controls are not identical between units.

o Group sequence of AUX BUILDING VENTILATION controls differ between units. Arrangement on Unit 3 is as follows (left-to-right):

SUPPLY FAN A, B, EXHAUST FAN A, B. Arrangement on Unit 4 is as follows (left-to-right): EXHAUST FAN A, B, SUPPLY FAN A, B.

This is potentially confusing because an operator uses adjacent or surrounding components for cues in locating a needed component.

o Sequence of controls differ between units for PRZR STEAM SAMPLE ISOL, LOOP ARAB SAMPLE ISOL, ACCUMULATOR SAMPLE ISOL, RC DRAIN TK GAS ANAL ISOL.

o Component appearance for RHR LTDN TO CVCS controller'differs between units. Unit 3 controller has a black face plate, Unit 4 controller has a silver face plate.

o Label terminology differs between units for identical components.

A and B CONTR ROD DR COOLER DAMPER (controls and displays)

RECIRC SUMP A and B (indicator lights)

CONTAINMENT SPRAY PUMP DISCHARGE (controls)

Sl PUMP DISCH HRD ISOL OPEN (controls).

64

2D.4 Controls and Displays Survey 2.3.4.1 Objective The. purpose of the Controls and Displays Survey was to identify and document Human Engineering Discrepancies associated with the detailed design of controls and displays. Details of design include for example: color coding, sizes/shapes (e.g., of switch handles), control/display orientations, and so forth.

2.3.4.2 Review Team Responsibilities The review team consisted of two human factors specialists who collected data and documented the discrepancies. Operations personnel available in the control room at the time of data collection answered plant-specific questions regarding the operator-control board interface. In addition, many guideline items required access to engineering, maintenance, and instrumentation and control personnel for resolution and identification of Human Engineering Discrepancies.

These personnel were contacted on an as-needed basis.

2.3.4D Criteria Criteria for controls and displays are presented in the control and display checklists which consist of NUREG-0700 recommended guidelines that are applicable to assessment of detailed control and display design. The specific checklists used by the review team are presented in Appendix A.

2.3.4.4 Task Definition/Methodology The Controls and Displays Survey was divided into a number of component-specific checklists (e.g., meters, rotary controls),

each of which was designed to be used independent of all other checklists. 'll checklist items for a particular control or display type were applied to each component in that class. Each component that did not meet a criterion was listed in a Human Engineering Discrepancy discussing the guideline violated. All Human Engineering Discrepancies resulting from this survey are listed on the appropriate control room inventory forms, providing Florida Power Bc Light with a list of control and display detailed design discrepancies associated with each component.

2D.4.5 Results/Findings Table 2.3.4-1 lists each Human Engineering Discrepancy identified as a result of the Controls and Displays Survey. The table contains the finding number, category, description, and related comments.

Control Board Maintenance Obsolete components have not been removed, meter scale face coding has not been updated to match expected scale values, and dynatape is used to change scale ranges and position labels rather than modifying or replacing the control or display with an appropriate component.

Other problems with component use are also a product of plant age. Tape used to code operating zones on meter scale faces is peeling off and paint from position labels has chipped, rendering a subset of the labels unreadable.

TABLE 2.3.4-1 CONTROLS Bc DISPLAYS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HEDu TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 64llbl III Unguarded/unnecessary control 64llcl IIC IIC Selection of controls 64llc2 IIC IIC Human suitability - inching valves not marked 64llel IIC IIC Durability/control selection 6412 IIC IIC Prevention of accidental activation 6412b2 IIC IIC Movable covers 9, 10, ll 6421 III Direction of movement 12-15 6422f3 Ill Contrast with panel (low contrast) 16 643lb III pushbutton-indication of activation (feedback) 17 643lc III Surface not frictionalized 6432d III Guarded pushbutton-ease activation 18 6433a Distinguishability legend pushbuttons 30 6433b3.4 IIC IIC Legend contrast 19 6433c3 IIC IIC

• Provision for lamp failure shock hazard 6442a High torque designs 6444el Knob skirt dimensions

TABLE 2 3.4-1 CONTROLS

• DISPLAYS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'0)

Cate or File No. HEDII TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 27 6444e5 III III Knob dimensions 28 6445b2 III III Control positioning 29 6445dl III III Lack of pointer/visibility 6445e4 Control dimensions - thumbwheels-6445f Ill III Spring momentary controls-torque 25, 26, 27, 28 65llb IIC IIC Completeness of information 24 65llc IIC IIC Unnecessary components 65lle IIC IIC Demand information vs. status information 28, 79 6511f IIC IIC Display failure 3 (6 HEDs) 65llf III III Fa>lure >nd>cations 29 6512a Scale is larger than necessary or unnessary 30 6512b IIC IIC Usability of display values 31 6512e III Scale size marking and transformations 32 6513a III Display character height - label 6513bl,2 Inconsistent font style 6513b3 III Label not in all caps 6513d IIC IIC Character dimensions 6514a III III Measurement units missing

TABLE 2.3.4-l CONTROLS Bc DISPLAYS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'D)

Cate or File No. HEDII TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 8,39,40 6515al More than nine marks between numbered scale points 43-45 6515b Scale format 9, 10 6515c Scale increments 46 6515d III III Scale markings inconsistent ll 6515f III III Multiple indications 50, 51 6522a2 111 Ill Poipter tip form 52, 53 6522bl III III Pointers not close enough to index 16 6522b2 III Pointer parallax 6522b2 Ill Parallax 55 6522c IIC IIC Pointer visibility 57 653lal IIC IIC Lamp test/master light test 653la2 IIC IIC Failure of display not apparent 18 653la3 IIC IIC Ease of bulb replacement tools for bulb replacement 58 653lcl Precautions to avoid misinterpretation 61 653ld Use as alerting indicators 64 6533 IIC IIC Design of legend light indicators 64 6533 111 Legend design 6533a2 IIC IIC Readability/contrast

TABLE 2.3.4-1 CONTROLS Bc DISPLAYS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'D)

Cate or File No. HEDII TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 81 6541 IIC IIC Recorder maintenance 66 654la 111 IIC Quality of materials 67 654lb III Paper/scale mismatch 654ld IIC IIC Recorder paper takeup 6541f III Recorder paper maintenance 68 654li IIC liC Paper speed adjustability 69 6541k IIC Visibility 84, 72 6542b2 IIC IIC Channel identification on instrument 73 6542b3 IIC IIC Recorder readability 74 6542b4 IIC IIC Channel selection capability 20 6551a2 III III Numeral width:height ratio 75 655la3 111 III . Grouping of numerals 76 655lc III 111 Counter drum movement 21 6552a2 III III Slanted characters 6552a> III III Counter numeral height 22/ 25 6552a5 111 Separation between numerals

Population Stereotypes A number of controls and one display in each untt do not operate in conformance with, control room conventions. Some controllers have conventional 0-100 scales for valve position, but the "100" indicates that the valve is 100 percent closed. A clockwise rotation of the associated knob, therefore, closes rather than opens the valve. Some rotary controls have "off" or "stop" to the right of the "on" or "start" positions.

Control Panel Contrast No controls are presently color coded. Silver thumb rotaries, keyswitches, and toggle switches on the main control panels and black discrete rotaries on the nuclear instrumentation system channels should not be coded by their present colors, however, because they do not contrast sufficiently with the panel color.

All other controls may be coded by their present color.

Inadvertent Actuation Rotaries on the Safeguard Panels are guarded by placing magnetized metal covers over them. The covers have either red or green construction paper taped to them, indicating whether the valve is normally open or closed, and the valve number is written on the construction paper. The guards are inadequate because they may be moved easily and do not always cover the control. They are not desirable from a human factors standpoint because they sometimes obscure the control labels or indicator lights, may be placed somewhere on a panel other than over the intended control, and must be moved when the guarded control is used, possibly interfering with the operation or observation of adjacent controls or displays.

Rotaries on process controllers which should not be manipulated by control room operators are coded with a red dot. These controllers are, however, interspersed in a row of identical controllers and all are guarded in the same away. Similarly, fuses which, when pulled, will result in a reactor trip are not guarded or marked to distinguish them from less important fuses.

Pushbuttons The following discrepancies with pushbuttons were noted:

o Nonlegend pushbuttons provide no form of positive feedback when activated.

o Some illuminated pushbuttons on the area radiation monitor are not concave or frictionalized.

o Legennd pushbuttons pus on the area radiation monitor look like the legend lights on the process radiation monitor. One of the two should bee coded in some way so that they are distinguishable.

Key-Operate d S witc h es-At the time of the evaluation, key-operated switches were only installed in Unit 3. Analogous controls had not yet been installed in Unit 4. if, 70

once installed, they are identical to those in Unit 3,,the Human Engineering Discrepancies discussed will apply to both units. The following discrepancies with keyswitches were noted:

o Keys are not inserted with teeth pointing up.

o Locks are not oriented so that the switch is "off" when the key is in the vertical position.

Rotary Controls The following problems with rotary controls were noted:

o J-Handle controls are too small and provide more than the recom-mended clearance when in the "pull-to-lock" position.

o Both the continuous rotary knobs and the knob skirts on process controllers are too small.

o Black discrete rotaries on nuclear instrumentation system channels may be positioned between detented points.

o Rotaries on nuclear instrumentation system channels are not provided with a visible indication of position.

Information Displayed Necessary information is not always displayed to the-required degree of specificity, or is not available when necessary. The following are the noted instances:

o All three condensate storage tank indications are powered by the same supply. If that supply were to fail, none would be available.

o The RCP VIBRATION RECORDER, the only indication of pump vibration, takes two minutes to provide a trend.

o CCW Header A and B level meters normally read between 0 an'd 10 but the scale is 0-140.

o Some scales must be multiplied by a factor other than ten, making interpretations of these displays more difficult. In addition, scale multipliers are not well labeled.

o SECONDARY WATER CONDUCTIVITY is displayed in Micromhos/cm rather than ppm, the units of measurement used by operators.

Scaled Displays Discrepancies associated with the design of the instrument generally resulted from poor scale or pointer design. Discrepancies with scale design include the following:

o Some graduations are missing or too small.

o Major, intermediate, and minor marks are sometimes used inappropri-ately.

o Adjacent meters measuring the same parameter do not always. have compatible markings.

71

o Meters with curved faces have parallax problems at all but the middle, part of the scale.

Discrepancies with pointer design include the following:

o Pointers on vertical meters are more than 1/16 inch from graduation marks.

o A single pointer is used with multiple scales.

o Pointer tips on impact recorders, horizontal meters on process controllers, and semicircular meters associated with rotary controls obscure graduation marks and/or scale numerals.

o Pointer/background contrast on RWST level meters is insufficient because a temporary black label has been added behind the black pointer.

Light Indicators Discrepancies with indicator lights are of two types: use of lights- in'nappropriate situations, and misinterpretation of light meaning because of component design. Indicator lights are (but should not be) used to alert operators to unfavorable conditions and to imply equipment status.. The OMS legend light has a split window which illuminates completely when either side lights up.

Trend Recorders Trend recorders are of two types: continuous (strip charts) and discrete (impact recorders). The following trend recorder discrepancies were noted during the evaluation:

o The Tracor Westronics strip charts installed in Unit 4 have pen vibration.

o Recorder paper scale does not always correspond with the integral recorder scale.

o No recorders (other than the Tracor Westronic) have variable paper speeds.

o Impact recorders do not identify the channel being displayed.

o Impact recorders are often loaded beyond their channel capacity, making it difficult to identify any one trend.

o It is not possible to select a single impact recorder channel for display before awaiting completion of the sampling cycle.

72

2.3.5 Conventions Survey 2D.5.1 Objectives The objectives of the Conventions Survey were to identify plant conventions and to determine if these were in compliance with the field survey document. Where discrepancies were identified an assessment was'made to determine if there were deviations from acceptable in-place control room conventions, and to determine if a lack of convention was detrimental to efficient plant operation.

2.3.5.2 Review Team Responsibilities Human factors representatives interviewed 4

operators, applied checklists, and identified discrepancies. Operators were requested to identify conventions, sequences, and violations of conventions.

2.3.5.3 Criteria Detailed criteria are contained in the checklists in Appendix A.

2.3.5.4 Task Definitions/Methodology Interview Control room operations personnel were interviewed to determine what conventions exist in the control room related to arrangement of systems and components, coding, abbreviations and acronyms, and control operation. Questions were presented to determine whether or not confusion existed due to certain conventions, deviations, or lack of conventions.

Sample A sampling of components, systems, labels, and other performance aids were used to verify interview findings. If 50 percent or more of each group were similar in arrangement, coding, and operation, then a convention was assumed to be established.

Deviations were reported, as well as lack of convention.

Checklist A checklisting procedure was employed to determine if existing conventions are acceptable by human factors standards. Some items required operator assistance.

2D.5.5 Results/Findings The data collected is contained on the raw checklist along with interview questions and comments. The identified discrepancies were documented on Human Engineering Discrepancy Report forms. Table 2.3.5-1 summarizes findings (Human Engineering Discrepancies) of the Conventions Survey.

Suggestions or recommendations for the resolution of each discrepancy are docu-mented on the Human Engineering Discrepancy Report forms and were discussed at joint Essex/Florida Power h Light Human Engineering Discrepancy review meetings. In general, very few conventions have been established in the two control rooms; therefore, there are not many discrepancies regarding inconsistent use of conventions. In a complex control room it is recommended that conventions be established (and be adhered to consistently) to reduce operator reliance on memory and reading errors. Definition an d implementation of a standard set of control room conventions will aid in overall operations and reduce potehtial confusion.

TABLE 2.3.5-1 CONVENTIONS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HEDII TP-4 Descri tion 6212b7 III Color coding of communication equipment 10 622lb IIC IIC Communication audible signal coding 14 6222a III Telephone bell coding 23 6342b4,6 IIA IIA Annunciator control coding 10, ll 6421 IIB IIB Direction control movement 31 6422d III Control shape coding 20 6441 IIC IIC Direction of control activation 24 6443b III N/A Key orientation 25 6443d III N/A Key orientation 28 6445b2 III III Control posi tioning 28 65llb III III Lack of color coding 14 6516d IIC IIC Color coding consistency - pushbuttons 80, 15 6516dl IIC IIC Color coding consistancy - indicator lights 49 652la IIC IIC Directability of movement 56 6523a IIC IIC Scale face coding 17 6523b Zone marking interference 19 6542al IIC IIC Color identification 84 6542a2 IIC IIC Recorded channel color coding

2 3.6 Process Computer Survey 2.3.6.1 Objective The objective of the Process Computer Survey was to evaluate the design characteristics (system hardware and operational characteristics) of the existing process computer man-machine interface. Those characteristics were observed at the process computer terminal, or were identified through interviews with a plant Digital Data Processing System cognizant engineer and reviews of system design documentation. The system characteristics gathered from the above sources were then compared to human factors engineering design guidelines, and deviations from these guidelines were recorded as Human Engineering Discrepancies.

2 3.6.2 Review Team Responsibilities The review team included a human factors analyst, a computer-cognizant engineer {Florida Power Bc Light employee) responsible for the Digital Data Processing System modifications,

/

maintenance, etc., and the plant control room operators who utilize the Digital Data Processing System. The computer-cognizant engineer provided information that was not easily accessible to the evaluator from documentation sources, and the control room operators provided system operations information as required.

2.3.6 3 Criteria The guidelines used for evaluating the man-machine interface characteristics of the process computer were the following:

Detailed Design The guidelines checklist in sections 6.7.1, 6.7.2, and 6.7.3 of NUREG-0700 provided the criteria for the survey. The characteristics evaluated by means of these checklists typically address harwdare design characteristics. Of equal importance are the operational characteristics of the Digital Data Processying System..

For example, while the design guidelines specify the appropriate delay period for system response to keyboard requests for information, no guideline was suggested for evaluating the efficiency of the information access strategy required to reach the necessary level of information detail. Many of the above system operational characteristics were addressed in checklist fashion.

Task Requirements Additionally, the outputs of the function and task analyses (NUREG-0700 recommended studies) where they address the operation of the plant process computers were reviewed by the personnel conducting this survey. The survey evaluators are the evaluation team personnel most familiar with computer operation (from the hardware standpoint) and are the logical candidates to perform an evaluation of system operational characteristics; i.e., be involved in the conduct of an analysis of process computer operational tasks. Issues addressed by the analysis include the following:

75

o Have the operational information display functions {e.g., operations monitoring, operations analysis, etc.) been provided for in the display system design?

o Has the information access structure been organized to facilitate the most frequently used functions and subfunctions, i.e., display system mode and submode organizational efficiency?

o Does the allocation of functions to either man or machine capitalize on their respective functional capabilities?

o Are the display formats appropriate to the displayed information type?

o Does the display system design provide display page formatting flexibility which accommodates individual operator decisionmaking styles? Has too much flexibility been provided resulting in degraded decision-aiding support?

2.3.6.4 Task Definition/Methodology The two CRTs with corresponding key-boards and the printer that comprise the cont'rol room Digital Data Processing System were evaluated according to NUREQ-0700 guidelines using the checklist contained in Appendix A.

The checklisting was conducted by an Essex Research Scientist using the avenues of observation, measurement, document review, hands-on demonstration, and interview as data sources. Additional data and confirmation of survey findings were contributed by the review of operator interviews and the Task Analysis. Identified discrepancies were documented on Human Engineering Discrepancy forms.

2.3.6.5 Results/Findings The results of the Process Computer Survey include the completed checklist and Human Engineering Discrepancy Reports for each parameter not in agreement with guidelines. Table 2.3.61 summarizes all Human Engineering Discrepan-cies identified during the survey.

In general, the discrepancies found related to the limitations of the equipment and programming. For example, o The computer printer did not print rapidly enough o There is no scroll function or page designation for data contained on multiple pages o The dialogue does not contain delay feedback messages 76

TABLE 2.3.6-1 PROCESS COMPUTER SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HED/E TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 6713A,B IIC IIC Prompting/Structuring 671>C Mode File Designations 6714 III III Unused Keys 6714D,G III III CRT Keyboard Design 6716B,C IIC IIC Printer Speed 6716B 111 III Computer Updates 9 6718 A2,4 IIC IIC Computer Procedures 10 6718B IIC IIC Computer Index 6721C Ill CRT Letter Contrast 12 6721F IIC IIC CRT Resolution 13 6721G IIC IIC CRT Screen Fluctuation 14 6723F 111 III Keyboard and CRT Location 15 6724 A,C III 111 Complex Number Printout 17 6725F III III CRT Screen Layout 16 6725H,I IIC IIC No Page Designation 18 6725M III III CRT Screen Loading 19 6726B IIC IIC Computer Set Points 20 67261 IIC IIC No System Feedback Messages 21 6726K IIC IIC No Delay Feedback Messages

TABLE 2.3.6-1 PROCESS COMPUTER SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONED)

Cate or File No. HEDII TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion

~

22 6727A,E,3 IIC IIC 'ighlighting 23 6731E3 III III Printer Maintenance 24 6732 IIC IIC Alarm Messages 25 6733 A,B,D, IIC IIC Computer Graphic Capability

o Prompts and feedback messages cannot be requested by the operator o Alarm messages cannot be. requested by the operator o No coding or priorization of alarm messages exists o Graphic capabilities of the system are inadequate.

Other discrepancies involve computer procedures, keyboard dimensions and location, CRT legend readability, and the presence of unused function keys on the keyboard.

79

2.3.7 Emergency Garments Survey 2D.7.1 Objective The objective of the Emergency Garments Survey was to identify Human Engineering Discrepancies associated with the use of emergency garments and breathing apparatus. Using checklists drawn from NUREG-0700 and a standard rhyme test, the emergency garments and breathing apparatus were evaluated.

The evaluation consisted of anthropometrics, communications while wearing breath-ing apparatus, storage and placement of emergency gear in the control room, the ease of access to and donning of emergency gear, and operation of the control boards while wearing emergency clothing.

2.3.7.2 Review Team Responsibilities The evaluation team was composed of two Essex Corporation staff members, one utility staff member from the Health Physics Department, and one control room operator. The Essex staff, composed of research scientists and associates, served as human factors specialists. Utility Health Physics personnel functioned as operations specialists and evaluation process expediters. The experience of the control room operator aided in identification of plant-specific discrep-ancies relevant to the survey.

2D.7D Criteria The control room emergency garments should comply with the guidelines contained in NUREG-0700.

Operator Protective Equipment Types of Equipment Protective equipment includes protective clothing and breathing apparatus.

o Anthropometry Protective clothing and breathing equipment are compatible with operator body size and tasks to provide adequate tactile sensitivity and ability to see, reach, move, communicate, and hear.

o Periodic 'Checks Operator protective equipment is periodically checked to determine if it is in good condition.

o Quantity Protective equipment is available in sufficient quantities and sizes for the required number of operators.

o Marking Protective clothing sizes are clearly identifiable.

o Expendables There is an adequate supply of personal protection equipment expendables, such as filters.

o Accessibility All protective equipment is easily and readily accessible.

o Training Operators are well practiced in donning protective equip-ment.

o Procedures Instructions for donning, doffing, and controlling per-sonal protective equipment are provided.

80

Emergency Communications - Voice communications with masks survey guidelines:

o Emergency face masks are equipped with diaphragms that are specially designed to transmit speech.

o The diaphragms separate voice from exhaust valve action.

o If not equipped with diaphragms, masks are equipped with electronic speech systems which pick up the voice with an internal microphone and transmit it to a loudspeaker attached outside the mask.

2D.7.4 Task Definitions/Methodology A human factors specialist with Health Physics training observed and timed Health Physics personnel dressing out in anti-contamination clothing. Overall time and task times, along with pertinent human factors l

observations, were recorded.

A touch-and-feel test for the identification of an assortment of hand-held objects was conducted with a subject wearing anti-contamination gloves.

A subject was observed donning the breathing apparatus. Overall time and task times along with pertinent human factors observations were recorded.

A modified rhyme test requires a subject (listener) to identify a set of spoken words from a list of phonetically similar (rhyming) words. A modified rhyme test was conducted with the talker wearing the breathing apparatus mask to test the intelligibility of speech when attenuated by the mask faceplate. The test was then repeated using a mask equipped with an electronic speech system. The talker's instructions used during the test were:

1. Each list was presented by the following statement: "This is test t where the blank was replaced with the list identification letter found at the bottom left corner of the Talker's List.

2. Each word was embedded in the carrier sentence "Please circle in group ", where the first blank was the target word from the Talker's List and the second blank was the word group number from the corresponding Listener's Sheet containing the target word.

3. The presentation rate was approximately 4 seconds between target words.

2.3.7.5 Results(Findings Several HEDs were identified in the course of this survey. These are presented in Table 2.3.7-1, and address 1) the availability of procedures for donning/controlling inventory of protective equipment and clothing, 2) the storing and packaging of protective clothing, 3) accessibility and labeling of protective clothing, and

4) labeling of fire fighting equipment. Results of the survey subtasks are presented below.

81

TABLE 2D.7-1 EMERGENCY GARMENT SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HEDGE TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 25 614la,h IIA IIA Protective equipment storage/donning.

Procedures for donning/accessing/

controlling 26 6142 IIC IIC Fire equipment 27 6143b III III Labeling of storage locker

Emergency Garment Dress-Out Observed task times and observations are recorded on Table 2.3.7-2. As noted, it took approximately six minutes to dress out.

(without breathing apparatus), including exiting the control room, accessing the equipment, dressing out, and returning to the control room. An additional 25 seconds were required to don and adjust breathing apparatus (Scott air packs), making total dress out time 390 seconds. This amount of time is considered reasonable, and, therefore, no Human Engineering Discrepancies were generated.

Glove Sensitivity Common pocket items and/or tools were used to test tactile identification and glove sensitivity. Subjects (human factors analysts) attempt to identify items by feel picking up while wearing the provided anticontamination gloves, the objects identified below:

Correctly Item Identif ied Remarks Key Yes Pencil Yes Pen Yes Coins:

25) coin Yes 10$ coin Yes/No Potentially confused for penny Paperclips (Large) Yes Paperclips (Small)

Small clamp Yes Eraser Yes No Human Engineering Discrepancies were identified during this subtask. It was, however, noted that when using prophylactic gloves with cotton undergloves, freedom of hand movement was somewhat restricted and the muscles controlling hand motion were fatigued rather rapidly. This seems due to the muscles having to overcome the elasticity of the glove materials.

TABLE 2.3.7-2 ANTI-CONTAMINATIONDRESS OUT TIME Task Cumulative Task Time Task Time-Descri tion (Sec) (Sec) Remarks Start from main control 40 40 Get key from NWE board area and go to Go to locker (over 2 rope barriers) dress-out area. Open 2 padlocks and a latch (Task 8) approx. 15 sec. more to return to CR (inadequate space in front of locker to dress out).

Locate and open garment storage, layout garments.

Don overalls. 19 59 Overalls were a little large so extra time was required to tape the waist (take up slack) (see step 5).

Don boots and hat. 92 No hat was provided.

Tape seams, prepare tape 25 217 Tape was hard to handle as the roll was large for gloves. and unwieldy. Perhaps a tape dispenser would be of assistance.

Bag and tape badges, TLD, 254 dosimeter.

Don and tape gloves. 96 350 Return to control board. 15 365 Total time 365 sec. = 6.1 minutes

Speech Intelligibility With Breathing Mask This test (a modified rhyme test) was run under free-air, low (minimum) ambient noise level conditions. During the initial conduct of the test a distance of approximately six feet was maintained between the listener and speaker. In this test, the speaker, while wearing a Scott air pack and mask, presented 55 words (see Table 2.3.7-3) to the listener (see Table 2.3.7-4), of which 34 words or 62 percent were correctly identified. The test was repeated twice (at 6 and 10 ft.) using a mask equipped with a "Speak Ezee" electronic voice amplification device and new subjects. Intelligibility was significantly improved with use of the "Speak Ezee" advice. With this device attached, 55 words presented to two additonal listeners.

Listener 1 correctly identified 50 of 55, or 91 percent, of the speaker words. Listener 2 correctly identified 47 of the 55 words, or 85 percent correct identification. Total correct responses were then 97 correct out of 110 words, or 88 percent accuracy, a significant improvement from the unaided speech intelligibity. Given. contextual cues to enhance speech intelligibility, use of the "Speak E:zee" device with breathing apparatus should provide good communications.

TABLE 2.3.7-3 MODIFIED RHYME TEST TALKER'S LIST WELL 1 PAGE 25 SIN 49 BENT 2 CAPE 26 PALE 50 HOLD 3 SHOP, 27 PICK PACK 4 COIL 28 PEAS DIME 5 TAB 29 BUFF LAME 6 FIN 30 . SAD BIT 7 TAME BUN RUST 8 KEEL ROPE 9 BARK TEAM 10 HEAT DIG 11 CUP BED 12 LAW TOLD 13 HEN JAR 14 PUP SIN 15 BEAM 39 DUD 16 SEAT 40 SUN 17 HIP 41 SEEM 18 KID 42 NOT 19 SANG VEST 20 HOOK 44 PICK 21 MAD 45 BASS 22 RAY 46 WAY 23 SANE 47 BIG 24 WILL 48 86

TABLE 2.3.7-4 MODIFIED RHYME TEST LISTENER'S SHEET LISTENER DATE TIME CONDITION 1

HELL 'ELL SELL 20 VEST TEST REST 39 BEAN BEACH BEAT BELL WELL TELL BEST WEST NEST BEAK BEAD BEAM 2

WENT SENT BENT 21 PIG PILL PIN 40 HEAT NEAT FEAT DENT TENT RENT PIP PIT PICK SEAT MEAT BEAT HOLD COLD TOLD 22 BACK BATH BAD 41 DIP SIP HIP 3

FOLD SOLD GOLD BASS BQT BAN TIP LIP RIP 4

PAT PAD PAN WAY MAY SAY 42 KILL KIN KIT PATH PACK PASS PAY DAY GAY KICK KING KID 5

DIVE DIME DIRE 24 PIG BIG DIG 43 HANG SANG BANG DICE DINE DIKE WIG RIG FIG RANG FANG GANG LAND LAY LATE 25 PALE PACE PAGE 44 TOOK COOK LOOK 6

LAKE LACE LAME PANE PAY PAVE HOOK SHOOK BOOK 7

KIT BIT FIT 26 CANE CASE CAPE 45 MASS MATH MAP HIT WIT SIT CAKE CAME CAVE MAT MAN MAD 8

MUST BUST GUST 27 SHOP MOP COP 46 RAY RAZE RATE RUST DUST JUST TOP HOP POP RAVE RAKE RACE LOPE POPE HOPE 28 COIL QIL SOIL 47 SAVE SAME SALE 9

COPE DOPE ROPE TOIL BOIL FOIL SANE SAKE SAFE 10 TEAK TEAM TEAL 29 TAN TANG TAP 48 FILL KILL WILL TEACH TEAR TEASE TACK TAM TAB HILL TILL BILL ll DIN DIG DILL DIP DIM DID 30 FIT FILL FIB FIG FIZZ FIN 49 SILL SING SICK SIT SIP SIN 12 BED LED FED SAME NAME GAME 50 BALE GALE SALE RED WED SHED TAME CAME FAME TALE PALE MALE 13 TOAD TOME TOLD 32 PEEL REEL FEEL 51 WICK SICK KICK TONE TQE TOLL EEL KEEL HEEL LICK PICK TICK FAR MAR BAR HARK DARK MARK 52 PEACE PEAS PEAK 14 CAR JAR TAR BARK PARK LARK PEACH PEAT PEAL

'5 PIN FIN TIN DIN SIN WIN 34 HEAVE HEAR HEAT HEAL HEAP HEATH 53 BUN BUG BUS BUCK BUT BUFF DUG DUNG DUCK 35 CUP CUT CUD 54 SAG SAT SASS 16 DUD SUB DUN CUFF CUSS CUB SACK SAD SAP SUM SUN SUNG THAW LAW RAW 55 FUN SUN BUN 17 SUP SUB SUD PAW JAW SAW GUN RUN NUN SEEP SEEN SEETHE PEN HEN MEN 18 SEEK SEEM SEED THEN DEN TEN NOT TOT GOT PUFF PUCK PUB 19 POT HOT LOT PUS PUP PUN SCORE 87

2.3.8 Labels Survey 2.3.8.1 Objective The objective of the Labels Survey was to 'determine the appropriateness and clarity of labeling in the control room to enhance operator perfor mance.

2.3.8.2 Review Team Responsibilities A human factors specialist was responsible for data collection, analysis, and report preparation. A control room operator was required to assist in collecting the necessary information and to advise the human factors specialist of problems that have been encountered.

2.3.8 3 Criteria The criteria used for the labeling survey are contained in the labels checklist and are presented in Appendix A of this report.

2.3.8.4 Task Description All components, panels, and systems requiring identifi-cation and manipulation were examined to ensure that they were labeled, as were the positions of all discrete controls. In addition, the location and orientation of each label were evaluated for readability and consistency. Panels without hier archical labeling were identified. Label content was reviewed for clarity, brevity, and spelling. Label readability was evaluated. Measurements included character height, width, width-to-height ratios, and visual angle subtended at the eye; stroke width-to-character height ratios; space between characters, words and lines; and character-to-background contrast.

P Type style was assessed for consistency, simplicity, and use of all capital letters.

Components with unique labeling requirements (e.g., contrast on electronic counters) were evaluated. Temporary labels, including equipment "tag-outs", were assessed to ensure that they conform with human engineering criteria applied to permanent labels. The procedure for adding a temporary label to the board was evaluated.

2 3.8.5 Results/Findings A list of all Human Engineering Discrepancies identified during this survey are presented in Table 2.3.8-1. A summary of these findings regarding labels is presented below.

Need for Labeling Many components lack sufficient descriptive labeling, and some have only temporary dynatape labels. In particular, the Area Radiation Monitor panel and the Hydrogen Recombination panel have inadequate labeling. Labeling criteria requires each component to have a permanent label horizontally oriented above the element. Descriptive labeling for vertical meters is vertically oriented on the display face with the engineering nomenclature on a horizontal label above the component. Many recorders are lacking legend cards to identify pens or channels as well as a descriptive functional label. Most panels lack a hierarchical labeling scheme with letter gradations to 88

TABLE 2.3.8-1 LABELS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No- HEDII TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 30 6433b3 IIC IIC Legend contrast is inadequate due to collected dirt and wear 6433b4/ IIC IIC Legend content is highly ambiguous 6533b4 30 6512b IIC IIC Display information not provided 32 6513a Character height is insufficient for viewing angle and distance 4 6513bl, 2 III Type style is used inconsistently 5 6513b3 Ill Use of lowercase letters 33 6513d (6642d) IIC IIC Character dimensions and spacing are inadequate 64 Legend has more than three lines of lettering - legend lights 65 6533a 2, 3 IIC IIC Legend readability is degraded by low contrast and letter size 70 6542al IIC IIC Recorder pens and parameters are not clearly identified 20 655la2 III III Numeral width-to-height ratio is inadequate 75 655la3 III III Grouping of digits are not separated by commas, decimals, space 21 6552a2 Character font is slanted

TABLE 2.3.8-1 LABELS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'D)

Cate or File No. HEDGE TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 6552a3 Character font is too small for viewing angle 22$ 23 6552a5 Horizontal spacing between numerals is inadequate 1, 36 6611 IIC IIC Need for control position and component labeling 3,35 6611 III Labeling is inaccurate 19 6612 IIC IIC Group labeling 6612a3 IIC - IIC Lack of component level labeling in hierarchical scheme 6612b3 IIC IIC Lack of hierarchical scheme with letter gradations 662la IIC IIC Labels not located above 40 662la IIC IIC Label mounted insecurely 41, 42 662ld IIC IIC Label not located in close proximity to component 6,7 662lf Adjacent labels are too close together 26 - 6622a IIC IIC Meter zone marking labels are not securely mounted 43, 44 6623a Labels are diagonally or horizontally oriented

TABLE 2Ã.8-l LABELS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONPD)

Cate or File No. HEDII TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 45, 46 6624a IIC IIC Label obscures display information, recorded matter, figures or scales 6624b Labels obscured by component 47 6624d Engraved labels have low contrast 9,49, 68 663la IIC IIC Labels unnecessary, unclear or missing ll, 12, l> 6632 a,b IIC,III IIC, III Label content is either excessive inadequate or inconsistent 14 6632f Incorrect spelling in label content 15, 65 6633b Inconsistency in label content, numbering, abbreviations 16, 17 6634e Labels use Roman numerals 18 6636 IIC IIC Labels are highly similar 50, 51 66S7b IIC IIC Inconsistent in label placement 20, 27, 28 6a8a IIC IIC Control position labeling missing 22 66S8h IIA IIA Control direction of motion not identified 23-26 6638c IIC, III IIC, III Position label not visible 29 6639A)B III III Panel access openings not labeled 30, 54-56 6641 (664lal) IIC IIC Character height is insufficient for maximum viewing distance for labels and display printing

TABLE 2.3.8-1 LABELS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT%3)

Cate or file No. HEDII TP-5 TP-4 Descri tion 57 6641(6513b1,2) IIC IIC Font size and style is inconsistent 58, 59 664la2 III Character heights vary from one label to another 60 664lb IIC IIC Labels have low contrast 62, 63 665la,b III 111 Temporary labels; o Not used only for high necessity o Not temporarily used o Not administratively controlled o Don't comply with good principles Human'ngineering 61 665ld-h IIC Tag-out labels:

o Not secured to components o Obscure labels o Don't prevent control actuation 64 6652 Ill Lack of procedures and administrative control of temporary labels

represent systems, subsystems, components and their parts. The lack of this type of design has resulted in highly similiar and redundant wording of component labels.

Label Location. It was found that many functional component labels are not located in accordance with NUREG-0700 guidelines. In general, labels are positioned inconsistently throughout the boards with placement beside, below,,and above the described component. For example, display units of measurement appear at the bottom or at the top. Meter labels are vertically oriented on the display face. It is recommended that one arrangement be adopted placement above the component and be consistently followed. In many instances component identification may be confusing because labels are not located in close proximity to the associated component and because adjacent labels appear to be continuous.'he mounting of some labeling is precarious.

Although most labels are screwed onto the panel, some have broken off and have been loosely taped back on. The visibility of portions of recorded matter, figures, or scales is degraded by labels and legend cards located on the display face. A specific rotary control was identified which conceals part of the position label. Control position labels on the Radiation Monitor Panel are partially concealed by the knob skirts.

Label Content It was found that there are instances of labeling in which content was either excessive or inadequate. The primary function of a component should be described in a concise and explicit manner. Some labels are ambiguous, unclear or inaccurate due to improper word selection. In one case a pushbutton which uses an arrow to indicate flow status is reversed showing an inaccurate condition. Clarity of label content is often degraded by the usage of inconsistent abbreviations, acronyms or alphanumeric codes. For instance, some identifiers consist of a three-character alpha code which may be confused with an abbreviated word or acronym. Some control position labels are inconsistently labeled. Breaker control positions are inappropriately labeled as "ON" and "OFF", while pump control positions are labeled as "TRIP" and "CLOSE". Cases of misspelling and the use of Roman numerals were identified.

Maintenance Various function and position labels and legends on pushbuttons have become dirty from the collection of grime and dust thereby reducing letter-to-background contrast and readability. It should also be noted that the use of white letters on a dark background is not recommended due in part to the greater likelihood of loss of readability from dirt. Dark characters on a light background would generally prevent this from occurring. There is widespread use of temporary labels on all panels. Such usage is not limited to conditions of high necessity for a temporary period, and appplication is not administratively or procedurally controlled to comply with good human engineering

principles. Some "tag-out". labels were in the form of red and white slips hung over the switch handle. They were not s'ecured to the component to prevent control actuation, and often obscure associated and adjacent labels.

Label Format and Readabilit Label readability was found to be degraded by the following lettering characteristics.

o Inconsistent character dimensions o Insufficient character height for viewing angle and maximum distance o Inadequate width-to-height ratio of counter numerals o Use of lowercase letters o Letter width-to-height ratios and stroke widths for component and position labels are less than the recommended dimensions o Spacing between characters, words and lines is less than the required minimum for legend lights and Electronic displays (LEDs) o Legend letter size is too small and has low contrast with background o Use of a slanted font and a font with serifs o Legends have more than three lines of lettering o Counter numerals are not separated by commas, decimals or spaces where appropriate.

94

2 3.9 Annunciator Survey 2.3.9.1 Objective The objective of the Annunciator Survey was to assess the operability and usability of the system using the guidelines outlined in NUREG-0700, and to document and assess all resulting discrepancies.

2.3.9.2 Review Team Responsibilities The members of the review team included a human factors specialist to conduct the annunciator survey; a nuclear operations specialist to supply plant systems information (i.e., interrelationship of various compo-nents, the impact of loss of a pump on plant operations); and a plant instrumentation and control engineer to answer questions, provide information, and obtain any necessary documentation for completion of this task.

2.3.9.3 Criteria The criteria used to evaluate the annunciator system are described in the Annunciator Checklist. The specific criteria for each subtask are contained in Appendix A.

2 3.9.4 Task Definition/Methodology This survey was conducted by: 1) applica-tion of checklists, and 2) by verification of operator concerns identified during operator interviews. The checklists were separated into two major parts: visual displays and auditory warnings. These checklists addressed maintainability, identification, coding, operation, and arrangements of the annunciator system. The checklisting was designed to be conducted on-site. Operations personnel were interviewed about the system, and were asked to demonstrate the alarm systems operability. Observations and notations were recorded on the checklist sheets. For those items found to be in conflict with checklist criteria, Human Engineering Discrepancy reports were written.

2.3.9.5 Results/Findings Table 2.3.9-1 lists all Human Engineering Discrepancies identified in the course of this survey. Following are the general findings of this survey.

Annunciator Controls Only one set of annunciator controls exists in each control room, and no test or reset functions/controls are provided. Figure 2.3.9-1 shows the location of annunciator controls for each unit. Certain advantages exist for the Turkey Point control rooms having one annunciator control station for each plant. The orienting responses to alarm control stations will be stronger (since only one response station exists), which should tend to reduce response latency. Also given the size and arrangement of the control rooms and the central location of the annunciator response stations, operator responses to anomalies could be facilitated. Several disadvantages also exist, including potential for increased control room traffic, for increased visual distances to annunciator tiles, and for possible crowding of the annunciator control locations during periods of high activity. The distance from the annunciator control location to the 95

TABLE 2.3.9-1 ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HED/P TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 6312al IIA IIA Nuisance alarms/fire false alarms 6312al IIC IIC Set points/nuisance alarms 6312al IIC Alarm parameter selection 6312bl,cl Annunciator location 6312cl,3 IIC IIC Lack of ref lash 6313al IIC IIC Reactor first out 6314 IIC IIC Prioritization nonvital annunciators 8 6315a,b IIC IIC No alarm clear signal 10 6321a IIA IIA Annunciator audible alarm 9 632lf IIA IIA Audible alarm location code 12 633la IIC IIC Annunciator location/group ll 633lcl IIA IIA Annunciator tile interchange 13 6332b Flash rate 14 6332e IIA IIA 'Dark'nnunciator panels 15 6332e IIC IIC Normally on annunciators 16 6333cl IIC IIC Cover interchangeability 6333cl,2 IIC IIC Annun window matrix 17 6334a Wordy/unclear legend 18 6334b Local indication summary annunciators

TABLE 2.3.9-l ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'D)

Cate or File No. HEDu TP-4 Descri tion 19 6H5al,a2 IIA IIA Font size/style; readability 20 6335c IIC IIC Impermanent labels 21 634lb III Ill Annunciator control location 22 634ld IIA IIA Brightness/lamp test 23 6342b4,6 IIA IIA Annunciator control coding

FIGURE 2.3.9-1 LOCATION OF ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL STATIONS F

I I I )

MECH. OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE SHAFT COMPUTER CONSOLE DESK (FUTURE) DESK UNIT 4 UNIT 3 ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL STATION ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL STATION VERTICAL PANELS PRINCIPLE ANNUNCIATORS ARE LOCATED VERTICAL PANELS ALONG THE TOP OF THE VERTICALPANELS

individual windows, and therefore window readability, is of the most concern. Additional control stations would relieve this discrepancy, as would larger, more legible tiles.

Annunciator Readability Annunciator font-size was determined to be too small from the central operating station (at the console) to any annunciator window location.

The window size is also very small which prevents a significant increase in legend font size without replacing the entire annunciator system. It is recommended that enhance-ment (coding) techniques and inceasing font size be used to improve readability.

Coding During the survey, no coding (other than first out panel location coding) was being used. A means to prioritize is currently being developed and will be implemented.

Nuisance Alarms Operator interviews identified several nuisance and general alarms as follows:

"Normally in" alarms were identified by operators as being:

o RCP bypass flow low (2 observations) o Source range loss of detection voltage (1 observation) o RHR heat exchange to flow (3 observations) o CR local-normal control (1 observation) o FW HTR levels (1 observation)

Nusiance alarms were identified by operators as being:

o SG level (2 observations) o Steam flow (1 observation o Feed flow (1 observation) o FW HTR hi/lo level (1 observation) o PRZR cubicle hi/low temp (1 observation) o Condensate recovery tank hi level (2 observations) o Waste boron panel trouble (3 observations) o Ht tracing trouble (2 observations) o WTR plant trouble (1 observation) o Radwaste (1 observation)

It is recommended that a review of set points on (or the necessity for) the identified nuisance annunciators be conducted; and, an alarm for Reactor Coolant Pump vibration be added to Unit 4.

Functional Groups In general, annunciator tiles are well grouped. Seven tiles were identified by operators. as being poorly located as follows:

99

o,SI pump low suction pressure o CCW surge TK level o RCP standpipe hi/low level o Bypass low flow o Breathing air system trouble o SG blowdown TK hi pressure o SG blowdown TK hi/low level 100

2D.10 Anthropometry Survey 2.3.10.1 Objective The objective. of the Anthropometry Survey was to determine whether controls and displays are located in a manner which makes them highly visible, within reach, and precludes inadvertent actuation.

2.3.10.2 Review Team Responsibilities Two human factors engineers took the measurements necessary for performance of the Anthropometry Survey. With those measurements, a human factors specialist analyzed reach envelopes and visual angles, applied all checklist items, and identified and documented all discrepanices.

2.3.10'riteria The criteria used are from the NUREG-0700 guidelines. These are detailed specifically in Appendix A and generally below:

a. All controls are within reach of the 5th percentile female (i.e., the person who is smaller than 95 percent of the female population)

(6.1.2.2.b.1).

b. The 95th percentile male can reach all controls without stooping (6.1.2.2.b.2).

c. All displays are visible from any point at which they must be monitored, based on eye height of both the 5th percentile female and the 95th percentile male. This includes viewing of annunciators from their associated acknowledge. controls (6.1.2.2.e).

d. Controls are placed far enough back on the board to avoid inadver-tent actuation (6.1.2.2.d.l).

e. All controls and displays involved in a.single task sequence are located to minimize the requirement for operator movement (6.1.2.2.f).

f. Consoles are designed to allow sufficient leg and foot room and, if necessary, space for writing (6.1.2.2.g).

g. Controls and displays which are frequently used or important are located in the most favorable position with regard to viewing or reaching (6.1.2.5.a Bc 6.1.2.5.b.2).

h. CRTs are easy to view with a minimal amount of head movement (6.7.2.>).

2D.10.4 Task Definition/Methodology There were two subtasks in this survey:

1) evaluation of reach envelopes and visual angles, and 2) measurement of distance criteria.

Reach Envelopes and Visual Angles A silhouette drawing of the board was obtained from Florida Power Bc Light and verified by taking measurements on-site. The required measurements were the distance from floor to benchboard, the distance from benchboard to panel top, and benchboard angle and depth. Using a scale drawing made 101

from board dimensions, angles from eye height (displays) and functional reach from shoulder height (controls) were drawn in for both 5th percentile female and 95th percentile male. The points at which reach envelop lines cross the board and the points at which the angle from line of sight to display face is less than 45 were marked, measured, and converted to full scale dimensions. These points were measured on the board on-site, and then lines were marked on board drawings to indicate the pass/fail area for each checklist item.

Horizontal visual angles were assessed by listing controls and displays used together (identified through the task analysis). For each display to be monitored while activating a control, the viewing angle was measured to ensure that it is less than 45 from line of sight.

Distance Criteria In addition to the measurements involved with reach envelopes, a number of board measurements were taken. The distance between controls used in a single task sequence, the 'distance of controls from the front of the benchboard, control and display height on vertical boards, height of emergency or frequently used controls and displays, and height of consoles which the operator must be able to see over were measured as part of this survey.

Workspace and furniture applications were assessed through measurement of floor-space between furniture, consoles, and walls on-site to ensure that sufficient space has been allocated for the smooth flow of pedestrain traffic.

2.3.10.5 Results/Findings Table 2.3.10-1 summarizes all Human Engineering Discrepancies identified in this survey. In general, no discrepancies deemed significantly debilitating to operations were observed. Most of the Human Engineering Discrepancies deal with the height on the vertical boards for control display mounting, and of these many deal with: 1) low frequency of use components, and/or 2) components deemed insignificant (by operations personnel) to safety issues.

Figures 2.3.10-1 and 2.3.10-2 show, for the 5th percentile female and the 95th percentile male population, functional reach and extended functional reach envelopes on the main operating consoles. Figure 2.3.10-3 shows the vertical reach envelope for the vertical panels "A" and "B" in the control rooms.

102

TABLE 2.3.10-1 ANTI-IROPOMETRIC SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HEDu TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 6113f1 III Available walkspace ll 6122b,c,e III III Reach to console controls 12 6122el IIA IIA Components mounted too high or low on vertical boards 14 6123g III ~

III Console dimensions 15, 16 6125a1,2 IIC/III IIC/III Control height for precise operation 17, 18 6125bl,2 IIA IIA Display mounting height for accurate III Ill reading

SCALE IN INCHES 0 . 42 24 36 48 80 2 4 8 810 1116182022 2828303234 3840124448 5052545858 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I ] I I I I 72 EXTENDED 88 FUNCTIONAL 66 REACH 84 (28.9")

62 FUNCTIONAL 60 REACH (25.2")

52 50

~ 48 ~ SHOULDER HEIGHT

{48.4")

44 42 40 18" 38 4tt 7tt 36 i~<a uR

+OR pu

~CTgO f 5tt 4tt Ngg R~ Cg) 5)tt 24 20 ~

18 16 30~/4" 14 12 10 8

8 4

46" FIGURE 2.3.10-1 REACH ENVELOPE FOR 5th PERCENTILE FEMALE OPERATOR'S CONSOLE 104

SCALE IN INCHES 0 12 24 38 48 80 6 6 10 1418162022 2826303234 3640424446 5052545656 l ) l ) l ) ) l ) l l l l I I I I l l l l ll l l 72 70 66 EXTENDED 66 84 FUNCTIONAl.

62 REACH SHOULDER 80 (39")

FUNCTIONAI REACH (35")

4 HEIGHT (60.8")

52 50 48 18'tt 28 51" 24 20 ~

16 16 30 sly" 12 10 6

8~

4 4gtt FIGURE 2.3.10-2 REACH ENYELOPE FOR 95th PERCENTILE MALE-OPERATOR'S CONSOLE 105

FIGURE 2.3.10-3 REACH AND VISUAI ENVELOPES FOR VERTICAL PANELS ANNUNCIATORS

?ft ANGLE POINT SEE HEDs 6125 A1, 2 AND 6125 81, 2 FOR CONTROLSIDISPLAYS MOUNTED IN THIS AREA 6ft 70" HIGHEST LIM)T FOR CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS 4ft 41" LOWEST LIMIT FOR SEE HED 6122E1 FOR DISPLAYS DISPLAY LOCATION MOUNTED IN THIS AREA 3ft 34" LOWEST LIMIT FOR SEE HEDs 6125 A1,2 AND 6125 81, 2 CONTROL LOCATIONS FOR CONTROLSIDISPLAYS MOUNTED IN THIS AREA 2ft FLOOR LEVEL Oft

2 3.11 Force/Torque Survey 2 3.11.1 Objective The objective of the Force Torque Survey was to identify control room equipment, via operator interview, which require too little or too excessive force for their operation, and to evaluate conformance of any potentially discrepant equipment to applicable human engineering criteria.

2.3.11.2 Review Team Responsibilities The evaluation team consisted of a human factors engineer qualified to take force/torque measurements and a control room operator. Where control actuation was necessary to subjectively assess the force/

resistance of a control, operations personnel directed the activity.

2 3.11.3 Criteria The force criteria for operation of switch types are contained in the checklists in Appendix A. The source document for the checklist was NUREG-0700.

2.3.11.4 Task Definitions/Methodology Several control room operators were interviewed using a preconstructed force/torque questionnaire (see Table 2 3.11-1).

Individual component ~tes were activated by a control room operator to test conform-ance with criteria, and were evaluated'using the checklist.

2 3.11.5 Results/Findings Table 2.3.11-2 presents the Human Engineering Discrepancies identified by this survey. As indicated in the table, only two Human Engineering Discrepancies were identified. No additional control resistance problems exist in the control rooms.

107

TABLE 2.3.ll-l FORCE/TORQUE QUESTIONNAIRE

1. Do you recall any inadvertent switch actuations as a result of coming in contact with the switch mechanism? If so, do these switches appear to be too easily actuated?

GO TO FIRST PANEL, THEN REPEAT QUESTIONS AT EACH PANEL

2. Are there any controls, pushbuttons, or legend pushbuttons which appear to be too easily actuated or difficult to actuate?

3. Do toggle switches have an elastic resistance that increases as the control is moved and drops as the switch maps into position?

4. Are knobs for spring loaded momentary contact rotary selector controls large enough to be easily held against the spring torque for as long as necessary?

t 5.

6.

Does rocker switch resistance gradually increase then drop to zero when the control snaps into position?

Does the resistance for the rocker switch preclude the switch from being placed between positions?

7. Do any control knobs or handles rotate or move loosely on their shafts?

8. Do any controls give the "feeling" that internal wear has occurred or that breakage might occur, or have the "feel" that sensory feedback has altered over the life of the control?

108

TABLE 2.3.ll-2 FORCE/TORQUE SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HEDII TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 32 6432d III Ill Guarded pushbutton ease of use 23 6442a III III High torque design on several rotary selector switches

2.3.12 Communications Survey 2.3.12.1 Objective The objective of the Communications Survey was to assess the degree to which various modes of communication transmission and reception used in the control room conform to the human factors guidelines outlined in NUREG-0700.

Through the evaluation pr ocess generic discrepancies and discrepancies specific to individual communication devices were identified.

2.3.12.2 Review Team Responsibilities The members of the review team and their responsibilities included:

o A human factors specialist to conduct the checklisting, identify discrepancies, and report the survey findings.

o A senior human factors scientist to observe the system operation during an emergency drill and identify discrepancies, and to assist in conducting rhyme tests.

o Communications system operators (Control Room Operator, Nuclear Plant Supervisor, and Nuclear Watch Engineers) to supply operational information and demonstrate system operations.

o Plant technicians (Instrumentation and Control and Electric Depart-ment personnel) to provide and to obtain necessary documentation for completion of this task.

2 3.12 3 Criteria The criteria used to evaluate the various communication syst'ems are based on NUREG-0700 guidelines. Other source books included NUREG/CR-1580 and MIL-STD-1472C. The specific criteria used are contained in Appendix A.

2 3.12.4 Task Definition/Methodology The four procedures used to conduct this survey were: 1) conduct of operator interviews, 2) application of human engineering checklists, 3) observation of emergency drill communications, and 4) conduct of a modified rhyme test. Each is discussed briefly below.

Interview The operator interviews collected in the "Review of Operating Experi-ence" task were reviewed for identification of potential communications discrepancies.

The discrepancies were then targeted for verification in the control room and evaluated according the survey criteria.

Human Engineering Checklist The checklist, applied on-site, was concerned with the following issues: maintainability, identification, coding, operation, audibility, usability, and accessibility.

Operations personnel were asked specific questions about the different communi-cations systems or were asked to demonstrate the system operation and capabilities.

Instrumentation and control engineers and plant technicians were consulted concerning specific system capabilities (e.g., frequency ranges, power supplies, and maintenance).

110

Emergency Drill A human factors specialist and a senior human factors scientist observed most of the communications systems in real-time operation during two of the emergency drills conducted for the Nuclear Regulatory Commission on March 15th and 16th, 1982. Discrepancies, not apparent during normal operations and operator demon-

'strations of system operations, were noted and Human Engineering Discrepancy reports were written.

Page System Rhyme Test A modified rhyme test of the plant page system was conducted spontaneously, based on operator interivew findings. In this subtask, 15 words were spoken over the page system while the plants were in normal operating conditions.

The procedure used was, except for talker's list length, the same as described in Section 2 3.7 of this repor t.

2.3.12.5 Results and Recommendations Table 2.3.12-1 summarizes the Human Engineering Discrepancy findings for this survey. In general, the communications system was found to be discrepant in several areas including emergency use, reliability/maintenance, identification/coding, location, and design.

Interviews suggested intelligibility problems with the page system. Tables 2.3.12-2 and 2.3.12-3 present the target and test words used in a modified rhyme test. The test was presented and 87 percent correct recognition was made of target words. These findings are considered to demonstrate acceptable intellegibility for the page system.

TABLE 2.3.12-1 COMMUNICATIONSSURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HEDGE TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 62lla IIC IIC Emergency communications 10, 12 62llb IIA IIA Phone intelligibility 62llc III Communications procedures 2j 6212b6 III III Location of handset cradle 5 6213bl,2,4 IIA IIA Sound powered phone set 6213c2 Switch from sound powered to page communications 6216a Security page 6216a2,f IIC IIC Page communications system 6216el IIC IIC Page speaker location 6217b IIC IIC Volume controls on communications equipment 9 6218b,c IIC IIC Emergency equipment and communications 10 622lb IIC IIC Communications audible signal coding 14 6222a Phone bell coding

TABLE 2.3.12-2 MODIFIED TALKER'S LIST FOR PAGE SYSTEM RHYME TEST Group ll DIM 12 SHED 13 TOE'AR 14 15 SIN 16 DUG 17 SWOG 18 SEEN 19 NOT 20 WEST 21 PIT.

22 BAT 23 SAY 24 DIG 25 PAGE 113

2.3.13 Maintainability Survey 2 3.13.1 Objective The objective of the Maintainability Survey was to evaluate the adequacy of the control room design to support maintenance activities performed by operations personnel. The sur vey was organized into three parts:

o Maintenance of Components with Integral Lighting o Recognition of Visual Display Failure o Spare Parts, Operating Expendables, and Tools.

2.3.13.2 Review Team Responsibilities The following personnel were required to conduct this survey: a human factors engineer, responsible for data collection and analysis and for report preparation; a control room operator, responsible for providing assistance during data collection and analysis; and an instrumentation and control technician, who was responsible for providing information and assistance during data collection and analysis.

2.3.13.3 Criteria Criteria used in this survey are summarized below.

o Lamps should be replaceable from the front of the panel (i.e.,

components should not have to be removed to replace lamp.

o Components are not susceptible to shorting out or, in the case of switches, to inadvertent activation du~ing the process of lamp removal or replacement.

o Lamp replacement does not subject the operator to a shock hazard.

o Covers having legends, color coding, or other component-specific information are physically keyed, or some form of procedural safe-guard is provided to prevent interchanging of covers.

o If lamp replacement requires tile removal, there is a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location.

o Dual-bulb or dual-filament light assemblies are used, or bulb-test capability is provided where lamp status cannot be verified.

o Component design encourages immediate replacement of burned-out bulbs by providing for rapid and convenient bulb replacement with power on and without hazard to personnel or equipment.

o Operator aids are provided if needed for lamp replacement.

o When panel instruments such as meters fail or become inoperative, the failure is apparent to the operator (i.e., a failed meter displays an off-scale indication).

o Spare parts, such as indicator lamps, and any tools required by operating personnel are stored in suitable designated space(s) within the control room.

o An adequate supply of expendables and spare parts (e.g., fuses, bulbs, ink, recorder charts, printer paper, etc.) are provided.

114

o Expendables and spare parts are readily accessible.

o All tools required to replenish expendables and install spare parts are available.

o There should be adequate storage space for expendables and spare parts.

o When different types, sizes, or styles of expendables and spare parts are required, they should be clearly and distinctively marked to avoid confusion or misapplication.

o Records should be maintained concerning the status of expendables and spare parts.

o The paper, ink, and other expendables required to maintain graphic recorders should be provided and accessible in the control room.

o The design of graphic recorders permit quick and easy replenishment of paper and ink.

o Fresh replacement batteries for walkie-talkies are accessible and well marked.

o The stock of batteries is sufficient to support continuous emergency operation of walkie-talkies.

2.3.13.4 Task Definition/Methodology The following procedures were followed to conduct this survey.

Maintenance of Components with Integral Lighting All components having inte-gral lighting were identified. Components were organized into generic classes (e.g.,

legend switches, annunciators, etc.). Next, representative components were selected r

from each class for evaluation.

Maintenance procedures for lamp replacement for each sample component were reviewed and assessed. Finally, each sample component was evaluated according to the above criteria by using the checklist contained in Appendix A. Whenever necessary, the control room operator or the instrumentation and control technician demonstrated required maintenance activities.

Recognition of Visual Display Failure All visual displays were identified. Visual displays were organized into generic classes (e.g., vertical meters, strip charts etc.).

Next, representative displays from each class were selected for evaluation; and display failure modes, indications, etc., were identified by interviewing the control room operators and/or instrumentation and control technician using the interview form contained in Appendix A.

Each sample display was evaluated according to the above criteria using the checklist contained in Appendix A. Whenever necessary, the operator or instrumentation 115

and control technician simulated display failure either by disrupting the electrical signal to the display, or some other means, as appropriate. Where it w'as impractical to simulate display failure, display specifications were reviewed to determine display failure response.

Spare Parts, Operating Expendables, and Tools All control room components requiring maintenance by'perations personnel in the form of replacing parts ot replenishing expendables were identified. The components were organized into generic classes (e.g., transilluminated displays, graphic recorders, printers, etc.). Next, for each class of components the associated spare parts and/or operating expendables required for maintenance by operations personnel were identified and described. Information entered on the data form included:

o Component component name or designation (e.g., graphic recorder) o Type type of spare part or operating expendable (e.g., paper) o Size cubic dimensions of spare part or expendable, as stored (approximate) o Markings provisions for labeling or otherwise designating similar items to avoid confusion o Replacement frequency how often the item must be replaced (e.g.,

once per week) o Tools tools required to replace spare part or replenish expendable o Storage location where in the control room the item is stored.

Storage closets, lockers, etc., were also identified and described. Information entered on this form included:

o Designation name assigned to locker, closet, etc. (e.g., Storage Locker $/1) o Location where in the control room the container is located o Size internal dimensions of the container o Stored items items stored in the container o Labeling bins, compartments, etc.

o Frequency of stocking schedule for restocking container.

The control room design was evaluated with respect,to spare parts, operating expendables, and tools by using the checklist contained in Appendix A. In conducting this evaluation it was important to consider the following:

o Adequacy of supply to determine if the supply of expendables and spare parts is adequate, one must determine the frequency with 116

which the spare part or expendable is replaced, as well as the periodicity of stock replacement (i.e., the likelihood that an item will.run out before the shelves are restocked).

o Adequacy of space to determine the adequacy of storage space, one must compute the volume of all items contained in the storage space when the shelves are fully stocked.

2.3.13.5 Results/Findings Table 2.3.13-1 presents the findings of this survey. A summary of the discrepancies noted on Human E:ngineering Discrepancy forms follows:

o Display failure is not apparent and no lamp test is provided for simple indicator lights, annunciators, and bright is right o Some meters and strip charts fail on-scale (failur e is not apparent) o Illuminated displays f

o Most digital displays have no indication of failure o Storage and labeling is inadequate (absent or inaccurate) o Stored item accessibility is reduced by location and by locked cabinets o Inadequate storage space is provided in, or accessible to, the primary area o No inventory is kept for replenishment of spare parts and expendables o Tools, when provided, do not fit/work.

117

TABLE 2.3.13-1 MAINTAINABILITY SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS Cate or File No. HEDII TP-3 TP-4 Descri tion 6114a >>C >>C 'Storage space in control room 36 6115 >>I '>>I No provisions for storage 37, 38 6115e >>C >>C Spare bulb storage and maintenance 10 6115f >>C >>C Spare parts Inventory 19 64Hc3 IIC >>C Computer failure and shock hazard 3, 79 65llf >>C >>C Display failure indication

>>I >>I 57 6Hlal,2 >>C >>C Lamp test/display failure not apparent 18 65>la3 >> >>C Tools for/ease of bulb replacement 81 6541 >>C >>C Recorder maintenance 66 654la IiC/>>I >>C/I>> Quality of materials. Recorder stamping/

marking/reading 67 654lb >>I >>I Recorder scaled paper supply 83 654lf >>I >>I Recorder paper maintenance 23 673le3 >>I >>I Recorder paper maintenance

2 4 System Function and Task Analysis System Function and Task Analysis was conducted in four basic steps, as follows:

o Identify/review systems, functions, and tasks identify system functions develop task lists and Response Selection Diagrams identify event sequences to be analyzed o Analyze tasks analyze tasks for each function develop Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams o Verify task performance capability/human engineering suitability o Validate control room functions.

Each of these steps is discussed in the following sections.

2.4.1 Identify/Review Systems, Functions, and Tasks The overall objectives of the System Function and Task Analysis were to identify and organize plant systems, functions, and operator tasks to support subsequent analysis.

Subtasks are presented below.

2.4.1.1 Identify Systems/Subsystems and System Functions The objectives of this subtask were to identify and document the plant systems and subsystems which function to operate the reactor plant and generate and distribute power. This included the systems which are represented in the control room. Once the system and subsystem boundaries were identified, the functions which are performed within a subsystem division were identified and documented.

The review team consisted of several senior operations personnel, four human factors specialists, and plant instrumentation and control engineers.

The team members reviewed the Final Safety Analysis Reports, technical specifica-tions, system descriptions, and other available documentation which describe the reactor plant, power generation, and power distribution systems. A preliminary systems and subsystems list was developed. The team interviewed the operations personnel using the control room photomosaic to verify/revise the system and subsystem divisions which were identified by operations personnel as governing:

o Reactor control and instrumentation systems o Safety systems o Feedwater systems o Radwaste systems o Power generation systems o Power distribution systems.

The system and subsystem boundaries were identified and verified to reflect'the as-built operational status 'and operating practices. The operations personnel were requested to provide, for each subsystem, the functions (or operations) of (and any operational variations associated with it) the subsystem and its components. Operational variations and the conditions under which they are employed were documented as function alternatives.

This subtask identified the major plant systems, the functions which they govern, and the subsystems of each major system. The list of system functions underwent task Analysis.

2.4.1.2 Develop Task Lists and Response Selection Diagrams The objectives of this subtask were: 1) to identify and describe motor, perceptual, and information process-ing tasks associated with performance of system and subsystem functions, 2) to identify task sequences and dependencies, and 3) to graphically depict task sequences in Response Selection Diagrams.

Through review of standard, abnormal, and emergency operating procedures and interviews with operations personnel; conditions which initiate operator tasks in relation to performing functions (initiators include alarms, routine monitoring, administrative procedures, etc.) were identified.

Also identified were the prerequisite conditions for the conduct of functions and the possible variations in the conduct of functions based on presence or absence of prerequisite conditions.

By reviewing system operating procedures and interviewing training instructors and operators, individual tasks and decision points involved in function performance were identified. Detailed descriptions of task actions were recorded in the form of Response Selection Diagrams which graphically represent task sequences (see Figure 2 4-1) and identify actions and decisions on the part of the operator.

This subtask provided Response Selection Diagrams for each control room function, depicting:

o Tasks o Task sequences o Decision points o Task dependencies o Detailed task descriptions.

120

See Figure 2.4.1.-1 for an example of a completed Response Selection Diagram.

These Response Selection Diagrams were used as initializing information for detailed analysis of tasks.

2.4.1D Identify Event Sequences The objective of this subtask was to identify event sequences (postulated and experienced transients) to be evaluated in the task analysis. The specific list of event sequences selected for analysis were:

o Plant Star tup/Shutdown/Change in Power o Loss of Coolant Accident o Inadequate Core Cooling o Multiple Steam Generator Tube Ruptures o Failure of Auxiliary and Main Feedwater o Failure of High Pressure Reactor Coolant Make Up o Anticipated Transients Without Scrams Loss of offsite power Stuck Power-Operated Relief Valve.

2.4.2 Analyze Tasks The basic objective of this System Function and Task Analysis activity was to use the data previously generated to analyze, in detail, operator-allocated tasks for each of the functional sequences selected for analysis. Subtasks are discussed below.

2.4.2.1 Analyze Tasks for Each Function The objectives of this subtask were to analyze task requirements to determine information requirements, control requirements, communication requirements, constraints (time, etc.) on task performance, and decisions and skills/knowledge requirements; and to document task requirements in an accessible, usable format for each task and task sequence.

The Response Selection Diagrams were used as a basis to determine detailed task requirements. Detailed task descriptions were analyzed, and for each task the following information was assembled on the Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram form (See Figure 2.4-1):

o The required control action, if applicable (i.e., binary, multi-discrete, or continuous) o The control panel and the display or control code, associated with the task o The display requirement, if applicable (i.e., binary, multi-discrete, or continuous scale) o Parameter ranges and control features necessary for safe plant operation 121

o Skills/knowledge demanded of the operator for task performance o Workload assessment.

2.4.2.2 Develop Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams The objective of this subtask was to present sequential task accomplishment graphically on line drawings of the board layouts.

Using Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram data as input, human factors engineering analysts graphically represented task sequences on panel line drawings (i.e, Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams). The procedure for generating Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams is as follows:

o Assemble line drawings of control board o Code components compatibly with locator codes on Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram forms o Sequentially link control board instrumentation and displays based on Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram data o Numerically identify links with task code numbers from Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagrams o Assemble and file Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams for subse-quent analysis.

The outputs and results of this subtask were Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams for each system and subsystem function that identify:

o Sequence of control/display use for each function o Frequency of control/display use for each function o Decision and task sequence output failure points.

With the knowledge of the original design considerations and the design and human factors trade-offs that were conducted during the plant design phase, the Operations Department performed an integral role in the determination of task requirements.

The outputs and results of this subtask were verification or identification of: instrumentation and design requirements for performance of tasks, operator skills and knowledge required for task performance, and workload assessment.

2 4D Yerify Task Performance Capability/Human Engineering Suitabili y This task required further analysis and evaluation of operator-allocated tasks.

Subtasks for this task are discussed below.

2.4.3.1 Develop Functional Sequence Diagrams The objective of this subtask was to develop event-based Functional Sequence Diagrams for each event sequence listed in Section 2.4.1.3, above.

122

For each event sequence which underwent evaluation, event evolutions (courses) were identified.

Functional Sequence Diagrams generated from procedures represent the evolving plant and operational status ensuing after an initiating event.

The procedure for developing Functional Sequence Diagrams was as follows:

o Identify the previously defined functions and tasks as operationally sequenced in the event o Identify branch points (e.g., diagnostic decisions, etc.)

o Timeline operations and tasks to identify event progressions.

As Functional Sequence Diagrams were completed, sequential functions were overlaid on control room floor plans and sequentially numbered to identify and analyze control room traffic patterns. The traffic pattern analysis was conducted as follows:

o Assemble Functional Sequence Diagrams for each event o Obtain control room floor plan drawings o Sketch-the traffic paths for all operators as required by the event sequence o Identify functional (operational) dependencies, as required.

Figure 2.4.3-1 shows a typical Functional Sequence diagram. Figure 2.4.3-2 shows an example of a traffic analysis for the same sequence as presented in Figure 2.4.3-1.

Outputs of this subtask are Functional Sequence Diagrams and Traffic Diagram checklists.

2.4D.2 Verify Human Engineering Suitability The objective of this subtask was to identify man-machine interface problems that may affect task performance, but that may not be evident in component surveys.

There are, four major design issues that this subtask addressed: 1) the grouping of components with respect to function, sequence, importance, and frequency-of-use crite-ria; 2) control and display integration to ensure that associated controls and displays are not dispersed and that their designs are compatible; 3) component discrimination through enhancements such as demarcation and coding techniques; and 4) panel layouts for consistency of conventions across all panels/units. Specific checklist items regarding the above issues were used as compliance standards.

The functional groups were identified in the system and subsystem definition of Task 1. The extent to which functional groups/systems/subsystems define an appropriate functional group with respect to operational requirements was then assessed using the Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams. These diagrams identify: 1) the components 123

which are involved in carrying out the subsystem functions, 2) the sequence of component use, and 3) the associated controls and displays for a particular action. In addition, by identifying corresponding functions between control panels arid units, where applicable, location and sequence aspects of the layout consistency were assessed. The checklist criteria items (Appendix A) were applied to each Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagram sheet, and discrepancies were noted. All the Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams involving a discrepant component were analyzed with respect to the component's frequency-of-use and importance as determined in Subtask 2.4.4.

2.4.4 Validate Control Room Functions The objective of this task was to: 1) estimate the importance and frequency-of-use for equipment, and 2) verify the availability of required instrumention and controls in the contr ol room.

2.4.4.1 Develop Frequency and Importance Data The objective of this subtask was to determine both importance and frequency-of-use data for equipment used in task sequences and selected plant events.

Based on: 1) event sequences, 2) normal operating procedures (e.g., startup), and

3) frequency estimates of nonprocedurally-bound operations (e.g., Boron control, annun-ciator responses, etc.), frequency data for equipment use is estimated. The procedure for estimating task frequency was as follows:

o Determine an estimate of the frequency of implementation of normal operating procedures (e.g., start-up,-shutdown, change in power) by interviewing senior operations personnel.

o Similarily, determine estimates of the frequency of nonprocedurally-bound operations (e.g., boration, volume control, etc.) for each function.

o Assemble data on form.

o Develop a frequency table for function call-up.

o Develop frequency estimation for each instrument/control/

communication requirement based upon estimated frequency-of-function execution.

o Sort and store frequency data (see Table 2.4.4.-1).

Using a similar technique, indication of equipment importance was identified by weighting the importance of the events shown on frequency data form and then summing the weighted frequencies of equipment uses in function callups.

The outputs and results of the subtask were estimated frequency-of-use and importance data for control room equipment by event/operation.

124

TABLE 2.4.4-1 ESTIMATED FREQUENCY OF FUNCTION CALLUP Total Frequency Rated Procedures Frequenc Per Week or Fre uenc Per Month Per Year ~lm ortance

1. Startup

2. Shutdown Change in Power

n. etc.

Nonprocedurally Bound operations (function callups)

1. Boration

2. Dilution

3. Cooling Water flow

4. Maintain SI Tk level

n. PRZR Temp Maintenance

2.4.4.2 Verification of Equipment Availability The objectives of this subtask were to identify availability (presence) of required instrumentation and controls in the control room to support performance of system functions, and to identify potentially extraneous control room equipment.

The basic criteria for the subtask were: 1) the control and display designs should match the task needs and operators'apabilities, 2) frequently required or important instrumentation or controls should be located in the control room, and 3) infrequently used or unimportant instrumentation should be excluded from the control room inventory.

The Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagrams were compared with the Functional Sequence Diagrams to identify the equipment requirements. To identify any deficient areas, the results were then compared to the control room inventory list representing the present equipment capabilities and characteristics. All equipment was evaluated for its A

appropriateness to operating requirements using the checklist (see Appendix A).

The calculated frequency-of-use data was examined to identify equipment with very high or very low frequency of use. Lists were prepared for infrequently used equipment located in the control room and frequently used equipment located outside of the control room. These lists were also annotated with the assessment of the component's importance to operations as previously developed.

The outputs and results of this subtask include: 1) a list of required control room equipment located external to the control room, 2) a list of infrequently used equipment located. in the control room, and 3) a list of discrepancies based on Task Analysis of the equipment requirements and the present control room inventory.

126

3.0 IMPLEMENTATION The objectives of this phase are: 1) preparation of schedules for implementation of selected backfits, and 2) preparation and submittal of the final report.

3.1 Develop Backfit Schedules Backfit implementation programs were prepared when Human Engineering Discrep-ancies had been identified, documented, and assessed. Scheduling of Human Engineering Discrepancy backfits will be a function of:

o Human engineering discrepancy priority o Engineering and procurement lead time requirements and constraints o Overall plant outage schedules.

Schedules will be reviewed and updated as part of the implementation program.

3.1.1 Phase 3 Enhancement and Design Solutions The basic procedure to be employed in identifying and selecting enhancements and design solutions is based on Figure 3-1.

o Analysis of correction by enha'ncement o Analysis of correction by design alternatives o Assess extent of correction.

3.1.2 Analysis of Correction by Enhancement Discrepancies selected for correction are first examined for possible correction by enhancement (labeling, demarcation, procedure aids, etc.). Each Human Engineering Discrepancy is considered, and, where such correction is possible, the discrepancy is reassessed for its effect on operator'performance. Human Engineering Discrepancies are, as appropriate, re-evaluated via checklisting and Task Analysis until human factors engineering suitability is verified. Where it is determined that correction by enhancement is not possible, the Human Engineering Discrepancy is analyzed for correction-by-design alternatives (see Figure >-2).

3.1.3 Analysis af Correction by Design Alternative Identification of design alternatives was achieved by the examination of the Human Engineering Discrepancy, reference to task analysis data, and identification of potential 127

HUMAN ENGINEER)NG DESCREPANCIES TO BE ANALYZEDFOR CORRECTION (FROM THE HED SELECTION PROCESS)

ANALYSIS FOR CORRECTION BY ENHANCEMENT CORRECT WITH YES ENHANCEMENT?

DESIGN AND NO VERIFY ANALYSIS TO IDENTIFY DESIGN IMPROVEMENT ALTERNATIVES AND SELECT RECOMMENDED SOLUTION IMPLEMENT AND DOCUMENT

~ FUNCTION ANALYSIS

~ ALLOCATION I

MAN I MACHINE I T

~ VER FIY ALLOCATION - - ~I DESELECT PREFERRED DESIGN ALTERNATIVE I

~ VALIDATEDESIGN SCHEDULE Not Corrected Futty Corrected IMPLEMENTATION JUSTIFY AND DOCUMENT ASSESS EXTENT OF CORRECTION DOCUMENT Partially Corrected JUSTIFY AND SCHEDULE IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENT DOCUMENT FIGURE 3-1 ASSESSMENT: SELECTION OF DESIGN IMPROVEMENT (FROM NUREG-0700) 128

FIGURE 3-2 FLOW FOR CORRECTION OF HEDs SY ENHANCMENT HEDs NOTES:

CONSIDER ENHANCEMENT Using photomosalc ALTERNATIVES REEVALUATE Using 0700 guldellnes HED HED YES RESOLVED

?

NO PROCESS Using NUREG 080t and 0700 NO ERROR YES ASSESSMENT

~2 HED SELECTED FOR CORRECTION BY DESIGN ALTERNATIVES DETAILED Detailed design proceeds, ENHANCEMENT using 0700 guidelines where DESIGN, appropriate, as design IMPLEMENTATION requirements AND DOCUMENTATION 129

constraints (e.g., availability of equipment, Reg. Guide 1.75, etc.) and was dispositioned by taking into account plant safety, design restrictions, operator performance, and cost effectiveness. The acceptability of design alternatives will be verified by further evaluation using the following:

o Functional analysis o Task analysis o Reapplication of appropriate checklists.

Figure 3-3 presents the general activity involved in the analysis of correction-by-design alternative.

3.1.4 Extent of Correction For all human engineering programs implemented or Human Engineering Discrep-ancies selected for correction-by-design alternatives, the extent of correction (by enhancement or redesign) will undergo evaluation. To achieve the assessment, a simple reapplication of program guidelines and verification of human factors engineering suitability will be performed. Figure 3-4 is the form used to document extent of correction assessments. In cases where a generic program is consistently implemented (i.e., labeling, color coding, etc.), only a sample of enhancements will be re-evaluated for extent of correction since the results will be the same in all cases. Correction assessments will occur as part of the implementation program since the full extent of enhancements cannot be evaluated until a sample survey of filed implementation is made.

130

FIGURE 3-3 PROCESS FOR ANALYZINGHED DESIGN AITERNATIVES HED REVIEW SYSTEMS, FUNCTIONS AND TASK ANALYSIS IDENTIFY ALTERNATIVES EVALUATE ALTERNATIVES NO HED 'O AL ERNATIVE EXHAUSTED YES ENHANCEMENT SOLUTIONS YES RESOLVED

? POSSIBLE

?

N HEDa JUSTIFY NTRODUCED 4 DOCUMENT

?

DESIGN IMPLEMENT FEASIBLE ENHANCEMENT (ENQINEERINQ SOLUTION

?

YES SCHEDULE PROCESS IMPLEMENT ERROR DOCUMENT 131

FIGURE 34 HED BACKFIT ASSESSMENT ED NO.

PROPOSED IMPLEMENTED SACKFIT BAGKFIT I ENHANCEMENT a) LABELING I) b) DEMARCATlON b) c) CODING c) d)PROCEDURES d)

I) TRAINING o)

II DESIGN ALTERNATIVES g) RELOCATION e) b) REPLACEMENT b) c) CONFORMANCE TO PROCESS CONVENTION c) d) RELOCATION OF FUNCTION d)

REASSESSMENT OF PROBABLE ERROR AND DEVIATION

1. EXTENT OF DEVIATION N/A SOME COMPLETE'.

FROM 0700 GUIDELINES ERROR ASSESSMENT l.ON HIGH 1DEV ~ 0? RESOLVED SIGNOFF: HEPM DATE:

2.ERROR ASSESSMENT RESOLVED ygp REDESlGN SACKRT

3.2 HUMAN ENGINEERING BACKFIT PROGRAM 3.2.1 LABELING As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4, 44 of the findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1) identified, remain to be implemented as part of an ongoing labeling effort at the Turkey Point Site.

The labeling effort developed at the Turkey Point Site follows NUREG-0700 as a guideline while taking into account the compact control room design, although compact, Turkey Point 3 and 4 common control room is functionally designed with a consistant pattern of controls and displays. The labeling guideline will standardize the different sections of the control board.'he subject guideline was developed using NUREG-0700 to establish criteria for:

o Light height o Label configuration, i.e., number of lines of print per label o Label borders and space between lines o Font characteristics The developed guidelines provides:

o Guidelines for the preparing, revising, and fabrication of labels for use in the control room and related areas.

o A dictionary of standard abbreviations and acronyms to be used as a reference in control room labels and procedures.

The following is a list of the remaining findings to be corrected by the ongoing labeling effort. The findings are listed by section number as they relate ot NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL tracking system. A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.4 5,7,10,29,35 6.5 6,19,30,70,86 Continued on next page.

133

6.6 2~3~4~5~7~8~11pl2~16~17~18~19~22~

48,49,50,51,53,60,62,63,66 6.9 134

3.2.2 DEMARCATION As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point 3 and 4 only 3 findings identified, remain to be implemented. (Summarized in Table 3.2-1). Turkey Point 3 and 4 common control room is compact but functionally layed out enjoying vertical grouping of associated controls and displays at this time.

Appendix 2 was developed to provide, general guidence for designing and intergrating demarcation along with summary labels and mimic coding. The demarcation guidelines ensure that the final product maintains:

o Simplicity of design o Intergration of summary labels o Use of mimics where beneficial to the operators and current panel space permits.

Demarcation will be used to improve functional grouping and/or provide operators with visual keys to improve response time arid overall task performance.

Appendix 2 contains: A guidence document which discusses the philosophy of hierarchical labeling and example demarcation scheme. The final demarcation disign selected will be developed using task requirements, system/functional relationship, and operating experience on the Turkey Point control rooms to identify those areas needing enhancement, the demarcation will be coordinated with the relabeling program and completed as part of the units overall control room upgrade effort.

The following is list of the remaining findings to be corrected by the ongoing demarcation/labeling effort. The findings are listed by section number as they relate to FPdcL's tracking system. A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item are presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.1 18,24 6.8 135

3.2.3 ANNUNCIATORREVIEW As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Units 3 and 4, 13 of findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1) identified, remain to be corrected as part of the ongoing Annunciator Review Program.

The Annunciator Review Program address the following points to resolve the subject findins:

o Re-engraving of alarm windows to alleviate:

Congested tiles Incomplete messages Confusing messages Addition of new tiles Standarization of abbreviations o Prioritization of alarms by color coding o Reveiw of alarm windows to identify those with multiple inputs requiring reflash capability o Review of alarm location with regard to associated controls o Review of annunciators to identify those common alarms which could be combined into catagory alarms.

Annunicator engraving specifications, prioritization coding and abbreviation list are contained in the Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 annunciator review report.

The following is a list of the remaining findings to be corrected by the ongoing annunciator program. The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPdcL's tracking system. A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.3 5t6>7tllt12t15t16s17tl9t20 6.5 67,80 6.6 136

3.2.4 CODING CONVENTION As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Units 3 and 4, 7 of the findings (as summarized in Table 3.2-1) identified remain to be corrected as part of the established coding convention effort.

The coding convention implemented in the Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4 control rooms will be consistant and standardized to reflect the original control room design philosophy.

The subject coding conventions are applied to:

o Indicator lights o Push buttons o Mimics o Power trains o Meter scales o Control handles The following is a list of the remaining findings to be corrected by application of the developed coding conventions. The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system. A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.2 6.5 12,14,26,48,55 6.6 70 137

3.2.5 ENGINEERING INTERGRATION REVIEW As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4, there are 19 of the findings (as summarized in Table 3.2-1) identified as requiring design changes remaining to be implemented and/or engineering review completed and final dispositioning assigned.

Of the 18 findings remaining in this catagory 9 have been disposition for design enhancement corrective action and will be implemented during the units refueling outage.

The remaining 10 require engineering review with regard to design alternatives taking into account qualification of equipment, common operational concerns between the Turkey Point Control Rooms, coordination of construction support requirements and availability of equipment/materials. The remaining engineering review items will be dispositioned by Unit 3 outage of 3/85 completion and Unit 4 outage of 10/85 completion.

Turkey Point HED's were written common to both Units 3 and 4 in almost all cases. This was done because of the common/identical control room design. In this section "Engineering Intergration Review" only one of the remaining findings is specificly for Unit 3. Because of the common HED's a redundency in file number appears in the following lists which appear by unit. Those finding which have already been completed on one unit are noted-complete.

The following is a list of the findings currently scheduled for implementation during Turkey Point Units next refueling outages respectively.

Turke Point Unit 3 SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.1 16,23 6.4 1,20,22 6.5 6.8 1,6 Continued on next page.

138

Turke Point Unit 4 SECTION NO. FILE NO.

omplete 6.4 1,20 - Complete 6.4 21,22 6.5 2 Complete 6.8 1,6 The following is a list of the findings scheduled to have their evaluations and dispositioning complete by Unit 3 outage of 3/85 and Unit 4 outage of 10/85 completion. The results of the subject Engineering Intergration Review will be reported to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission Human Factors Branch by March 1, 1986 for their review of Florida Power and Light Companies proposed dispositioning.

Turke Point Unit 3 SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.1 30 6.2 6,7,8 6.4 6.5 64,82 6.6 28 6.9 1,4 Turke Point Unit 4 SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.1 30 6.2 6,7,8 6.4 8 6.5 64 6.6 28 6.9 1,4 Continued on next page.

139

~Findin: (Section 6.1, File No. 16)

(HED No. 6.1.2.5.a(l))

Controls requiring precise operation are mounted outside the recommended 34 to 53 inch zone above the floor. The blowdown controls are outside the reach of the fifth percentile female.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 16)

The blowdown controls are being moved as part of control room modifications due to limited panel space. These controls will be lowered as much as board space permits. Florida Power and Light Company feels these changes, in relationship to the frequency of use and limited board space, will enhance the operation of subject controls. These changes are being made on PCM 82-264 Unit 3 and PCM 82-265 Unit 4.

140

~Findin: (Section 6.1, File No. 23)

(HED No. 6.1.3.1.e(2))

There is no local indication for RCP vibration indication on Unit No. 4. The Unit No. 4 display is combined with Unit No. 3 and located on Unit No. 3.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 23)

Florida Power and Light Company has completed the engineering review and currently the subject recorder will be replaced with vibration indication on both units during the 1983 outage. This work will be performed under PCM 82-264 on Unit No. 3 and PCM 82-264 on Unit No. 4 which has been complete.

~Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 1)

(HED No. 6.4.1.1.b(1))

Several controls in the control room are no longer used and some have been disconnected. These controls should be removed.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 1)

Non-functional i.ee2 deactivated controls were removed from Unit No. 4's control boards. The subject controls will be removed on Unit No. 3 during the 1983 refueling outage. Controls which are active but not normally used such as NMC 10 dine particulate monitor will not be removed since they may be used under off normal conditions.

~Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 20)

(HED No. 6.4.4.1)

Several rotary controls do not move clockwise to increase. Reheater steam stop control MOV-3-1434 and purge control CV-3-2913 (PTP Unit No. 3).

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 20)

PWO 5237503 was issued to have the subject controls rewired to conform to left-close right-open convention. The subject will be corrected during Unit No. 3's 1983 outage.

141

~Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 21)

(HED No. 6.4.4.1)

Several rotary controls do not move clockwise to increase. Reheater steam stop; control MOV-4-1434 and purge control CV-4-2913 (PTP Unit No. 4).

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 21)

PWO's ¹237504, 237540, 237542 and 237543 have been issued to correct subject control switch convention of operation.

Finding (Section 6.4, File No. 22)

(HED No. 6.4.4.1)

The cold reheat steam piping drain control (Unit No. 3) CV-3-3722 and (Unit No.

4) CV-4-3722 move clockwise to close and counter clockwise to open. This is contrary to the normal control room convention.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 22)

Presently the subject control switches are scheduled to be rewired to operate consistent with control room convention schedules for implementation are as indicated in Section 3.2.5 of this report.

142

~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 2)

Display of extraneous information in the prime operating area is not advised.

The subject displays are non-functional:

1) Containment sump level recorder

2) DACA System

3) Power range recorder stripcharts

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No,. 21)

As a result of the Turkey Point review team meeting, the DACA controls were determined to be non-functional and scheduled to be removed in accordance with the schedules presented in Section 3.2e5 of this report.

The subject recorders have been removed and relocated with new models on Unit

4. Unit 3 is being completed presently.

PCM 82-264, Unit 3 PCM 82-265, Unit 4 Plorida Power and Light Company intends no future action on this item.

143

~Findin: (Section 6.8, File No. l)

(HED No. 6.8.1.l.c)

The grouping of Tave/Tref, pressurizer pressure, pressurizer level and power range current are not located close enough to their related controls for reading accuracy required.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. l)

The subject recorders are scheduled to be rearranged into a more functional arrangement during the scheduled control room modifications. The recorders of high use i.e., Tave/Tref, pressurizer pressure and pressurizer level will be better functionally grouped with their associated controls.

The subject work schedules for Units 3 and 4 are presented in section 3.2.5 of this report.

~F(ndin: (Seotion 6.8, File No. 6)

(HED No. 6.8.2.2 and 3)

The displays and controls for main steam flow and feedwater flow are not consistently arranged i.e., the top row of meters if associated with the bottom row of controls and vice-versa. Also the flow selector switch positions are reversed from the display arrangement. This is true on both units.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.8, File No. 6)

The display/control and selector switch/display orientation for the main steam flow and feedwater flow display/control arrangement will be corrected to conform to a top bottom-lef t right ascending order. Schedules for implementation of this work are presente in Section 3.2.5 of this report.

144

A brief description of the subject findings and proposed design enhancement follows for those human engineering discrepancies which are schuduled to be implemented during the units refueling outages respectively. In addition a detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Sec. 3.5 of this report.

145

3.2.6 ADMINISTRATIVEAND TRAINING As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Units 3 and 4, 4 findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1) identified remain to be incorporated in to site administrative procedures and/or the operator training program.

The following is a list of the remaining findings still to be incorporated. The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system. A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.1 4,10 6.2 1,5 146

TURKEY POINT UNITS 3 AND 4 HUMAN ENGINEERING BACKFIT PROGRAM Slk&fARY INDEX FOR BACKFIT PROGRAM PROGRAM TITLE SECTION NO'S/NO. ITEMS PER SECTION PROGRAM 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 TOTALS

1. LABELING 33

2. DEfARCATION

3.

ANNUNCIATOR 10 13

4. CODING CONVENTION ENGINEERING INTEGRATION 19 ADMINISTRATIVE/TRAINING 6'ROCEDURES CONTROLS JUSTIFICATION OF NO ACTION ITEMS 17 10 20 60 27 22 169

8. INVALID FINDINGS 10 23

9. COMPLETED 14 28 ITEM SUB-TOTALS/ 310 SECTION 41 23 36 88 71 24 310 TABLE 3.2-1 147

F' 3.3 WRITTEN JUSTIFICATIONlNO CORRECTIVE ACTION INTENDED 3.3.1 LOW ERROR ASSESSMENT As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review and Human Engineering Descrepancy Review Team meetings on Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 there are 169 findings (summarized in Table 3.2-

1) which were identified as requiring no corrective action. These items are presented in detail along with Florida Power and Light Company's justification for taking no corrective action on these items.

The following is a list of findings by section numbers as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file numbers as they relate to FPRL's tracking system. A complete listing of all items along with a brief descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report. It should be noted that no differance has been made between units since the majority of the items are generic in nature and apply to both control rooms.

SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.1 2,3,5,8,9,11,12,14,15,17,19,25, 28,33) 34,39,40 6.2 4,9,11,12,13,14 6.3 1,3,4,8,13,14,18,21,22,23 6.4 11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,23,24, 25~26~27~28i30~31~32~33~34i36 6.5 3>4~5 F8~9>10~1 1~16717>18~20~21>

22s23>25s28>29>31s32s33>34u37 46'9 54s56t57t59t60>6ls63s65r66u 68,69,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,83-85, 87,88 6.6 1,6,13,14,15,20,21,23-26,29,33, 34~35~43~47~54~55~56~58~59 61,64,67,69,71 6.7 2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15, Continued on next page.

6.8 2,3,4,5 6.9 2,5,6 149

Findin:(Section 6.1, File No.

~

~ ~ 2)

HED No.~ 6.1.1.2a)

~ ~

During certain transients and when bringing either unit on the line there is inadequate staffing to control both units. Three men are required on the unit having troubles while at least one man is required to be controlling the other unit (more if that unit is having problems) they are

,only three control room operators for both units. The watch engineer and shift supervisor are. required to stand back from the board and supervise.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 2)

The third operator is normally scheduled during planned transients and/or evolutions. Florida Power and Light Company feels that the staffing is adequate per the units Technical Specifications. The Natch Engineer and Nuclear Plant Supervisor are also available if their assistance is required.

Essex Corporation believes that the control room staffing is adequate as long as Florida Power and Light Company continues the practice of calling in additional operational support during scheduled startup and shutdown. In addition, increasing the control room staff by one more operator would only add to traffic flow, noise and available space problems during normal operation.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

150

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.~ 3)

~

HED No. 6.1.1.3a)

~ ~ ~

The partially concentric layout allows full view of the control board except:

1. Operator must turn around to see NIS panel (behind operators desk)

2. Operator must swivel chair to see the end of vertical panel B

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 3)

The instrumentation located on the nuclear instrumentation panel is easily accessed by control room operators if desired as well as information provided by instrumentation located on vertical panel B.

Due to space limitations Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject displays are functionally placed.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

151

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 5)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.1.3f(1))

~ ~ ~

Walkspace between console and vertical panel A (taking guard rail into consideration is only 36 inches to 38 inches wide instead of the minimum separation of 50 inches recommended, making two person passage difficult.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, Pile No. 6)

The handrail located on vertical panel A was provided to prevent accidental operation of the control switches located on vertical panel A.

There are no controls or displays located on the back section of the subject control console. The passage and panel area in question is a low traffic area and is normally used only by authorized operating personnel.

Florida Power and Light Company believes that there is adequate protection provided to preclude the inadvertant operation of control switches on vertical panel A and that there is ample passage space provided for the intended traffic and operator tasks necessary to be performed in the area.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

152

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.1,

~ File No. 8)

~

HED No. 6.1.1.3a)

~ ~ ~

The reactor coolant flow and steam flow displays are not visable from the control room operators desk due to obstructions.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 8)

Control room modification, especially the new design of the operators desk will maximize the control room visability, also the incorporation of Safety Assessment System in conjunction with existing redundent indication minimizes the potential for operator error.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

153

~

(Section 6.1, File No. 9)

~

Findin s: ~ ~

HED No. 6.1.1.3g)

~ ~ ~

They are ungarded openings in the panels, where equipment has been removed. Tools or unwanted objects can be placed into the hole causing wires to short.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, Pile No. 6)

The subject holes observed were due to control panel rework and modifications. When the subject work is completed the associated equipment will be reinstalled and no ungarded opening will be present on the subject control boards. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

154

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 11)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.2.2(b,c,e))

~ ~ ~

Controls associated with the chemical volume control system, reactor containment, electrical distribution and steam flow/feedwater flow are not within the extended reach of the 5th percentile female.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 11)

The subject controls were verified as being accessible by a 5th percentile female during the field survey. The subject female could reach and easily operate the controls in question without excessive bending or stretching.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

155

Findin s: (Section 6.1 File No. 12)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.2.2e 1

~ ~ ~

The NMC Iodine Particulate display located on the hydrogen recombination panel is located outside of the visual field (75o above the horizontal line of sight). It can not be read with any accuracy without the aid of a foot stool.

~Res onse: (Section No. 6.1, File No. 12)

The NMC monitor is an installed spare. In the event the primary and redundant backup iodine particulate monitors are not functional the NMC monitor can be used. A step stool is available in the control room such that operators can read the subject display in the unlikely event it must be used the primary and backup displays are easily accessible and are monitored and maintained by chemistry laboratory personnel.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

156

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 14)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.2.3g)

~ ~ ~

The chart table (computer console) located between Unit 3 and 4 has no knee hole for the operator to sit and examine prints.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, Pile No. 14)

There are no operations performed at this location which require the operator to be seated. Currently the subject console configuration is being changed, however, due to the size of the control room some compromizes will be made with regard to space usage in areas normally intended as leg/knee hole space.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the current panels installed have been best optimized given the design and space constraints and considers this effort satisfactorily completed.

157

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 15)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.2.5a(1))

~ ~ ~

Some controls on vertical panels SAS 4 (T.P.3), SAS 2 (T.P.3),

Electrical (T.P.3), SFG 3 (T.P.4), Electrical (T.P.4) and Reactor Coolant System (T.P.38c4) are located below 34 inches causing the operators to stoop to operate them. These controls have a low frequency of use, low importance and also small deviation from quidelines.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 16)

A field inspection was performed and the subject controls identified in the above finding are infrequently used, of low importance and only two to three inches out side the guide line limits i.e. 31 inches. Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject controls are functionally grouped and their placement does not present a problem for operator performance since they are clearly labeled and operator use of these controls is infrequent.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

158

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 17)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.2.5b(1))

~ ~ ~

There are strip charts located on vertical panels SAS 1 (T.P.3), SFG (T.P.4), Turbine Generator (T.P.38c4) and Reactor (T.P.3tSt:4) which are below 41 inches causing the operator to stoop to read them (also causing possible paraQax and readability problems).

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 17i The subject displays are located between 41 inches and 35 inches on the panels identified in the above finding. The chart recorders provide the operators with trend information and plant staff with historical records. These trend recorders monitor low priority items and have a low frequency of use. The subject recorders can be scaned by operators in a standing position and if more detailed information is required they may be read with little inconvience to the operator.

Florida Power and Light Company feels that with the limited space available in the subject control room the recorders in question have been optimumly placed based on their importance and frequency of use and intends no further action on this item.

159

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 19)

HED No. 6.1.2.8e)

Chair seat depth is 21 inches. The recommended depth is 15 to 17 inches.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 19)

Florida Power and Light Company representatives made a field survey of the chairs located in the Turkey Point Control Room. The chairs used by control room personel are standard office equipment chairs. The subject chairs are not 21 inches deep but 17 to 19 inches deep. No operators questioned had any complaints about back or leg fatigue due to the subject chairs.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject chairs are adequate and intends no action on this item.

160

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.~ 25)

~

HED No. 6.1.4.1a,h)

~ ~ ~

Storage location of protective equipment is partially obscured by relay racks allowing insufficient room to dress. No breathing apparatus is stored there and there is only limitted training in its use.

(What is control room habitibility requirements? How about clorine release on site'?)

~Res onse:(Section 6.1, File No. 25)

The emergency locker inventory is correct as identified in the site emergency plan. The subject lockers are controlled storage lockers and are not located in an area which is intended for operator dressout. The personel using the equipment stored in the subject locker will dressout in the control room and office area directly behind it as they are relieved from shift responsibilities to do so.

Personel required to use breathing apparatus are trained as part of their radiation training and are periodically requalified as required by existing site procedures.

The units'ontrol room meets'll habitibility requirements and is intended to remain a radioactivity clean area. There are no requirements for storage of breathing apparatus in the control room.

The units control room meets all habitibility requirements and is intended to remain a radioactivity clean area. There are no requirements for storage of breathing apparatus in the control room.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the current emergency equipment storage space and existing training program for the use of the subject equipment is adequate and intends no further action on this item.

161

~ ~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 28)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.5.1a)

~ ~ ~

Ambient temperature is in the range of 65 to 75 degrees F maintaining 70 degrees F most of the time at head level. The criteria recommends a range of 73 to 77 degrees F.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 28)

The control room operators have the ability to change the control room thermostat setting if desired. Operators maintain the control room temperature at a temperature which they feel is comfortable and is also within equipment requirements.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

162

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 33)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.5.3f)

~ ~ ~

Rod group counter windows reflect light from above lighting causing glare.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, Pile No. 33)

The subject counters only provide rod group indication. The operator may position himself over the display while reading it to eliminate the effect of reflected light. The primary rod position indication is provided by the analog indicators located on the vertical panel of the subject bench board which are easily read and also have rod bottom bistable indication.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject displays are adequate for their intended function and intends no action on this item.

163

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 34)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.5.3h)

~ ~ ~

Reflectance is below guideline values on upper wall and all vertical panels except vertical panel A on Unit No. 4. Reflectance is above guidelines on lower wall, floor and white blotters on control room operators desk.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 34)

The error assessment associated with this finding is low. In any environment which is illuminated from overhead, no matter what type of diffuser is used, the incedent light levels on the vertical panels will always be lower than the incident light levels on the horizontal sections.

Due to the differences in colors i.e. gray panels and white floors and blotters it is only natural that the reflectance will be different. The information presented on the control panels is easily readable and the gray panel provides the operator with a soft background.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the control room lighting conditions and ambience is satisfactory and intends no action on this item.

164

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1,

~

~

File No. 39)

~

HED No. 6.1.2,3f)

~ ~

The Nuclear Plant Supervisor's phone layout is poor. Phones are difficult to reach from seat.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 39)

As part of the control room upgrades that were performed to the Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4 control room call directors were added to the Nuclear Plant Supervisors office. Addition of the new telephone hardware has resolved the above finding.

Florida Power and Light Company considers this finding closed and intends no further action.

165

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 40)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.3.le)

~ ~ ~

Bell and Pax phones on each unit have dedicated lines. A call received on Unit 4 for a 3 operator requires the call to be transferred.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 40)

The bell extension number and Pax extension number for the units are the same except for the last digit which designates the proper control room i.e. for Unit No. 3 control room the numbers are 233 and 303 respectively and for Unit No. 4 the numbers ar e 234 and 304 respectively.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing phone system and phone number convention is adequate and intends no action on this item.

166

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.2, File No. 4)

~ ~

HED No. 6.2.1.3C(2))

~ ~ ~

There is no ringing mechanism tied into the sound powered phones.

There is no capability for directly switching the sound powered phone to the paging system so that a desired party can be called to the line.

~Res onse: (Section 6.2, File No. 4)

The sound powered phones are provided so that operation and authorized personnel can perform pre-arranged tasks such as core shuffels, plant maintenance etc.

The party/page system is located through out the plant as well as plant utility phones so that plant personnel can page each other and also call specific locations using telephone communciations. Florida Power and Light Company believes the current system is adequate and pr ovide, sufficient flexability to operating personnel.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

167

Findin:

~

(Section 6.2,

~ File No. 9)

~

HED No. 6.2.1.8b,c)

~ ~ ~ ~

No means of clear transmission through face mask or respirators.

Dial phones are difficult to use with gloves.

~Res onse: (Section 6.2, File No. 9)

There are no requirements for control room operators to wear protective equipment while operating the plant. The control room meets the current habitability requirements for all accident scenarios and is intended to remain a radilogically clean area during an accident with all support personnel stationed at the technical support center and emergency offsite facility.

In the event of a fire or adverse condition the control room would be evacuated and plant shutdown controlled from outside the control room.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

168

Findin s: 'Section 6.2, File No. 11)

~ ~

HED No. 6.2.l.la)

~ ~ ~

Telephone conversation is colloquial. Several radio messages were received without recall or apparent confirmation.

Simultaneous use of bell phone and radio was observed. Listener tried to listen to messages simultaneously instead of asking one party to hold the line.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No. 11)

The plant uses accepted terminology. Operation of hand held radios is up to the operator. The portable radios are used by field operators to supplement the installed permanent communciation system. Just as with the permanent communciations system it is the responsibility of the personnel operating the system to ensure that instructions and conversations are understood.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing communication systems are adequate and intends no further action on the above finding.

169

Findin: ~

(Section 6.2, File No. 12)

~ ~

HED No. 6.2.1.1b)

~ ~ ~ ~

Control room operator holds finger in left ear to hear conversation on phone. Either the background noise is too high or the signal intensity is to low.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No. 12)

The above finding was observed during a period of high construction activity in the control room. The construction activity in the control room is now significantly reduced as control room work has been completed. The control room operator also has the authority to clear the control room or stop any work activity if necessary.

Florida Power and Light Company believes there are adequate administrative controls and the communciation equipment is adequate for the intended use and intends no further action with regard to the above finding.

170

Findin: (Section 6.2, File No. 13)

HED No. 6.2.1.6a)

The security intercom located in the nuclear plant has a high level of background noise and emergency messages were supervisors'ffice interupted by non-vital comm uncations on this single channel corn munciations device.

~Res onse: (Section 6.2, File No. 13)

The security intercom system was upgraded and some stations relocated. As a result of the system rework the background static was eliminated. The security intercom system is for the use of security personel and its use is physically controlled. Contents of communciations and priority of messages is controlled by security personnel. In addition to the hard wire intercom system which is designed to be used at specific control points the security personnel have other communication means available such as radios and telephones.

Florida Power and Light Company considers the above finding resolved and intends no further action.

171

Findin: (Section 6.2, File No.~ 14)

~

HED No.~ 6.2.2.2a)

~ ~ ~

Bell phone and Pax phone have similar rings. No sound coding is Usede

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No. 14)

As a result of the scheduled control room upgrades indicating lights were added to the control room operators phones to provide them with visual cues to identify the correct phone.

Call directors were added to the Nuclear Plant Supervisors'ffice to consolidate the number of phones. The call director has illuminated pushbuttons to select the desired phone line.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing communication system provides adequate visual cues for personnel to identify the proper instrument with the incomming call. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the subject finding.

172

Findin: (Section 6.3,

~ File No. 1)

~

HED No.~ 6.3.1.2a(1))

~ ~ ~

The radiation monitor located next to the shift supervisors office and copy machine has an illuminated pushbutton for "power on". When the system is energized the voltage surge causes a control room high radiation alarm'concurrent with local high radiation alarms.

When control room operators have to replace the lamp associated with the power pushbutton the power to the radiation monitor system is interrupted and a number of false alarms may be generated depending on the number of times it takes the operator to remove the lamp and replace it.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 1)

The testing of alarms and/or maintenance work which will cause false alarms are administratively required to be announced over the public address system to notify plant personnel. Any false alarm which is not announced would cause personnel in that area to follow those plant procedures for egress from a contaminated area. In either event plant personnel safety is maintained.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the administrative controls which currently exist are adequate and intends no further action on the above finding.

173

Findin:

~

(Section 6.3, File No. 3)

~ ~

HED No.~ 6.3.1e2a(l))

~ ~ ~

Fire alarm system false alarms have been reported by plant personnel during periods of rain.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.3, File No. 3)

As' result of normal system maintenance the points of water intrusion were identified and sealed. Since the system repairs were complete there have been no false alarms due to water intrusion into the system conduit.

Florida Power and Light Company considers the above finding resolved and intends no further action.

174

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.3, File No. 4)

~ ~

HED No. 6.3.1.2b(1),c(1))

~ ~ ~ ~

The only way to determine which parameter is out of tolerance on multiple input alarm is verification of board indication or instruct field operation personnel to check equipment and take corrective action where necessary.

There is no alarm printout on the computer to give the operator specific information on multiple input alarms.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 4)

The plant supervisory annunciator system provides the operator with a quick means of advisory status. The supervisory annunciators located in the control room are functionaQy grouped with controls provided for the control room operators'se. The supervisory annunciators are placed and assigned responsibilities consistant with the plant design and Florida Power and Light Company operating philisophy. The control room operator and Nuclear Plant Supervisor direct field personnel, thus centralizing control of equipment and field personnel. The control room personnel determine proper prioritization of field work tasks based on overall plant conditions and requirements.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing supervisory annunciator system is sufficent and provides adequate information.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

175

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.3, File No. 8)

~

~

~

HED No.~ 6.3.1e5a,b)

~ ~ ~

No dedicated, distinctive audible signal exists for cleared alarms.

No special flash rate or color coding denotes a cleared annunciator tile.

~Ree once: (Section 6.3, File No. 8)

It is Florida Power and Light Company operating philisophy that annunciator extinguishment is adequate indication of a clearing alarm since there should be no alarms present during normal operating conditions other than some plant permissives and equipment out of service for maintenance. During transient conditions such as plant trip the ring back feature would introduce excessive visual and auditory noise in the control room environment. Clearing the ring back feature would require an additional operator manual control action to acknowledge each clearing alarm thus taxing the control room operator and increasing the risk of operator error during a potentiaQy critical time due to the shear volume of information which must be processed.

Under normal and steady state conditions operators take delibrate corrective actions to clear alarms and monitor system status via plant process displays to ensure the alarm condition clears. In addition, Florida Power and Light Company is implementing an annunciator prioritization color coding convention. The prioritization coding will aid the operator in assessing the importance of the alarm and thus reduce the response time to implement corrective action and clear the off normal condition.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

176

Findin:

~

(Section 6.3,

~ File No.~ 13)

HED No. 6.3.3e2b)

~ ~ ~ ~

Flash rate for all annunciator tiles under all alarm conditions is lk flashes per second instead of the recommended 3-5 flashes per second.

~Res onse (Seotion 6.3, File No. 13)

The error assessment associated with the subject finding is very low and Florida Power and Light Company believes that the existing flash rate is adequate for operators to visually identify alarming windows. In addition, operators must identify the alarm prior to acknowledging and locking the subject window in.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing system is adequate and intends no corrective action.

177

~Findin: (Section 6.3, File No. 14)

(HED No. 6.3.3.2.e)

The annunciator windows violate the dark board concept. The annunciators are dim when not in alarm state and bright when in alarm state. Some look bright during normal operation.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 14)

The present dim, normally off annunciator scheme provides the control room operator with a constant status of annunciator lamps condition.

Annunciator lamp intensity i.e., dimly lit state can be adjusted by use of a slide resistor. Florida Power and Light Company contends that there is sufficient difference in illumination intensity between dimly lit no alarm and bright - alarmed state for operators to easily differentiate between the two. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

178

Findin:

~ ~ ~

(Section 6.3, File No. 18)

~ ~

HED No. 6.3.3.4b)

~ ~ ~ ~

Annunciator windows such as Waste Boron Panel Trouble, Radwaste Trouble, Heat Tracing Trouble and Water Plant Trouble refer the control room operator to another more detailed annunciator panel located outside of the primary operating area.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 18)

The subject alarms are supervisory/catagory trouble annunciators.

They are provided in the control room because it is the control room operators and Nuclear Plant Supervisors responsibility to direct field personnel. This operating philosophy maintains a centralized control allowing for the proper prioritization of field work tasks based on overall plant conditions and requirements.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing system design and administratives responsibilities are adequate and intends no action on the above finding.

Findin: ~

(Section 6.3, File No. 21)

~ ~

HED No. 6.3.4.1b)

~ ~ ~ ~

Acknowledgement of annunciators is not possible from the vertical panels. There is only one alarm acknowledge pushbutton for each unit, in the center of the bench board/console.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 21)

The annunciator tiles will be re-engraved as part of the relabeling/annunciator review effort to improve message readability from the existing control station. The annunciator control station is centrally located on the main control board.

Florida Power and Light Company believes that due to the small size of the control room, the increased annunciator tile letter size, the reduction of annuhciator tile verbage and existing functional grouping of associated annunciator tiles that one master annunciator control station in each control room is adequate and intends no further action on the above finding.

180

Findin:

~

(Section 6.3,

~ File No.~ 22)

HED No.~ 6.3.4.1d)

~ ~ ~

With the bright equals alarm and dim equals normal operation, it is not clear whether the window is dim or if one of the two bulbs in the window is burnt out. The dual bulb windows do not provide adequate indication of bulb failure.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, Pile No. 22)

Florida Power and Light Company believes that operators experienced in the Turkey Point Plant control room can differentiate a window with a burned out bulb, a normal state dim and an active alarm state bright. The annunciator windows have redundant bulbs, which are both illuminated, installed behind the subject tiles and extinguishment of one or both of the subject bulbs is easily identified by operation personnel and can be diagnosed with the window in either the normal or alarm state.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the system is adequate and intends no action on the above finding.

181

Findin:

~ ~

~

~

(Section 6.3, File No. 23)

~

HED No. 6.3.4.2b(4),c)

~ ~ ~

The annunciator pushbuttons do not employ shape coding to differentiate between silence and acknowledge. Also the pushbutton design allows operators to defeat the control by placing a quarter in the pushbutton.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 23)

The subject pushbuttons are clearly labeled and there are no other control stations requiring the same convention in the control room.

Override of controls are administratively controQed. Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject pushbuttons are correctly arranged and that existing administrative controls preclude any unauthorized defeating of annunciator functions.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

182

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.4, File No. 11)

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.2.1)

~ ~ ~ ~

The controls on the radiation monitor operate clockwise to stop, which is opposite to the population stereotype. The pump controls have indicator lights over them. The off (white) is over the start label and the on light (green) is over the stop label. The second control is spring return from fast to off (although it is not spring return from on to off). An operator reported that the filter has gotten clogged in the past because operators turn it to fast and let it go, assuming the center position is on rather then off.

Resesonse: (Section 6.4, File No. 11)

The subject switching is spring return to center with start on the left and stop on the right. This system is normally on and pump status is displayed immediately above the pump control and is clearly labeled. The subject operate/fast filter switch is only used to advance the filter paper which is also indicated directly above by indicating lights. A category alarm alerts the operator to any abnormal operation. Florida Power and Light Company believes that the subject controls and associated indicating lights are adequately labeled and clearly identified.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

183

Findin:

~

(Section 6.4, File No. 12)

~ ~

HED No.~ 6.4.2.2f(3),d)

~ ~ ~

Small silver thumb rotaries do not contrast sufficiently with the panel background.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, File No. 12)

The error associated with the subject rotaries is extremely low due to the fact that control room operators use deviation meters trend recorders, analog displays, etc. when making adjustments with the subject controls. In no instance is a direct reading from the subject rotary control required to perform an operational function. In some instances the rotaries are adjusted with calibrated test equipment and provide set points: However, these setting are fixed and not intended to be moved.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject rotaries adequately perform the intended function and intends no action on the above finding.

184

Findin:

~

(Section 6.4,

~ File No.~ 13)

HED No.~ 6.4.2.2f(3))

~ ~ ~

Controls do not contrast sufficiently with the panel. They are silver and the panel is gray.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 13)

The error associated with the subject rotaries is extremely low due to the fact that control room operators use deviation meters, trend recorders, analog displays, etc. when making adjustments the subject controls. In no instance is a direct reading from the subject rotary controls required to perform an operational function. In some instances the rotaries are adjusted with calibrated test equipment and provide setpoints: However, these settings are fixed and not intended to be moved.

I Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject rotaries adequately perform the intended function and intends no action on the above finding.

185

Findin:

~

(Section 6.4, File No.~ 14)

~

HED No.~ 6.4.2.2f(3))

~ ~ ~

Toggle switches are silver and have insufficient contrast with the gray panel.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, Pile No. 14)

The error associated with the subject toggle switches is extremely low. The subject toggle switch positions are clearly labeled.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

186

Findin:

~ ~ ~

(Section 6.4, File No. 16)

~

HED No. 6.4.3.1b)

~ ~ ~ ~

There is no form of positive control activation feedback such as snap feel, audible click or integral light, etc. associated with pushbuttons.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 16)

Pressing of a pushbutton is an initiating cue for a given task which has a definite beginning and a definite end i.e., activation of process, acknowledging of an alarm, etc. The end of a task is verified by visual feedback provided by instaQed instrumentation, indicating lights, computer messages, etc.

Florida Power and Light Company believes that the pushbuttons in the control room do have adequate visual feedback and intends no action on this item.

187

Findin:

~

(Section 6.4,

~ File No.~ 17)

HED No.~ 6.4.3.1c)

~ ~ ~

Check source, power and horn disable pushbuttons on the radiation monitor panel are not concave or frictionalized to increase resistance.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 1V)

The subject pushbuttons are 'ufficiently large and activation pressure sufficiently low, as well as adequately separated to preclude the operators finger from slipping off the subject pushbutton and inadvertantly activating the others.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the pushbutton design is adequate and intends no action on the above finding.

188

Findin: (Section 6.4,

~ File No. 18)

~

HED No. 6.4.3.3a)

~ ~ ~ ~

Pushbuttons on the radiation monitoring panel next to the supervisors office look like indicator lights on the panel. Design and labelling is the same except that the sides of the pushbuttons are white and the sides of the indicator lights are black, shape and size are the same.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 18)

Investigation by Florida Power and Light Company personnel revealed that the subject indicating lights and pushbuttons are sufficiently different and that control room operators can identify them correctly.

with out any potential for error.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

189

Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 19)

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.3.3c)

~ ~ ~ ~

It is not possible to change bulbs in illuminated pushbuttons on the radiation monitoring panel without activating the alarm.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, Pile No. 19)

This finding is a duplicate of File No. 1 of Section 6.3 (HED No.

6.3.1.2a(1)). The testing of alarms or maintenance work which wiQ cause false alarms are adminstratively required to be announced over the public address system to notify plant personnel. Any false alarm which is not announced would cause personnel in that area to follow those plant procedures for egress from a contaminated area. In either event, plant personnel safety is maintained.

Florida Power and Light Company believes that the existing administrative controls are adequate and intends no further action.

190

Findin:

~

(Section 6.4,

~ File No.~ 23)

HED No.~ 6.4.4.2a)

~ ~ ~

"J"-handle rotary controls are 2.25 inches in length, 1.5 inches shorter than the minimum recommended. In addition "J"-handle clearance is 2.33 inches when pulled to lockout instead of the recommended 1 to 2 inches.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 23)

Control room operators were questioned on the subject "J"-handle use and performance. Operation personnel indicated that the subject controls were adequate and provided no source of possible human error associated with their tasks.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

191

Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 24)

HED No. 6.4.4.3b)

Keys are inserted with the teeth pointing in either the 4 o'lock or 8 o'lock position. They should all be inserted with teeth pointing up.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 24)

Key switches have switch positions properly labeled and keys are consistantly oriented with teeth in the upward direction.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

192

Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 25)

HED No. 6.4.4.3d)

Key operated switch locks are not oriented so that the switch is "off" (key removed) when in the vertical position. It is diagonal either to the left or right.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 25)

Key operated switches have switch positions properly labeled and keys which are consistantly oriented with teeth in the upward direction.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

193

Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.~ 26)

~

HED No.~ 6.4.4.1e(1))

~ ~ ~

Continuous rotaries with knob skirts have a'knob skirt diameter of one inch rather than the recommended 2 inches.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 26)

The error associated with the subject rotary knob skirts is extremely low. The subject control were labeled and installed based on the existing dimensions. The current knob skirt diameters do not impare operator performance and Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

194

Findin: (Section 6.4,

~ File No.~ 27)

HED No.~ 6.4.4.4e(5))

~ ~ ~

The knobs on continuous rotaries are less than k inch in diameter rather than the recommended .75 inches.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 27)

The error associated with the subject rotary knob diameter is extremely low. The subject control knobs provide adequate gripping surface for operators to perform the desired tasks. The current knob diameters do no impare operator performance and Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

195

Findin: (Section 6.4,

~ File No.~ 28)

HED No.~ 6.4.4e5b(z))

~ ~ ~

Black discrete rotaries on the nuclear instrumentation panel and radiation monitor panel may be positioned between detented positions.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 28)

Florida Power and Light Company personel were unable to field verify the above finding. All discrete rotaries have detented positions and are not easily positioned between two detents. Some of the subject rotaries do have rest positions which are used in calibration procedures.

The subject positions are detented and are used under administrative control. The subject rotaries are correct and Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

196

Findin: ~

(Section 6.4, File No. 30)

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.3.3b(3))

~ ~ ~ ~

Legend pushbuttons associated with process controllers have poor contrast due to collected dirt and pushbutton wear.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 30)

The subject pushbuttons associated with process controllers are periodically cleaned as part of the operators normal housekeeping routines and worn pushbuttons are replaced as part of normal maintenance. In addition, the subject pushbuttons are also consistantly color coded to provide the operators with visual keys as to the subject pushbuttons functions.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

197

Findin:

~

(Section 6.4,

~ File No.~ 31)

HED No. 6.4.2.2d)

~ ~ ~ ~

Rotary controls do not utilize size or shape coding to aid in distinguishing between different function controls. Different shapes are used based on the ability of components not on function.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 31)

Presently Florida Power and Light Company has employed shape coding of controls in areas where operator errors have been noted or operators have suggested that the addition of shape coding would improve their performance.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the subject finding at this time.

198

Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 32)

HED No. 6.4.3.2d)

Pushbuttons with "deepwell" type raised guards have too much resistance for some operators.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 32)

Pressing of a pushbutton is an initiating cue for a given task which has a definite beginning and a definite end i.e., activation of a process acknowledging of an alarm, etc. The end of a task is verified by visual feedback provided by installed instrumentation, indicating lights, computer messages, etc. or a combination there of. Those pushbottons provided with elevated guards are usuaQy intended to be pressed once to achieve the desired result. The subject pushbottons are momentary types and are not intended to be maintained in a depressed position for any length of time by operators.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject pushbuttons do no provide excessive resistance to operation and do adequately perform their intended function with no operator error associated with their activation.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

199

Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 33, 36))

~ ~

HED No. 6.4;4.5e(4))

~ ~ ~

Switch depth on small silver thumb rotaries is less than the

'inimum suggested depth of 0.625 inches. The subject rotaries are approximately 0.5 inch in depth.

~Ree once: (Section 6.4, File No. 33, 36)

The error associated with the subject rotary knob depth is extremely low. The subject control knobs provide adequate gripping surface for operators to perform the desired tasks. The current knob depth does not impare operator performance and Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the subject finding.

200

Findin: ~

(Section 6.4, File No. 34)

~ ~

HF.D No. 6.4.4e5f)

~ ~ ~ ~

The spring loaded momentary contact rotary selector controls for:

1) Primary water to containment isolation,

2) Component cooling make-up MOV-832, and

3) R-14 source check (switch)

4) Main steam stop bypass motor operated valves have small handles and require prolonged operator activation. The handle shape is inappropriate for prolonged useee

~Res onse: (Section 6A, File No. 34)

When questioned about the functional correctness i.e. application of the subject control switch handles operation representatives present stated that the subject control switches and handle shapes were correct for the intended function (inching valves/control). The error assessment associated with the subject finding is extremely low. Operation of the subject control required that the operator verify by visual feedback that the intended task'has been complete.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject control switch handle types are correct for the intended control function and intends no corrective action on the above finding.

201

~Find(6: (Seotion 6.4, Pile No. 36)

(HED No. 6.4.4.5.e(4))

Switch depth on small silver thumb rotaries is less than the minimum suggested depth of 0.625 inches.

~Ree once: (Seotion 6.4, File No. 36)

Duplicate of Pile No. 33, Section 6.4.

202

Findin: (Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 3)

HED No. 6.5.1.1f)

~ ~ ~ ~

There is no lamp test available for illuminated pushbuttons on area radiation monitor panel.

2) Counters and digital displays continue to display a numeric valve when failed and have no indication of failure.

3) Strip chart recorders fail on scale.

4) Failure of indicator transmitters causes meters to fail on scale (high or low) and static causes meter needles to stick or read higher or lower than the actual reading.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 3)

The subject illuminated status indicators are backed up with annunciation status and an analog display. Florida Power and Light Company believes the system is adequate, performs its intended design function and intends no action on this item.

2) On loss of power LED displays extinguish. All digital displays in the Turkey Point Unit No. 3 and 4 control rooms are provided as operator aids to be used in conjunction with existing analog displays, existing controls, plant process computer and annunciator system. Florida Power and Light Company believes that there is sufficient primary indication and supervisory annunciator support to allow the control room operators to quickly and accurately identify a digital display failure.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

3) The strip chart recorders in the control room provide the operator with a historical trend of various parameters.

Failure of the input to the trend recorder would also disrupt the analog indicator, supervisory annunciator system and plant computer in various instances. Loss of power to the subject recorders would also be obvious since the paper would not be advancing and the pen would be lying still in one area of the chart causing large blotches.

Florida Power and Light Company believes that there is adequate information available to the control room operators such as analog indicators, supervisory annunciator alarms, plant process computer, to allow the control room operator to quickly identify a failure associated with a strip 203

chart recorder. In addition, strip chart recorders are time marked and date stamped once per twenty four hours.

Florida Power and Company believes there is adequate primary information available and administrative control to ensure the control room operator can determine a strip chart failure in a timely manner and intends no action on this item.

4) Failure of a transmitter output will cause all associated displays associated with it to respond to the high or low out-put signal by an annunciator alarm signal. In the case of process signals such as level, pressure, temperature and Qow, alarm setpoints would be reached or indicators would be outside the normal coded operating bands which would be apparent to the control room operator.

Florida Power and Light Company believes that there is adequate redundant instrumentation, implementation of range coding, supervisory annunciator alarms and normal routine watch log recordings of plant process status to allow control room operators to identify process transmitter failures.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

In summary Florida Power and Light Company believes the current control room design and normal watch duties provide the control room operator with the necessary information to determine display failure or a process associated transmitter problems. It is then the responsibility of the Instrumentation and Control maintenance personnel to isolate the failure and effect the necessary repairs.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing equipment and administrative controls are adequate and intends no action on the above finding.

204

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 4)

HED No. 6.5.1.3b(1),(2))

Labels on displays use font with serifs. In addition, the subject font is not consistant with the font used on all other control room labels.

~Res ense: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 4)

Due to the vintage of the subject control room and equipment, various items have been repaired, replaced and added over the years. In some cases, availability of like kind replacements do not exist, therefore there will be a difference in display label font where manufactures differ.

Displays provided are readable. Florida Power and Light Company will make every effort where possible to provide qualified consistent, clearly labeled and readable displays as a result of normal plant maintenance.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

205

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 5)

~

~

~

HED No. 6.5.1.3.b(3))

~ ~ ~ ~

Many components have manufacturers names on them which are not in all caps.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 5)

There is no operational error associated with consistency of manufacturer name plates. Florida Power and Light Company believes the manufacturer name plates are adequate and intends no action on the above finding.

206

Pindin: ~

(Section 6.5, Pile No. 8)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.5a(1))

~ ~ ~ ~

Most indicators have more than 9 graduations marks between numbered scales markings.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, Pile No. 8i The subject indicator scales are process specific and due to the required accuracy, space limitations, and need for easily readable scales there are more than 9 graduations between numbered scale markings.

However, major and minor mark coding is consistently applied with even multipliers, as weQ as range coding of normal and off-normal operating bands. Florida Power and Light Company believes that the existing range coding and major/minor marking conventions employed on indicator scale faces are adequate and do not pose an operating problem to control room operators.

Plorida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

207

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5, File NO.

~ ~ S)

HED No. 6.5.1.5c)

~ ~ ~ ~

Successive values of unit graduations do not conform to the recommended progression of values.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 9)

The subject indicators are process specific with scale ranges, incruments and multipliers selected based on operating range, accuracy, readability and space limitations. Florida Power and Light Company believes the present indicators which incorporate range coding are adequate and that the scale multipliers are consistent with design and operating requirements.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

208

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5, File No. 10)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.5c)

~ ~ ~ ~

Successive values of unit graduations do not conform to recommendation or multiples of powers of ten.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 10)

The subject indicators are process specific with scale ranges, incruments and multipliers selected based on operating range, accuracy, readability and space limitations. Florida Power and Light Company believes the present indicators which incorporate range coding are adequate and -that the scale multipliers are consistent with design and operating requirements.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

209

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 11)

HED No. 6.5.1.5f)

~ ~ ~ ~

Recorders have a single pointer with multiple-scales; such a design should be avoided, unless justified as an operational benefit.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 11)

The control room operator is aware of the ranges selected and information being presented on the Turbine Vibration Recorder, Turbine Valve Position/Turbine Speed Recorder, Condensate Dissolved Oxygen Recorder and Reactor Coolant Pump Vibration Recorders since all these recorder ranges are dependent on plant status and are manually selected by the control room operator. The subject recorders are clearly labeled and present a very low potential for operators error. Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject recorders do provide the control room operator with clear and easily identifiable trends. The subject recorder display formats are consistent with their intended function and Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

210

Findin: (Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 16)

HED No.~ 6.5.2.2b(2))

~ ~ ~

Pointers on recorders are not mounted close enough to scale to avoid parallax.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 16)

Recorders are used, for trending and operators read recorders trends off of the scaled chart paper. Recorders also provide a historical source of information to be used by control room operators and plant staff.

Scales are provided on recorders as an additional operators aid and are adequate for their intended function.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

211

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 17)

HED No. 6.5.2.3b)

Green range coding has been placed along the vertical scale of some indicators to represent the normal operating range. Because it is beside the vertical component label on the scale face, it often obscures and reduces the labeling print/background contrast which is black on white.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 1V)

Engraved component labels are mounted directly below their associated displays. Florida Power and Light Company believes the addition of normal operating bands to selected indicators as an operator aid far outweighs the obscurity of any label such as manufacturer's name or component description located on the indicators scale. Range coding has been installed such that operators may clearly read indicator scale numerals and division mark. The existing component labels contain the components name, identification number and other important information to allow the control room operator to quickly and accurately identify the subject components. Florida Power and Light Company believes the current labeling and range coding program best optimizes control room operator performance and intends no further action on the above finding.

212

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.~ 18)

~

HED No. 6.5.3.1a(3))

~ ~ ~ ~

1) Operator provided tool does not fit hexagon shape indicator lights and suction cup pulls flat top bulbs out correctly, but not round top bulbs. Operators use the metal clip on their identification badges to remove the bulbs which may break the bulb.

2) No tool is provided for operators to maintain legend lights and back lit pushbuttons. Operators use a pocket knife to pry off legend tiles and identifications badges to remove bulbs.

3) Other bulbs such as those on the pyro alarm panel require a screwdriver to replace them.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 18)

Operators are provided with the necessary tools to replace the subject lamps which are their responsibility and have been instructed that any lamps requiring disassembly of equipment and/or controlled access are changed under normal maintenance procedures.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

213

Findin:

~ ~ ~

(Section 6.5, File No. 20)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.5sla(z)

~ ~ ~ ~

On drum type counters the numeral width to height ratio is not 1 to

1. In most cases it is approximately 3 to 5.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 20)

The subject finding has a very low error assessment associated with it since the subject drum type counter numerals are large enough to be easily read from their respective operator control stations.

Florida Power and Light intends no further action on the above finding.

214

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5, File No.~ 21)

~

HED No.~ 6.5.5.2a(z))

~ ~ ~

All LED displays have characters which slant to the right instead of being upright.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 21)

The subject finding has a very low error assessment associated with it since the LED displays in question are large and easily read by operations personnel from the equipments control station.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

215

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5, File No.~ 22)

~

HED No. 6.5.5.2a(5))

~ ~ ~ ~

Horizontal spacing between numerals on LED displays should be between k and k the numeral width. The refueling water storage tank level on Unit No. 3 LED display numeral spacing is about the same width as the numeral size.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 22)

The subject finding has a very low error assessment associated with it since=the LED display in question is easily read by control room operations personnel and can not be confused as being multiple displays or stand alone single digits.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

216

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No. 23)

~

HED No.~ 6.5.5.2(a)5)

~ ~ ~

This is the same finding as File No. 22, Section 6.5 except on Unit No. 4.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 23)

The response for this item is the same as that for File No. 22, Section 6.5 (No action intended).

217

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No. 25)

~

HED No. 6.5.1.1b)

~ ~ ~ ~

Rotary switches for boron injection valves 4-841 A and B do not have status lights in array at the top'f panel SFG3 as do other rotary switches for safety injection.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 25)

The subject valves are check valves and do not have status lights since they are automatic. The subject rotary control switches are provided for testing. The subject components are correct for their intended function and no operator error is associated with the above finding.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

218

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.~ 28)

~

HED No.~ 6.5.1.1f)

~ ~ ~

When there is a loss of a vital instrument bus the magawatt recorder stays where it is (fails on scale rather than off scale). There are backup analog indicators for this parameter.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 28)

The is no error assessment associated with the above finding.

Failure of a vital instrument bus would cause all the associated indicators, measurement channel instrumentation etc. to fail. A failure of this type would require immediate operator corrective action.'

power faQure to any one recorder would cause that recorder to fail, which would be the same as a recorder pen drive failure. The recorders are time checked and date stamped once per twenty-four hour shift as well as normal operator log reading of control panel indicators once per hour. These normal operator watch routines would provide the operator with ample opportunity to identify the subject recorder failure.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

219

Findin: (Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 29)

HED No.~ 6.5.1.2.a)

~ ~ ~

Component cooling header A and B flow indicators normally read between 0-10 (green band). This scale is 0-140 which is not consistent with the degree precision needed by operator.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 29)

Component cooling header flow is controlled automatically by the various component temperature control valves. The control room operator needs the display in the control room to verify header flow during normal and off normal plant conditions. The flow indicator scale range is consistent with the intended operating conditions and design criteria. Florida Power and Light Company intents no action on the above finding.

220

Findin: (Section 6.5,

~ File No. 31)

~

HED No.~ 6.5.1.2e)

~ ~ ~

The condensate dissolved oxygen is multiplied by a factor. This is not clearly marked on scales or label. The bottom scale on recorder for condensate dissolved oxygen must be multiplied by 5. This is marked on paper only.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 31)

The error assessment associated with the above finding is extremely low due to the fact that the recorder is clearly marked as to the multiplier selected on the subject scale during unit startup. The subject recorders are normally used during unit startup along with chemistry reports. The control room operators are aware via logging of the subject reading as to the multiplier selected.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

221

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 32)

HED No. 6.5.1.3a)

Labels on the hydrogen recombination panel, radiation monitor panel, nuclear instrumentation protection panel and LED displays are too small if viewed from the control room front operating console which is a distance of 8 feet away. The character height is to small. It does not subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 32)

For the subject labels to be read from any position in the control room, the letters would have to be k inch in height. The existing labels are engraved to allow operators to read them from the subject equipment control station i.e., approximately two to three feet from the subject panel. The existing labels are adequate for the designed reading distance and Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

222

Findin ~

(Section 6.5, File No. 33)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.3d)

~ ~ ~ ~

The legend lights on radiation monitor panel and nuclear instrument protection panel have the following discrepancies:

Space between character is less than the minimum requirement of one stroke width. Space between words is less than the minimum requirement of one, character width. Space between lines is less than the required one half character height.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 33)

The subject legend lights are back illuminated making the letter to background contrast high and the subject legend easier to read. The legend lights in question are secondary backup information redundant to existing alarms and annunciators. The subject indicating lights are secondary operator aids and the error associated with them low since there are large primary displays which are used by the control room operator. In addition, the legend space limitation will not accomodate any increase in spacing since there would not be enough room for the necessary information.

e Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

223

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5, File No. 34)

~ ~

HED No. ~ 6.5.1.4a)

~ ~ ~

Indicators for percent flux difference do not tell direction of change (positive/negative). However, this may be inferred by the position of needle on vertical meter.

~Res onse: (Section 5.5, File No. 34)

Flux difference is not identified as positive or negative but rather as being high in the top or bottom of the reactor core i.e. axial offset. The indicators do clearly and correctly present the information being monitored.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

224

F indin: (Section 6.5, File No. 37 thru 40)

HED No. 6.5.1.5.ael)

There are more than nine major, minor and intermediate marks between numbered scale points.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, file NO. 37 thru 40)

The subject indicator scales are process specfic and due to the required accuracy, space limitations, and need for easily readable scales, there are more than nine graduations between numbered scale markings.

Major and minor mark coding is consistently applied as well as implementation of operating range coding.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

225

Findin: (Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 41 and 42)

HED No.~ 6.5.1.5.a.1)

~ ~ ~ ~

There are more than nine major, minor and intermediate marks between numbered scale points.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, file NO. 41 end 42)

The subject indicator scales are process specfic and due to the required accuracy, space limitations, and need for easily readable scales, there are more than nine graduations between numbered scale markings.

Major and minor mark coding is consistently applied as well as implementation of operating range coding.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

226

s Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 43 thru 45)

HED No. 6.5.1.5b)

The height of index marks do not comply with minimum requirements and they are too small and difficult to discriminate.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 43 thrn 45)

Trend recorders provide operators and plant staff with historical information. Trend recorder paper is scaled and clearly indexed. The subject recorder scale legends are clearly labelled and scale graduations are provided as an operator aid. Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject recorders and their scales do no pose any interpretation=-for control room personnel and intends no action on this item.

227

Findin: (Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 46)

HED No. 6.5.1.5d)

~ ~ ~ ~

The scales on the adjacent steam header pressure meters are different.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 46)

The steam header meter scales are not significantly different to cause reading errors. They all are 0 to 1000 psig in steps of 100 psig.

Only the minor increments vary.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

228

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5, File No. 49)

~

~

~

~

HED No. 6.5.2.1a)

~ ~ ~ ~

The scale value of the condenser vacuum increases with downward movement of the pointer.

~Res onse: (Seotion 5.5, File No. 49)

The condenser vacuum indicator is a circular meter which depicts a decreasing pressure or conversely an increasing vacuum and is used throughout the industry.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

229

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 50)

HED No. 6.5.2.2a.2)

~ ~ ~ ~ ~

The pointer on the condenser and turbine recorders conceals the graduation marks.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 50)

The turbine and condenser recorders are trend recorders providing historical data. The operator can easily spot abnormal trends and investigate for precise reading from the chart paper. These recorders serve the function they are intended for.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

230

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 51)

HED No. 6.5.2.2a.2)

Pointer tip of process control meter overlaps scale graduations marks and index numeral.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 51)

These indicators can be accurately read because there is a significant distinction between the pointer tip and graduation mark.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

231

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 52 and 53)

E No. 6.5.2.2be1)

Pointer tips on process indicators are too far from the graduation marks.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 52 and 53)

Currently control room process indicators i.e., analog meters are range coded indicating normal operating, off normal and upper and lower limits were necessary. Indicators requiring high accuracy of reading are provided with mirrored scales to allow error free reading.

Florida Power and Light Company contends the present indicators and implemented range coding program provides control room operators with the necessary degree of accuracy required and intends no action on this item.

232

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 54)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.2.2.b.2)

~ ~ ~ ~ ~

Due to a convex scale face and height of back panel, meters are subject to reading errors from parallax.

~Res onse: (Seotion 5.5, File No. 54)

Range coding has been added on selected indicators to help operators when the need to quickly verify a system's operating condition exists. In addition, a re-evaluation by Essex determined that parallax is minimal from the normal operating station.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

233

~Pindin: (Section 6.5, File No. 56)

(HED 6.5.2.3.a)

The yeQow and lavender color code on vertical meters is difficult to distinguish because lines are very narrow and background has yellowed.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, Pile No. 56)

As part of normal maintenance and calibration, indicators are cleaned, range coding updated if necessary, and replaced if faded.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing maintenance program is adequate and intends no further action on the above finding.

234

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 57)

HED No. 6.5.3.la.2)

No lamp test capability on the simple indicating lights and legend lights is provided.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 57)

The control room operator maintains simple indicating lights as part of their normal routines. Lights, such as safety inject valve indication, are normally lit dimly to present bulk integrity. Safeguards equipment and related values are periodically tested along with their associated indicating lights. Florida Power and Light Company maintains that there is adequate information available to the operator such as analog indicators, trend recorders, and annunciators to verify equipment status as well as adequate surveillance testing and adminstrative controls to insure indicator lamp integrity.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

235

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No. 59)

~

HED No.~ 6.5.3.1c.1)

~ ~ ~ ~

The simple indicating lights for safety injection indicate valve status by a bright, dim or extinguished lamp. It is difficult to distinguish between bright and dim signals.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 59)

The present simple indicating lights provide proper indication for the intended purpose. Other parameters are used by the operator to demonstrate safety injection flow. These lights are also periodically tested to maintain system integrity.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

236

~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 60)

(HED No. 6.5.3.1.c(1))

Two lights instead of one should indicate whether access to containment is properly interlocked.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 60)

Indication for containment access hatches provide the control room operator with indication of door position not interlock status. The subject inner and outer doors are mechanically interlocked and access to containment is administratively controlled.. The purpose of the subject indicator lights is to provide the control room operator with a quick indication of one of the penetrations effecting containment integrity.

Florida Power and Light Company contends the subject indicator lights provide the operator with the necessary information intended. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this finding.

23V

~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 61)

(HED 6.5.3.1.d)

High hydrogen common alarm indicator light should be accompanied by an audible alarm.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 61)

The hydrogen recombiner panel is provided with an audible trouble alarm, to alert control room operators of an off normal condition. Plorida Power and Light Company contends the system design is adequate and intends no action on the above finding.

238

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.~ 63)

~

HED No.~ 6.5.3.3)

~ ~ ~

Status and indicating lights on RCS panel contain legend messages of more than three lines.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 63)

The legend messages are written to provide the operator with concise and adequate information and are easily comprehended. Due to the importance of these messages they cannot be shortened without some loss of information necessary to plant operation.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

239

Finding (Sect'on 6 5. File o. 65 (HED No. 6.5.3.3a.2 an~ 3 The legends of various indicators are not legible when bulbs are not lit.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 65)

The subject indicators are operators aids by providing early warning signals. They are not intended to replace control room instrumentation for continuous monitoring and need only be acknowledged when lit.

Florida Power and Light Company contends that sufficient process information is available to minimize the effect of the faulty indicator.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

240

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5, File No.~ 66)

~

HED No. 6.5.4.1a)

~ ~ ~ ~

Leeds and Northrupt recorders do not have a back plate or support for stamping, causing potential for tears in chart and unclear paper identification.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 66)

The charts of the most significant are removed daily and date stamped by the operator. Document control verifies all charts are identified and dated for the purpose of historical recorders.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

241

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No. 68)

~

HED No.~ 6.5.4.1.i)

~ ~ ~

Recorders lack capability for paper speed adjustment.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, Pile No. 68)

The majority of recorders in the control room have only a single speed setting because there is no need for speed adjustability due to the nature of the process they monitor. In some instances, dual speed recorders are provided for use during unit startup or shutdown. Their purpose is to provide the operator with better resolution of time based processes.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the recorders provided in the control room are adequate and intends no action on this item.

242

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5, File No. 69)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.4e1k)

~ ~ ~ ~

The metal impact recorder is located at the very bottom of the panel making it difficult to read. The scale face has been altered with hand-written scales taped onto scale face making it difficult to interpret scale face.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 69i The metal impact recorder was a temporary instrument used for a special test program. Its function has been replaced by a new impact monitoring system and the recorder has been disconnected and will be removed.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

243

Findin: ~

(Section 6.5, File No. V2)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.4.2b.2)

~ ~ ~ ~

Impact recorders are not equipped with a visible wheel to display the channel being plotted.

~Res once: (Section 6.5, File No. 72)

The impact recorders contain an internal wheel which can be visually monitored with the recorder door open. The recorders are inspected and maintained under the Instrument and Control Department's preventive maintenance program to insure legibility of plotted points.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

244

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No. 73)

HED No.~ 6.5.4.2b.3)

~ ~ ~ ~

Impact recorders contain too many channels and overlapping of plotted points reduces legibility.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 73)

The addition of the Safety Assessment System and Safety Parameter display system will includes a data process system which will allow the operator to trend plant information. This will reduce the significance of the impact recorders.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

245

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5, File No.~ 74)

~

HED No. 6.5.4.2b.4)

~ ~ ~ ~

There is no provision made to select a single channel for immediate display on the impact recorders.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 74)

The addition of the Safety Assessment System, Safety Parameter Display and Inadequate Core Cooling Display System will include a data process system which, will allow the operator to obtain trend data of a single channel. This will reduce the significance of the impact recorders.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

246

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No. 75)

~

HED No.~ 6.5.5ela.3)

~ ~ ~ ~

The batch controller display is not separated by appropriate commas, decimal points or spaces.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 75)

The batch controller is preset by the operator through the batch integrator. The display is representative of the preset limit and adequate for it's intended function.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

247

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5, File No.~ 77)

~

HED No. 6.5.1.2b)

~ ~ ~ ~

The transformer and generator temperature recorder scales are in degrees celcius which does not correspond with the standard control room practice of degrees farenheit.

Resesonse: (Section 6.6, File No. 77)

The procedurs and documents associated with the subject recorders as well as setpoints are all in degree celcius.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

248

Findin:

~ ~ ~

(Section 6.5, File No. 78)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.1b)

~ ~ ~ ~

Indicator lights for reheater vent valves consist of only one red light which is off when valve is closed.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.78)

The subject valves are field verified when closed to insure system integrity. Reliance on the indicating lights is minimal.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

249

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 79)

HED No. 6.5.1.1f)

If condenser vacuum meter fails it fails low.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 79)

Condenser vacuum can be determined from the meter and the mercury column gauge. If the meter should fail the condenser low vacuum annunciator and the mercury column gauge will protect the condenser system, and provide adequate information to the operator.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

250

Findin: (Section 6.5, FQe No. 83)

~ ~

HED No.~ 6.5.4.1f)

~ ~ ~

Tracer Westronics strip chart recorders are difficult to unthread.

Slack paper on the take-up reel is the normal result.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 83)

A Florida Power and Light field survey team tested the reloading quality of the Tracers Westronics recorder and could not reproduce the results of the finding.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

251

Findin: ~

(Section 6.5, File No. 84)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.4.2a.2)

~ ~ ~ ~ ~

Color coding of strip chart recorder pens are not consistent thr oughout the control room.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, Pile No. 84)

Recorders are individually labelled with corresponding pen coding providing the operator with the necessary information and minimizing associated errors.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

252

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 85)

HED No.~ 6.5.5.1c)

~ ~ ~

RPI counter drums rotate downward rather than upward with increasing values.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 85)

The RPI counter drum movement is a unique case where rotation downward corresponds with less rod control. This system functions correctly because it corresponds with reactor control analog indication of rod position is also provided and is the operators primary reference point of information.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

253

~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 87)

(HED No. 6.5.3.1.b)

Various 24 series bulbs are used to replace burned out indicator lamps.

Bulbs in this series vary in shape and some are difficult to grip and are hard to remove.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 87)

Currently 24E series bulbs are supplied for lamp replacement. The subject bulbs provide the best performance and are the most easily removed from sockets. Bulbs are ordered from stores; however, depending on manufacturer availability supplies may be depleted and acceptable 24 series bulbs used in place of the 24E type.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item since the subject replacement lamps are qualified substitutes.

254

~F(ndin: (Section 6.5, Pile No. 88)

(HED No. 6.5.5.2.a(3))

LED displays have characters that are to small to subtend a visual angle of 15 minutes when the operator is standing at his desk.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 88)

The control room operator has a CRT located at his desk which displays those plant parameters which are. vital to plant operation. Control board displays are designed to be read from their control station not from any location in the control room. Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject displays are correctly sized for their intended reading distance and intends no action on the above finding.

255

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 1)

HED No. 6.6)

Three letter codes used for valves is not the recommended-number/alpha/number.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 1)

Valves are consistantly labeled throughout the plants. The legend codes agree with plant procedures and drawings.

Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is intended on this item.

256

Findin:

~ ~

~

~

(Section 6.6, File No. 6)

~

HED No. 6.6.2elf)

~ ~ ~ ~

Several rotary controls are labelled in such a way that the component type and the center position label run together. This gives the impression there is only one label. This is especially true with a 3 position switch.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 6)

The subject labels do not provide inconsistant or confusing information to the operator. This finding was evaluated as a low error assessment. Switch escutcheon plates are consistently and clearly labelled.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

257

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.6, File No. 13)

~ ~

HED No.~ 6.6.3.2b)

~ ~ ~

Control and position labels on several rotaries make it unclear whether or not they are breakers. Inconsistant use of the words trip, close and start are confusing.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 13)

Convention is such that open-trip-off is on the left and closed is on the right. Error assessment due to misinterpretation of switch operation is very low.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

258

Findin: (Section 6.6,

~ File No.~ 14)

HED No. 6.6.3.2f)

~ ~ ~ ~

The word "exhaust" is spelled incorrectly. -Exhause- this occurs on isolation valve indicating lights V2602 and V2603.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 14)

Upon reinspection of subject finding it was found that the correct spelling is now used exhaust -.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

259

Findin:

~

(Section 6.6,

~ File No.~ 15)

HED No.~ 6.6.3.3.b)

~ ~ ~

New rotaries are being added that do not use the same valve labelling/number system as existing rotaries. This occurs when there are not enough numbers in a series to include aQ related components.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 16)

Demarcation and labeling will reduce operator error. PTP-PC 067 (memo) explains that there were not enough numbers left in a series to completely number a system. Now numbering sequences were established and are being used as necessary.

Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is required.

260

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.6, File No. 20)

~ ~

HED No. 6.6.3.8a)

~ ~ ~ ~

Discrete rotary controls do not have all positions labelled. Some have no position labels at all, while others have positions that are marked with lines but not labelled.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 20)

The rotary's knob has a pointer and the active points are clearly marked.

Florida Power and Light Company feels these rotarys are marked adequately for 261

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 21)

HED No. 6.6.3.8a)

Discrete rotary controls do not have all positions labelled. Some have no positions labelled and some just have lines.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 21)

Every switch position that is used is labelled. The rotary's knob has a pointer. The positions that are used are labelled and unuses positions are unlabelled, but may be scribed.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no furthere action on this subject.

262

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 23)

NED No. 6.6.3e8c)

Continuous rotaries located at the top of the benchboard have three scales. These scales are difficult to read from the normal operating position, expecially for the 5th percentile female.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 23)

Some of the controllers do not require adjustment. They are preset by instrument and control personnel. The other controllers are adjusted in accordance with other visual aids such as press/level/flow indicators.

These rotaries do not represent a setpoint adjustment but rather process control.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

263

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.~ 24)

~

HED No. 6.6.3.8c)

~ ~ ~ ~

The shape of the rotary control handle blocks the position label on the board.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 24)

The position labels can be read by control room operators. In those cases where pointers cover labels only a portion of the position label is obscured. The operator or technician selecting different points on recorders which have obscured position labels can read the adjacent position labels and determine the channel selected for display.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

264

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.6, File No. 25)

~ ~

HED No 6.6.3.8c)

~ ~ ~

Continuous rotaries have a window on top through which a number can be read. These windows fill up with dust making the number unreadable.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 25)

The subject potentiometer readings are not significant since process indicator readings determine the setting not the engraving on the control knob.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

265

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 26)

HED No. 6.6.3.8c)

Position labels on top draws, for rotaries, of panel are not visible because they are obscured by the rotary handle.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File iVo. 26)

The subject controls are infrequently used. A step stool is available to allow the operator access and visual verification of switch position.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

266

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 29)

HED No. 6.6.3.9.a)

The access panels are not labelled as to the contents within. None of the accesses leading behind the panels are labelled to identify the functions or items inside said panels.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File 2to. 29)

Access panels are for maintenance personnel. There are no gauges, meters, switches or operational duties for operators in these spaces.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

267

Findin:

~

(Section 6.6,

~ File No. 33)

~

HED No.~ 6.6.3.8c)

~ ~ ~

Large star shaped handle, load limit, obstructs view of position labels.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 33)

This is a momentary switch and is not held in position. Operators visual indication is a megawatt output. The subject rotary conform to switch convention increase-clockwise and decrease-counterclockwise.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

268

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.~ 34)

~

HED No.~ 6.6.3.8c)

~ ~ ~

The top set of rotary control handles, on the NIS Channel 4 and radiation monitor, block control position labels. This is because of the high location on these panels.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 34)

Presently the subject rotarys are infrequently used. When they are used the technician or operator uses a stool to gain better visability.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action at this time.

269

Findin:

~

(Section 6.6,

~ File No. 35)

~

HED No. 6.6.1.1)

~ ~ ~ ~

Components on the hydrogen recombiner panel lack functional labeling to identify components. Trend recorders are labeled by legend cards only.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 36)

This HED was prepared while the subject panel was still under construction. All applicable labeling has since been complete.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

270

Findin:

~

(Section 6.6,

~ File No. 43)

~

HED No.~ 6.6.2.3.a)

~ ~ ~

Discrete rotary position labels are diagonally positioned. Guidelines recommend horizontal positioning to ensure accuracy, speed and ease of readability.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 43)

Due to the compactness of Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4 control room some labelling must deviated from recommended guidelines. If guidelines were followed in this case the uniformity of physical size of label and lettering size would be violated. Turkey Point control room is functionally layed out, thus error accessments is extremely low.

Florida Power and Light Company feels no action is necessary on this item.

271

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 44, 56)

HED No. 6.6.2.3.a)

Vertical meters are labelled vertically on the scale face. In many cases, this is the ony descriptive function labelling for the components.

Reading errors, accuracy, time and speed could be affected.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 44, 66)

Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4 control rooms are compact but functionally designed. To label vertical components with horizontal labelling, space would be needed that does not exist. Also horizontal labelling in these cases would violate label size and lettering size.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action and feels the subject labelling does not pose a problem.

272

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 47)

HED No. 6.6.2.4d)

There are procedures for periodic cleaning of labels by the operators. These procedures are not being conducted. It is important that horizontal bench boards that are highly prone to collecting dirt and dust be cleaned.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 47)

As part of the ongoing labelling effort the labels being replaced are scribed from the back. This eliminates groved areas on the label fronts where dirt and dust can collect and build up.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

273

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.6,

~ File No. 54)

~

HED No.~ 6.6.4e1)

~ ~ ~

Component labels that appear on vertical scale faces have extremely small letter sizes and character height. This is inadequate for maximum required viewing distance.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 64)

The subject meter faces can be read from 4 to 6 feet. Demarcation and summary labeling will be used to enhance operator performance. Due to the compact design of the control room at Turkey Point the availability of room inhabits strict adherance to some guidelines.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

274

Findin:

~

(Section 6.6,

~ File No.~ 55)

HED No. 6.6.4el)

~ ~ ~ ~

Numeral size on scales of verticle meters, on Unit 3, is too small for optimum viewing distance.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 55)

Meter range coding is presently used to assist the operator in determining system status from a distance. When detailed information is required the operator reads the scale at close range.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no futher action on this item.

275

~Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 66)

The above finding is a duplicate of file No. 44, Section 6.6.

276

Findin:

~ ~ ~

~

~

(Section 6.6, File No. 58)

~

HED No. 6.6.4.la(z))

~ ~ ~ ~

Process radiation monitor panel component label letter heights for meter are shorter than other component label letter heights. (The same hierarchical level).

Ress>ense: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 68)

The subject labels are readable. The relabelling program will assure that new labels will be consistent in height.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

277

Findin:

~

(Section 6.6,

~ File No.~ 59)

HED No.~ 6.6.4ela(z))

~ ~ ~

Letter height for component labels vary from one component to another. (Within the same hierarchy).

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 69)

In some cases, labels wiQ be changed as part of the relabelling effort. This will hold true to the 'major component label preferably below the component. Labels are sized to be readable from associated control stations.

Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action needs to be taken.

278

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 61)

HED No. 6.6.5.1d,h)

Tagout labels (tags) are in the form of red and white slips hung over the switch handle. This form of tagout does not physically prevent control actuation. The size of the tag sometimes obscures adjacent labels.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 61)

The use of subject tags is an industry standard and is administratively controlled. The amount of information required on these tags mandates the size. Where obsuring might take place folding the tag is recommended.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

279

Findin:

~

(Section 6.6,

~ File No.~ 64)

HED No. 6.6.5.2)

~ ~ ~ ~

There is no review procedures carried out to determine the use and implementation of temporary labelling. There seems to be no administrative control over this activity.

E

~Ree once: (Seotion 6.6, File iso. 64)

The use of temporary labels will be limited and used only when needs mandate. This is when construction is being performed and permanent labels are not ready or labels break or have to be changed.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

280

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.~ 67)

~

HED No.~ 6.6.4.1b)

~ ~ ~

Due to grime and dirt on labels, various functions and position labels have low contrast which degrades readability. The impact recorders on the radiation monitoring panels have degraded readability do to low contrast of printed numerals on chart paper. (Inking problem).

The mechanical red-green flags on various J-handles have low contrast do to grime.

Legends on legend pushbuttons have low contrast due to grime.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 67)

The new labels will have flat surfaces so dirt cannot collect.

Housekeeping will also help to keep this problem to a minimum.

Normal maintenance should resolve current problems with recorders.

Red/green flags are standard breaker indication and will not be changed.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on these items.

281

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.~ 69)

~

HED No.~ 6.6.1.1

~ ~ ~ dc 6.6.3.1a)

~ ~

Rotaries and meters in the DACA system are labeled "DACA" instead of LLLL(Lo Lo Load Limit).

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 69)

The subject DACA system has been removed. Therefore, no labeQing is necessary.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

282

Findin:

~ ~

~

~

(Section 6.6, File No. 71)

~

HED No. 6.6.3.2a)

~ ~ ~ ~

Load limit indicating lights associated with the load limit switch are not correctly labelled. Presently they are labelled in % but should be PSI.

~Res onse: (Seetin 6.6, File No. 71)

The subject indicating lights are not labelled either % or PSI.

Associated controls are labelled PSI.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

283

Pindin: (Section 6.7,

~ Pile No. 2)

~

HED No. 6.7.1.3.a,b)

~ ~ ~ ~

The computer system does not contain any prompting or structuring features. The present system only gives status information on selected parameters and no other information.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File no. 2)

The installation of the Safety Assessment System will replace the current display and expand upon the existing plant computer system capability. The Safety Assessment System does use prompting and structured outputs along with color coding and paging features. The subject finding was determined to be resolved since installation of the Safety Assessment System will correct the above finding.

284

Findin: (Section 6.7, File No. 3)

HED No. 6.7.1.3c)

The computer system only displays the task/file name. Special entries made by the operator are not displayed such as a report to be printed every 15 minutes.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 3)

The only special report which the control room operator can request is the poison report. The entry made to request the report is displayed only at the time of entry to allow the control room operator to verify the input. The report is then generated at the requested interval.

As a result of the review team meetings it was determined that the subject finding was invalid due to the fact that the plant computer's design intent is to serve as an outline data display system and provide a summary sequence of events selected plant parameters to aid in the review of the events immediately prior to and after a plant trip, and limited data retrieval.

285

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.7,

~ File No.~ 4)

HED No. 6.7.1.4

~ ~ ~ ~ R 6.7.1.5)

~ ~

The keyboard contains non-irelevant/unused keys that add to visual noise, confusion and crowding. Uppercase unused function keys are included on the alpha keyboard.

~Res onse: (Seotion S.V, File No. 4)

New keyboards are part of the computer system upgrade. The subject keyboards are standard Ramtee Keyboards and will have unused functions.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

286

Findin: (Section 6.7, File No. 5)

HED No. 6.7.1e4d,g)

The CRT keyboard key separation of 0.19" is less than the recommended 0.25". The keyboard slope 5o-10o is less than the recommended 15o-20o from horizontal.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, Pile No. 5)

This item will be changed as part of the computer system upgrade.

A standard Ramtee Keyboard will be installed as part of the upgrade.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

287

Findin:

~

(Section 6.7,

~ File No.~ 6)

HED No.~ 6.7.1.6b,c)

~ ~ ~

The printer speed is too slow for the update on Steam Generator Level and flow of once per minute. The printer speed is 60 lines per minute instead of the recommended 300 lines per minute.

Reseonse: (Seotion 6.V, File No. 6)

The finding is invalid because the printer is not intended to trend Steam Generator level or flow. These are trended by strip chart recorders on the console. The system, however, will be replaced by a high speed line printer during the SAS/SPDS/ICC upgrade.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

288

Findin: (Section 6.7,

~ File No.~ 8)

HED No.~ 6.7.1.8a2,a4)

~ ~ ~

The computer procedures seem to be written for a programmer, not an operator. These procedures do not describe the overall computer system or system components so the operator can interface.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No. 6)

Incorporated as part of the computer system upgrade will be training and functional descriptions.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action.

289

Findin: ~

(Section 6.V, File No. 9)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.1.8b)

~ ~ ~ ~

The computer system does not provide cross reference indices for computer programs. The programs are indexed numerically, only by entry code number.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 9)

This finding is invalid because special programs such as "Flux" include the analog channels which are related to the output on the output screen or printout. Therefore, cross references are not necessary because all pertinent information is displayed in the output.

Florida Power and Light Company intends ne further action on this item.

290

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.7,

~ File No. 10)

~

HED No.~ 6.7.2.1c)

~ ~ ~

The CRT is light print on dark background in high ambient lighting.

(Approximately 80 FT. candles).

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 10)

A joint review team agreed that the CRT's are oriented so there is a minimum of reflected glare and contrast i.e., character to background is sufficient.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

291

Findin: (Section 6.7, File No. 11)

HED No. 6.7.2.lf Bc 6.7.2.2g(2))

The CRT resolution is poor. The numbers zero and eight are hard to distinguish. The font is a 5 x 7 dot-matrix rather than the recommended 7 x 9.

~Res onse (Section 6.7, File No. 11)

The system upgrade will include a new 19" CRT with a 7 x 9 matrix.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

292

Findin: ~

(Section 6.7, File No. 12)

~ ~

HED No.~ 6.7.2.lg)

~ ~ ~

The CRT screen flickers making it difficult to read.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 12)

This was a maintenance problem A PWO was issued and the problem was repaired as part of normal plant maintenance.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

293

Findin: ~

(Section 6.7, File No. 13)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.2.3f)

~ ~ ~ ~

The keyboard and CRT locations are such that the operator can not operate them from the main control board. The operator must go around the desk to use the keyboard and see the CRT screen.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 13)

The system upgrade will include the following:

1) SPDS keyboard wiQ be at operators panel in view of the CRT.

2) SAS has a keyboard with associated utility screen.

3) ICC and associated keyboard located together.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on these items.

294

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.7,

~ File No. 14)

~

HED No. 6.7.2.4a,c)

~ ~ ~ ~

Post Trip Review (PTR) readouts consist of a seven place decimal followed by "E + On". This notation requires a conversion into a usable number.

~Res onse: (Section 6.V, File No. 14)

Operators are aware of the difference between natural logaritms and common logarithms. "E" indicates common log base 10 and is universal in control room computers.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

295

Findin:

~ ~

(Sectin 6.7,

~ File No. 15)

~

HED No.~ 6.7.2.5f)

~ ~ ~

Paragraphs on the CRT screen are layed out in continuuous text without only separation.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 16)

The system upgrade will incorporate this feature with a programable keyboard and set by the menu format.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no futher action on this item.

296

Findin: ~

(Section 6.V, File No. 16)

~

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.2.5h,i)

~ ~ ~ ~

Displays that are continued on multiple pages are not numbered and the total number of pages are not indicated. The present system does not have scrolling capability. When a hard copy is requested only 18 of the lines displayed on the CRT is printed.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, Pile No. 16)

The upgraded computer system will have paging and screen scroll capability. The CRT only displays 18 lines.

Florida Power 'and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

29V

Findin:

~

(Section 6.7,

~ File No. 17)

~

HED No.~ 6.7.2.5m)

~ ~ ~

The amount of information, bearing activated screen area should not exceed 25% of the total screen area. Presently this area is 75%.

~Ree once: (Section 6.7, File No. 17)

Only 18 lines of the text can be displayed at one time. It was determined by a joint team review that 18 lines are ledgible and not difficult to read.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

298

Findin:

~ ~ ~

(Section 6.7, File No. 18)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.2.6a)

~ ~ ~ ~

1),. The computer source range setpoints are too high and not low enough.

2) Rod position indication is set too low and not high enough.

NOTE: This data was collected during operator interviews.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 18)

A review of all the setpoints was made. The results of this review will be implemented in the new upgraded computer system. Also any problems concerning setpoints can be corrected through proper channels in the future.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

299

Findin: (Section 6.7, File No. 19)

HED No. 6.7.2.6i <k 6.7.2.7a)

The computer dialogue does not contain any feedback messages indicating changes in status of parameters that have been selected.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File NO. 19)

The upgraded computer system will contain dialogue that shows continuous updating of parameters selected.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

300

Findin: ~

(Section 6.7, File No. 20)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.2.6k)

~ ~ ~ ~

The present computer system does not contain any delay feedback messages that inform the operator to standby. The computer is searching for data or there is a normal delay.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No. 20)

The computer system is being upgraded. The new system will have a feedback function that enables the operator to know the status of the computer when searching for information.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

301

Findin:

~ ~

~

~

~

(Section 6.7, File No. 21)

~

HED No. 6.7.2.7a,e.j)

~ ~ ~ ~ ~

Only one urgent message is highlighted on the computer CRT with flash coding. Any other messages are not coded or highlighted.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No. 21)

The computer system upgrade will have color coding and highlighting features for all urgent and important messages.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

302

Findin: (Section 6.V,

~

~

File No. 22)

~

HED No. 6.7.3.le(3))

~ ~ ~ ~

The computer printer does not have a plate of instructions for reloading paper, ribbon, ink, etc. attached to the printer.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, Pile No. 22)

Paper is reloaded similar to a typewriter and is i.e., no special instructions required. The printer ribbon is a maintenance item which is replaced by instrumentation and control maintenance personnel when control room operators observe printer print becoming light.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

303

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.7,

~ File No.~ 23)

HED No.~ 6.7.3.2)

~ ~ ~

There is no dedicated printer to record annunciator alarms. The sequence of events recorder is available only on command and prints information other than alarms. Alarms are not recorded in sequence of occurance. The operator can not request printouts by alarm groups.

There is no coding used to distinguish alarms from other messages. Alarm messages are not specific enough for rapid identification of the nature messages.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 23)

The contact points monitored by the sequence of events recorder were selected by operation and engineering personnel. The contacts selected to be monitored were those identified as being necessary to analyze abnormal transients and plant trips. It was necessary to exclude contact points which provide no information with regard to plant operating status or key functions since this information would only serve to add bulk to the output and provide no directly usable information to staff personnel.

Florida Power and Light Company contends that the sequence of

'events recorder is not an alarm printer and is adequate for its intended function.

Coding does exist in the left hand margin and a vertical line separates the code from the alarm or messages. Abbreviations are used as a space and time saving feature. Personnel are familiarized in training and refreshed on the job.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on these items.

304

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.7, File No. 24)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.3.3a,b 4 d)

~ ~ ~ ~

The computer printer does not contain graphic illustration capability. Groups of 5 are not separated by a space in tables with long columns of numbers.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No. 24)

The computer system is being upgraded and will incorporate trends and mimics. A plotter will also be included as part of the upgrade thus a copy of graphic displays can be printed. The spacing between long columns of numbers will be keyboard programable.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

305

Findin: (Section 6.8, File No. 2)

HED No. 6.8.1.1c)

Important displays are located locally throughout the plant. There may be inadequate time to prevent possible hazards.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 2)

The criticality of aQ plant components was reviewed by Florida Power and Light. Florida Power and Light Company contends that the items of the highest significance are presently displayed in the control room. Some items, however, will be added to the control room during the SAS/SPDS/ICC upgrade.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

306

Findin: (Section 6.8, File No. 3)

HED No. 6.8.1.2 dc 6.8.1.2c)

Displays located on the verticle panels must be monitored while manipulating controls on the front console.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 3)

The console carries the most pertinent information corresponding to the subject controls. Often the operator will confirm the console indication by checking an alternate source on the verticle panel, but items such as valve control are in direct relation to console indicators such as the steam generator level recorders. The addition of SAS/SPDS/ICC monitors will increase the console information.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

307

Findin: (Section 6.8, File No. 4)

HED No. 6.8.1.2 2 6.8.2.1c)

The arrangement of related controls and displays of the boric acid and steam dump systems do not permit efficient operation.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 4)

Emergency boration and natural circulation are the key safety functions of the boric acid and steam dump systems. The parameters which are pertinent to emergency boration and natural circulation are located on the console within the areas of the boric acid and steam dump controls.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

308

Findin: ~

(Section 6.8, File No. 5)

~ ~

HED No. 6.8.1.3b)

~ ~ ~ ~

Panel lacks demarcation lines to faciliate control/display integration for search and identification tasks.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.8, File No. 5)

Limited demarcation will be implemented after painting of control panels. Due to the compact design of the control room and close placement of controls meters, etc.

Florida Power and Light feels extensive demarcation would only crowd the control board and hinder operators. Although compact the common control room is functionaQy designed with a consistant pattern of controls and displays.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

309

Findin:

~

(Section 6.9,

~ File No. 2)

~

HED No. 6.9.1.2c.3)

~ ~ ~ ~ ~

Control position indicator scale and display scale do not correspond.

~Ree once: (Seotion 6.9, File No. 2)

Operators are trained to recognize and interpret the display scales utilized throughout the control room.

Displays are process dependent units of measurement, function, process, etc., are clearly labelled on displays and component labels.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

310

Findin:

~

(Section 6.9,

~ File No. 5)

~

HED No.~ 6.9.2.1b)

~ ~ ~

The simple indicating lights for the safety injection system do not correspond with their associated valve controllers.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.9, File No. 6)

A modification to this system is currently planned as part of the units control room upgrade modifications and proper labeling utilized to associate valve controllers with their respective indicating lights will be implemented. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

311

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.9, File No.~ 6)

~

HED No. 6.9.3.2a)

~ ~ ~ ~

Inappropriate control to display ratio of process controllers, i.e.

excessive rotation of controllers is required to acquire desired display response.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.9, File No. 6)

Process controller, rotation is a function of plant parameters such as flow, pressure, and temperature which change with power level and desired accuracy as well as desired rate of change. Florida Power and Light Company contends that the subject controls provide adequate signal output to turn ratio for the design functions intended.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

312

3.3.2 DELETED/INVALIDFINDING (NO FURTHER ACTION REQUIRED)

As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review and Human Engineering Descrepancy Review Team meetings on Turkey Point 3 and 4 there were 23 findings (Summarized on Table 3.2-1) which were deleted either because they were duplicate else where or because they were invalid. These findings were dispositioned as requiring no further action as identified in the following text.

'Zhe following is a list of those findings which were deleted. The subject findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system A more detailed listing along with a brief description of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NOS.

6.1 13,37,38 6.4 2,4,9 6.5 7,13,24,27,35,36,47,58,62,71 6.6 10,27,31,32,65 6.7 1 p7 313

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 13)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.2.2g)

~ ~ ~

The console (bench board) kick space is three inches by 3.75 inches rather than the recommended four inches by four inches.

The guard rail extends the edge of the console out another three inches increasing the kick space to six inches there for this is not a problem.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 13)

As a result of review team meeting the subject finding was deleted.

The subject finding was reviewed and determined to require no corrective action since the subject bench board provides the operator with a standing work station and if seated at this station the operator would be using a draftsman type stool. The panel design is adequate for the intended use.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

314

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.~ 25)

~

HED No. 6.1.4.1a,h)

~ ~ ~

Storage location of protective equipment is partially obscured by relay racks allowing insufficient room to dress. No breathing apparatus is stored there and there is only limitted training in its use.

~Res onse:(Section 6.1, File No. 26)

The emergency locker inventory is correct as identified in the site emergency plan. The subject lockers are controlled storage lockers and are not located in an area which is intended for operator dressout. The personel using the equipment stored in the subject locker, will dressout in-the control room and office area directly behind it as they are relieved from shift responsibilities to do so.

Personel required to use breathing apparatus are trained as part of their radiation training and are periodically requalified as required by existing site procedures.

The units'ontrol room meets all habitibility requirements and is intended to remain a radioactivity clean area. There are no requirements for storage of breathing apparatus in the control room."

The units control room meets all habitibility requirements and is intended to remain a radioactivity clean area. There are no requirements for storage of breathing apparatus in the control room.

Florida Power and Light Company believes the current emergency equipment storage space and existing training program for the use of the subject equipment is adequate and intends no further action on this item.

315

~Findin: (Seoiion 6.1, File No. 37)

This finding had two HED numbers associated with it, HED No. 6.1.1.5.e and 6.5.3.1.b. The subject finding was correctly filed and dispositioned under Section 6.5, File No. 86. File No. 37 of Section 6.1 was deleted.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

316

~Findin: (Section 6.1, File no. 38)

This finding had two HED numbers associated with it, HED No. 6.1.1.5.e and 6.5.3.1.b. The subject finding was correctly filed and dispositioned under Section 6.5, File No. 86. File No. 38 of Section 6.1 was deleted.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

Findin: (Section 6.4, File 2)

HED No. 6.4.1.1c(2))

There is a fuse holder which has been placed in a hole on the electrical console. It serves no function although it appears to be a rotary control.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 2)

The subject fuse holder was inserted in the hole in the electrical panel to prevent debris from being introduced into the subject panel until a suitable plug can be inserted.

The subject finding was determined to be a duplicate of File No. 1, Section 6.4 and was deleted.

318

Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 4)

HED No. 6.4.1.1c(2))

The main steam stop bypass motor operated valves and component cooling water make up motor operated valves are inching valves. The rotary control associated with thes'e valves is spring return to center and must be held in the open position until the valve opens completely. These controls are not marked in any way to indicate that they are different from all the other spring return rotaries.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, File No. 4)

The subject valves are used to perform process control tasks which require the subject valves to be throttled. Florida Power and Light Company believes that the present valve labeling, operator training and procedural controls properly identify the subject valve operation and function. The subject finding is a duplicate of File No. 34, Section 6.4, and was deleted.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

319

~Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 9)

(HED No. 6.4.2.1)

Breakers are not consistently labelled. Position labels are labelled on-off and some are trip-close.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 9)

A field survey was performed and no control breakers were identified as operating opposite to normal breaker control switch convention. The subject finding was deleted as being a duplicate of File No. 13 of Section 6.6. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

320

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5, File No. 7)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.3b(5))

~ ~ ~ ~

Spacing between words is less than one character width on status legend lights, words and abbrevations are cramped together, making the legend difficult to read quickly.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 7)

Presently component labels are being re-engraved and replaced under File No. 6 of Section 6.5. The above finding is a duplicate of File No. 6 Section 6.5 and was deleted.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding since it is being corrected via File No. 6 of Section 6.5.

321

Findin:

~

(Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 13)

HED No. 6.5.1.6d(1))

~ ~ ~ ~

Status lights on safegards panel use the following color code:

Channel I-red, Channel II-white, Channel III-blue and Channel IV-yellow.

These colors are also applied to controls and displays on SF/FF panel, COND and SG/RX panels but are not used consistently.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 13)

The color codes for safegards measurement Channels I-red, II-white, III-blue, IV-yellow are correctly and consistently applied through out the control room. Florida Power and Light Company field, personel were unable to find any incorrect application of the subject coding convention.

The subject finding was deleted based on proper application of existing color conventions. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.

322

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 24)

HED No. 6.5.1.1c)

Condensate storage tank level has three meters provided for system function 1 vertical and 2 horizontal, but all are on the same circuit. If one fails they all fail. A redundant display should have separate circuitry.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 24)

Two additional Condensate Storage Tank Level indicators were added. Each indicator signal originates from it's own transmitter. These additional indicators were added so if one failed the other would be a backup. The new indicators are also more accurate. Florida Power and Light Company feels this finding was in error and subsequently deleted.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

323

~Findin: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 27)

(HED No. 6.5.1.1.b)

Reactor coolant pump vibration recorder is located only on Unit No. 3.

No local indication for point status on Unit No. 4.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 27)

The subject finding is a duplicate of File No. 23, Section 6.1. The subject finding was deleted as a result of the Turkey Point joint review.

Work is being performed under File'No. 23, Section 6.1. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

324

~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 35)

(HED No. 6.5.1.4.f)

Secondary water conductivity recorder displays units of /CM which operators cannot use directly. Parts per million is a more usable unit.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 35)

The subject recorder valves are correct.,As a result of review team meeting it was agreed that operators view the subject recorder for trend i.e., any change in conductivity level and that acceptable ranges are clearly identified in consistent units. The subject finding was determined to be invalid. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

325

Findin: (Section 6.5,

~ File No. 36)

~

HED No. 6.5.1.5a)

~ ~ ~ ~

The power range detector current meters have three scales. The bottom two scales 0-500 and 0-100 have no minor index markings.

However, meter scale does incorporate mirror back for elimination of parallex and meter pointer does extend to top scale which does have index marks.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 36)

The subject meters are used for calibration of the associated instrumentation. The minor graduations are located on the top scale to allow for easier readibility and accuracy. The subject indicators are correctly designed for their application and use and no operator error is expected. As a result of review team meetings the subject finding was dispositioned as invalid.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

326

Findin: (Section 6.5,

~ File No. 47)

~

HED No.~ 6.5.1.5f)

~ ~

Power range detector current meters have a single pointer with multiply scales. A rotary selector is provided to select between four different scales.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 47)

The rotary selector is used strictly for calibration of the detector.

Once calibration is completed, the rotary selector is positioned on the normal operating scale. The subject finding was dispositioned as invalid during review team meetings.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

327

~Findin: (Seotion 6.5, File No. 58)

(HED No. 6.5.3.1.c.(1))

Power available to auxiliary feedwater pump is indicated by an illuminated status light. Extinguished light may mean bulb is burned out or loss of power to pump.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 58)

As a result of review team meetings it.was determined that the subject illuminated status indication was consistent with plant convention and review guidelines. Extinguishment of the subject lamp requires immediate operator action to determine cause and take corrective action.

The subject finding was dispositioned as invalid. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.

328

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.5, File No.~ 62)

~

HED No. 6.5.3.2a.l)

~ ~ ~ ~ ~

Each pushbutton for the 4KV Bus A and B lockout relays have a pair of indicator lights. Each light should be labelled A or B to identify approprite bus.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 62)

The pair of indicating lights are simple redundant indication for their corresponding pushbutton. The subject finding was dispositioned as invalid as a result of review team meetings.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item 329

Findin:

~ ~

~

~

(Section 6.5, File No. 71)

~

HKD No.~ 6.5.4e2b.1)

~ ~ ~ ~

Three scales have been added (handwritten) to the scale face of recorders 441 making difficult to read.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 71)

A field inspection performed by Florida Power and Light personnel could not verify this finding. No new scales had been added and the recorders were functioning properly. The finding was dispositioned as invalid.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

330

Findin:

~

(Section 6.6,

~ File No.~ 10)

HED No.~ 6.6.3.1a)

~ ~ ~

All units on each panel have either two lights or two pushbuttons which are labelled "High" and "Low". The high light shows when the hight radiation setpoint has been reached. The low light shows when the area sensor has failed. The low light should be labelled fail.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 10)

The label is consistent with the function displayed - low threshold voltage. As a result of review team meeting the subject finding was dispositioned as invalid since the subject labels did correctly identify type of equipment failure.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

331

Findin: (Section 6.6,

~ File No.~ 27)

HED No.~ 6.6.3e8a)

~ ~ ~

All rotary controls on the hydrogen recombiner panel are missing position labels.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 22)

Duplicate to Pile No. 35, Section 6.6.

This HED was written prior to completion of the subject system which requires permanent labels to be installed and was deleted.

332

Findin: (Section 6.6,

~ File No.~ 31)

HED No. 6.6)

~ ~

Record was incorrectly located in this section and has been relocated in Section 6.4, File No. 0036.

333

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 32)

HED No. 6.6)

Record was incorrectly located in this section and has been relocated in Section 6.5, File No. 0088.

334

~F(odin: (Section 6.6, File No. 65)

(HED No. 6.6.3.3.b)

New 6000 series valve numbers are being used as new equipment is instaDed. This numbering system does not conform to existing valve numbering conventions.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 65)

The subject finding was determined to be a duplicate of File No.'15, Section 6.6, and was deleted.

335

Findin: (Section 6.7,

~ File No. 1)

~

HED No. 6.7.1.2a4)

~ ~ ~ ~

Computer dialogue "PTR lock pending" means reactor trip when stated in vocabulary and syntax of the control room operator. This does not reflect vocabulary of the user population..

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 1)

As a result of the joint review team it was identified that "PTR locked pending" meant the digital data process system post trip review log was available for access by plant personel not reactor trip. The message is consistant with associated plant conditions and operator required response. The subject finding was determined to be invalid since the only time the log is available is after a reactor trip. If an operator attempts to access the post trip review file after it has been reset the screen message will be "PTR busy".

336

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.7, File No. 7)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.1.6b,c)

~ ~ ~ ~

The computer printout of the rod position is programmed to update and print once'every minute. The operators would prefer and think it is neces'sary once every 5 minutes due to the distracting noise.

~Res onse: (Reotion 6.7, File NO. 7)

The finding was determined to be invalid because the computer will not print any position unless requested by the operator through the CRT.

Rod position is also included on the hourly report and is indicated on the console.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

337

3.4 COMPLETED BACKFITS 3.4.1 COMPLETED ENHANCEMENT/DESIGN SOLUTIONS As a result of the construction work effort and Turkey Point Steam Generator outage on Unit 3, there are 28 findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1) which were closed or completed. The

. following is a list of those findings by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file numbers as they relate to FPdcL's tracking system. Presently the documentation for the closed findings along with descriptions of each line is controlled by FPdcL's Power Plant Engr. Group and a brief description presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

Turke Point Units 3 and 4 SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.1 1,6,7,20,21,22,26,27,29,31)32, 35,36,41 6.2 2,10 6.3 2,9,10 6.4 3,6,15 6.5 1,15,81 6.6 9 (Unit 3 only) 52, 68 (Unit 4 only) 338

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.1, File No. 1)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.1.2b)

~ ~ ~ ~

The'tilization of additional personnel to augment staffing under emergency conditions did not satisfy NRC requirements. During the last NRC test transient personnel did not report to site until after event was over.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 1)

Based on test results, current procedures and planning were reviewed than revised. Call out test "L-82-303" was initated. Additional personnel in aloted amount of time arrived on site.

Florida Power and Light Company feels that procedures to augment the normal staff during an emergency is adequate.

339

Findin:

~

(Section 6.1,

~ File No. 6)

~

HED No.~ 6.1.1.6a)

~ ~ ~

The shift supervisor and watch engineer do not have adequate visual and audible contact with the primary area of the control room. NIS panel obscures their view into the primary area. Rope barriers obstruct access.

5Uhen yelling, communciations are not heard or incorrectly heard.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 6)

Control room modifications have minimized subject problems.

Included as part of the modification effort was to extend the observation area into the control room and the incorporation of a intercom system.

The changes were implemented in PCM 82-114.

Florida Power and Light Company feels this will enhance control room operation.

340

Findin: (Section 6.1, File No. 7)

HED No. 6.1.2.1)

The control room main entrance/exit door handle is only 28 inches above the floor. This requires operator to stop over to the reach the handle.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 7)

As part of the control room modifications the door was changed.

Now the handle is at a normal level. This was part of the PCM 82-114 control room modification.

Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action in necessary.

341

Findin: (Section 6.1, File No. 20)

HED No. 6.1.3.1e 2)

The area radiation monitor is located at the end of Unit 3. The status of this equipment should be in both control rooms capable of controlling that equipment.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 20)

This item is being supplemented by the new Safety Assessment System. Information will be available on utility screens in both control rooms.

Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is necessary.

342

Findin: (Section 6.1, File No. 21)

HED No. 6.1.5sla)

There are only 3 A/C units to cool the control room. If one A/C unit fails the 2 remaining are not adequate enough to coo) the equipment and personnel. Equipment has had a history of overheating.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 21)

The control room upgrade and control room habitability is being taken care of under PCM 82-60.

Florida Power and Light Company feels this should satisfy the needs of equipment and personnel.

343

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.1, File No. 22)

~ ~

HED No.~ 6.1.1.4b.l)

~ ~ ~ ~

FSAR, emergency and normal operating procedures are in poor condition. There is only one set and it is stored on Unit 4. The use of color coding to distinguish between the different procedures is non-existant. Indexing is by number not by name. Binders are so full they will not stay closed and pages are falling out.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 22)

As part of the control room upgrade the subject procedures were color coded. New binders purchases and a central location was provided for a second set of procedures. -P.O. 8202278- Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action needs to be taken on this item.

344

Findin: (Section 6.1, File NO. 26)

HED No. 6.1.4.2)

Fire extinguishers are not hung in relation to the label of type of extinguisher. Accessibility to fire extinguisher is difficult do to location, behind relay racks out of primary area. Not all operator are instructed in the operation of fire extinguishers, only the fire team.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 26)

The subject items were evaluated. Operations will be given fire training. Fire extinguishers will be placed in their proper places.

Additional equipment will be added as necessary. PWO 8156302 will document corrective action.

Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is necessary.

'45

s Findin:

~

(Section 6.1,

~ File No.~ 2V)

HED No. 6.1.4.3b)

~ ~ ~ ~

H Labelling of storage locker, whose contents are test and communciation equipment for refueling, does not adequately describe the contents.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 27)

The storage locker was relabelled identifing said contents.

v Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is necessary in reguard to this item.

346

Findin: ~

(Section 6.1, File No. 29)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.5.2b)

~ ~ ~ ~

The ventalation system is producing drafts of 50 to 150 FPM. These measurements were taken at head level. Air velocities should not exceed 45 FPM.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 29)

Site engineers evaluated the ventalation system. The subject problem has been corrected and is documented thru PWO O237534.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

347

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.1,

~ File No. 31)

~

HED No.~ 6.1.5.7c)

~ ~ ~

There is no quiet area for control room operators to take a break.

Due to understaffing operators are not allowed to leave the control room and have to wait to use rest room facilities by transferance of responsibility duty. There is always control room noise throughout the shift to add to operator fatigue.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 31)

Control room modifications have added additional toilet facilities.

These modifications have reduced traffic in the control room and allowed operator better access to existing facilities. PCM 582-114 documents changes to the control room.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

348

Findin: (Section 6.1,

~ File No. 32)

~

HED No. 6.1.5.7a.35)

~ ~ ~ ~ ~

The control room decor and asthetics are fatiguing to the operators.

Relay noise and turbine vibration tend to make operators sleepy on the night shift. Floor, ceiling, wall and control boards colors do not give eyes any relief. Tile floors create a dust problem besides fatigue for the standing operator.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 32)

A review of the subject finding resulted in several changes to the control room atmosphere. Color changes have been made to walls,

,control panel, and ceiling. The control room is virtually air tight from the outside world. Carpet has been installed. PCM N82-114 is the control room document for control room upgrade.

349

Findin:

~

(Section 6.1, File No. 35)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.1.4a

~ ~ ~ ~ R 6.1.1.5d)

~ ~

Inadequate and improper storage space in the control for books, procedures, logs, coffee supplies and spare parts. Empty book shelves are outside control room, near the kitchen. Unnecessary amounts of coffee supplies are stored in the control room prime space. Spare parts are in a back room.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 35)

Control room modifications incorporated a new design that utilizes available storage space more efficiently. These changes are covered in PCM 082-114.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

350

Findin: ~

(Section 6.1, File NO. 36)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.1.5 R 6.5.4.1e)

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

Computer printer paper is stored on the floor in a box. The printer paper is restocked so infrequently that the control room operators do not know where to get spares thus the paper is turned over and reused.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 36)

The subject finding was addressed and taken into consideration as part of the control room redesign effort PCM 882-114.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

351

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.1, File No. 41)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.1.3c 2 d)

~ ~ ~ ~

The rope barriers throughout the control room tend to be a tripping hazard/obsticle for the operators.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 41)

Due to the control room modifications rope barriers were essential to control personnel during the upgrade effort. Upon completion of control room modifications rope barriers that are needed and do not cause a hazard will be left. PCM 882-114.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

352

Findin:

~

(Section 6.2,

~ File No. 2)

~

HED No. 6.2.1.2b.6)

~ ~ ~ ~ ~

The design and location of the NRC and fire phones is not satifactory. They can be knocked out of their respected cradles by passing traffics.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No. 2)

As part of the communications upgrade this finding was corrected.

The operators desk was redesigned and the phones were vertically mounted with in an enclosure to protect them from accidental bumping.

PCM N82-114 covered this task.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

353

Findin: ~

(Section 6.2, File No. 10)

~ ~

HED No. 6.2.2.lb)

~ ~ ~ ~

The different phones at the operators desk lack individual audible coding. When a phone rings it is hard to distinguish which phone it is that is ringing. The opeator must touch each phone to determine which is the right one.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File NO. 10)

This item was addressed as part of the control room modification and upgrade of communciations system. PCM ¹82-114 the phones now have a light that goes on when that particular phone rings enabling the operator to respond without difficulty.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

354

Findin: (Section 6.3,

~ File No. 2)

~

HED No. 6.3.1.2a.1)

~ ~ ~ ~

Several annunciator alarms occur so frequently that they are considered a nuisance. A few of these nuisance alarms only come in during certain procedures. The others are alarming frequently all the time. Operators are defeating the alarms when they become a nuisance.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File NO. 2)

A review of the alarm situation was made. The cause, frequency and necessity was surveyed to minumize the effort of nuisance alarms and correct the cause and/or eliminate same. A.P. 0103.2 Pg. 10 8.1.4 will also help with the disabling of alarms.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

355

Findin: (Section 6.3,

~ File No.~ 9)

HED No. 6.3.2elf)

~ ~ ~ ~

There is no audible alarm location coding except between Units 3 and 4. The different panels within each unit have the same audible alarm code

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 9)

New alarm systems were instaQed to better enhance the coding between Unit 3 and 4. Alarm coding between panels was reviewed by Florida Power and Light Company. It was determined that, due to the compactness of the control rooms and functional grouping of the annunciator, additional coding alarms would not enhance operator reaction.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

356

Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.~ 10)

~

HED No.~ 6.3.2.la)

~ ~ ~

Unit 3 annunciator audible alarm is not distinguishable over the construction noise in the control room or over Unit 4 alarms. The shared alarm panel is also responsible for the same condition.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 10)

During the control room modifications PCM 82-264 for Unit 3, a new alarm that can be heard over background noise was installed. This new alarm is consistent with NUREG-0700.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this subject.

357

Findin:

~

(Section 6.4, File No. 3)

~ ~

HED No.~ 6.4.1.1.cl)

~ ~ ~

The same type of controller is used for several different funcitions.

The rotary in some cases is used to set the setpoint, thus the actual value on the rotary is important. On others the rotary scale is irrelevant, the operator watches another display while working the rotary. ControQers are not identified as the which ones serve which type function.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 3)

The instrumentation department has reviewed this finding.

Subsequently the controllers which have stationary setpoints have been identified and labeled as such.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

358

Findin:

~

(Section 6.4,

~ File No.~ 6)

HED No. 6.4.1.2)

~ ~ ~ ~

The control power fuses for the NI channels are not properly guarded or provided with interlocks to keep them from being pulled. This action will trip the plant.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, File No. 6)

The subject fuses have had guards installed. PNO 4237529 initiated this activity.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

359

Findin: (Section 6.4, File No. 15)

HED No. 6.4.2.2.f(3))

NI black rotaries are mounted on a black label engraved with the component and position labels. There is insufficient contrast between the control and the background.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 15)

The ongoing labelling program has replaced the labels for the subject rotaries on the NI panel. The new labels are consistent with NUREG-0700.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

360

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 1)

HED iVo. 6.5.1.1e)

On Hagan Process Controller the meters displays demand rather than status information. The controQers are not labelled to indicate this fact.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 1)

The Hagan Displays are labelled demand signal. This item is addressed during operator training. Title "Logic Systems with Hagan Controllers".

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

361

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 15)

~ ~

HED No.~ 6.5.1.6d(l))

~ ~ ~

The radiation monitor color code scheme is different than that used on the main control panels.

~Res onse (Seotion 5.5, File No. 15)

Operators are informed of the radiation monitor color coding being used. This information is given during training titled "Requal Cycles 82-83".

Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is intended on this item.

362

~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No. 81)

(HED No. 6.5.4.1)

Steam generator ieedwater flow recorders fail frequently. The pens stick. These recorders are used during start-up and shutdown operations.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 81)

The subject recorders were replaced with improved units during the planned control room modifications program.

363

Findin: (Section 6.6,

~ File No.~ 9)

HED No.~ 6.6.3.1a)

~ ~ ~

Each auto process controller has a pushbutton which puts it in auto and then displays whether the controlled function is increasing or decreasing. The arrows and controller FCV-3-1114 are both pointing in the same direction.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 9)

The labelling effort has corrected this item. The left arrow is now pointing down and the right arrow up. This signifies increase and decrease.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

364

Findin: ~

(Section 6.6, File No. 52)

~ ~

HED No. 6.6.3.8a)

~ ~ ~ ~

Hydrogen monitor scales on Unit 4 have two different ranges and one unit of measurement. There is a dual selector switch with no position labels.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 52)

The ongoing labelling program has corrected this find. The range selector switch has been properly labelled.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

365

~Findin: (Section 6.6, File No. 68)

(HED No. 6.6.1.a)

The label on meter (TI-4-443A) for Unit 4 pressurizer is incorrect.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 68)

The pressurizer instrumentation is being upgraded. The subject indicator was removed and new instrumentation added to replace the mislabelled meter under PCM 82-265. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

366

3.4.2 SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATES FOR STANDARDIZED BACKFITSOLUTIONS This section provides the currently schedules completion dates for the Turkey Point Standardized Backfit Program.

PROGRAM COMPLETION DATE

1. Labeling July, 1985

2. Demarcation July, 1986

3. Annunciator Review July, 1985 a) Hardware Installation 1st Refueling Outage

4. Coding Convention July, 1985

5. Engineering Intergration Review

• May, 1984 a) Dispositioned

1) Unit 3,Complete December, 1984

2) Unit 4 Complete June, 1984 b) Dispostion Pending

1) Unit 3 Outage of Completion March, 1985

2) Unit 4 Outage of Completion October, 1985

6. Administrative and Training July, 1984

• NOTE: Refer to Section 3.2.5 of this report for a list of those engineering intergration review items scheduled for installation during the units next refueling outage and those items remaining to be reviewed, dispositioned and reported on by March 1, 1986.

367

3.5 IMPLEMENTATIONPROGRAM TRACKING SYSTEM AND

SUMMARY

REPORT The Human Factors Implementation Program Tracking System data base has been developed for the purposes fo maintainng a:

o Inventory Control o Status Update o Open Items List o Project History 3.5.1 INVENTORY CONTROL The implementation Program Tracking System will account for a file of records, which are documented Human Engineering Discrepancies complied from an audit performed by Essex Corp. in collaboration with Florida Power and Light Company. These records are a brief synopsis of each Human Engineering Discrepancy containing:

1. A unique FPRL control file numbering system.

2. Human Engineering Discrepancy number based on a "as found" descrepancy .with reference to the NUREG-0700 'indexing format.

3. Identity of the general area or location in the plant were the problem exists.

4, Responsible lead for work being done.

5. A brief description of descrepancy.

3.5.2 STATUS UPDATE The Implementation Program Tracking System will maintain status of each Human Engineering Discrepancies which wiQ be within a status block designated for status (or progress) information, and will provide a current work history (or synopsis) of each controlled item.

3.5.3 OPEN ITEM LIST DEVELOPMENT When inventory control and status updates are made, the

.Implementation Program Tracking System provides project management with a current "Open Items List", and will enable effective and systematic "closing" of each item.

Continued on next page.

368

The items that were completed have the associated Plant Change Modification number listed where applicable, and are included in the Implementation Program Tracking System for accountability and historical reasons.

3.5.4 PRO JECT HISTORY Upon completion of the task, this document will provide a project work history for reference purposes, and can be used at any point in time as an index 'for resolutions and applications for the work done during Human Factors Implemenation Program.

The intent of the Implemenation Program Tracking System is to provide project management and support work organization groups with an effective means of coordinating and facilitating the Human Factors work effort. The up-date of the Implementation Program Tracking System will be done on a "as needed" basis.

3.5.5 PROGRAM INDEX AND LISTING The following computerized listing is the index and listing of Florida Power and Light Company Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 detailed control room design review implementation program tracking system. (See Appendix 1).

369

APPENDIX 1 LORIOA POWER AHO LIGHT'O TURKEY POlNT UNITS 3 A 4 10/26/83 EBASCO SERVICFS INCORPORATED OEf AILEO C OHt'ROL ROON DESI GK REVIEW DATA BA SE-OG

~e~t, ~4 4 .

'lO

~ t4

.. + .

~ 4 4 . P~.

' <k'~C". "44

%g4WN~X" P

%."'-O-

'0 ~ I Y' 9>>

0 USE EQ

'),

I

'g"-'$ ' ' ' '

'0 Af "ANkING ~HEE ADDXXBOfl

',ftDCKQQftESTCURREH LfjUHDERR,REttICMjAttQN'Mk

@>>>>>>S>>994>> EM>>ORtl 4 'AO>> I>> 9 9 m 4 M t %!I 0 PEP, >>>>4 . '>>PW "i>>A>>S, 4" w V's RPPW'WXÃltw>> PAPA PAP>>'P rrrr>>@~~jr>8@

Sl MDa.

A EE ECH EC ft'k It '

'XDUI Ekf5~'fItEsSATLCtf~xkH 'NEER"'AN+~4>

Hf'&'SD~iQfM~'tI~NMRÃfhWQ.

A EO IR 0 ~ THE NIS SETPOINTS

'll NN N ON T H N R S

'43IDgAj~RSkV4EPNPJJ IEGER H f4A R I&hVQRD

~ PII tASPtt AL IO R Y U IS -HOOIFIEO ANO ROPES 44 A .8 E F A SP C A H H R L IS INST L ED

>> 'SEI T PR 9

f T AG HST A Cl NfA TIV fION g>>

H 0 T N F N R OH YS H AQ) STH F ISP AYS INCORPORATION OF SAS IN COKJUNCTIOH F~4%0'.:4h L

'H ~ +19tff -

~~rkN 9

'I448 W

~4 4%Y4Q 4'~05SfR W

FftfDf8?HEiRTIHIR4f4RH QIAI'9

~

RE HOT ATDR~WYg'

'8tflTlH~KX'LSVIHQP DUHOANT..iIHDIChTIO Y

4I

~

'jkHPtlXlIAKSiiXREPA'&lfI'hlifJIRAIPER"YCAHOR&~f I

>>9 4

~AIO9 .IL A tiAt 3 .O~ P P S W R

'>> R LE~SEE REPAIRED O LE' A E AS I!ORS IS 0 E O CR CORP ORlt EIEO R

~

PgR t -

g 9P ~c A PE 444

.P ~OP>> 9 t4>>

P - 0002 FLORIDA POKER AnO LIGHT'O TURKEY POINl'NI TS 3 I 4 10/ Z6/83 EBAECO SERVLCES INCORPORATED DETAILED C ONl'ROL ROOH DESIGN REVLEK DATA BASE-OG LASS

>qua-

=LOAAO.~CA.

PPr'.'

~AfL.

c'6>~g~tgtgF@~

. ~~a~ @~~y~~

A~J,

~!

-'Zg -'

EPP- USl'

". %ZF,

~ XKQE QD "R,'

I gI <<I4T~KE AO'>

."S~L

.P S.: VERAL CONTROLS 'ARE NOT ML fk i,

i'RN.

'~H~S E '~I, MM ARXS~

JMJ.

tHIN l'HE

' MA'

. lOT OL.

~

R UTI 5O"JAfA+ws~NiSV VES IGA $4 NO AC I'LON ~ A

'HL:tLSQ'ALL G

Of;SI:~'~ <'~

'C4~@e'LERCr~@tJPPDht;""'flÃt;f'I'I fIIflt'-*->%~9N-9 UH HANDRAIL LS tS

~+;

P A,OIft&a'A'FL. LILfO X,PR P >wo,~~%.

VI I, Fm.>~%".x'a~vlit"

~ ~ NXQCÃ08% -

SEn P.

. i<< J v' 4 IA kv C

"l'PP A E OL P I

AY OF IS'O AC'TLON INTENDEOJ CON THIS DISPLAY PR RY S

NSTRUH NTS HE E R L H ~ S A CUP TO T H MA "IO J J k A

• L i

FFf t I ,AO DELEl'EO Xt&

3 NCHES BY 3 75 GUARDRAIL EXTENDS EDGE OF ~

CONSD E INCHES PROVI IXG. QU T ('

~

ONSET 1 ' " AV OKN OK V H S U DER G A (

N H H T ON ONSO XORI( i v EAv 'S ~ O' fthm Tf (

IvL , ', I A N F HA

'%-'w ~1'+387$ 08 K TH S HARTS PROVIDE TREND ANO F ~

'<<Wg'F'jOB5" '"o""'Q=.'.-~E.-., ' ~".~<.-" EQQPTH~htfCAL~"8'ANELFCAILS'Illa'",O'. ll'ISTORCCA .'ZNRlRH1TIOW LQ ufo "P4' "; m ".a'-,"~. 'I'"'~l 4

..mEos~ CH'E 4C OPTO, O s

N '""~ELSE,,ktfl4LSMjIORIQRjATYJA'.IIEHSES"'NOZLLRgHER1'.~+"

~ . REQUEMCYAAFOF'c'r~.

" ~

.,$ 018 I, A,E,AOI . 1,1 21 FAIn .~Uf1JLA~+S. LAJS~OE<<ALC<<CEO~ILES~ AS A IIESOLI OE SAS IIOOS FIIESE IIESS MILL PC4QNDl84 ~'N

~

a81 ESN8QLLiQ'OOR "Nigg%6MÃk

'i465kikdf I*

P"FAD~>GNNS I J I . ~ .A%%X&~IC ~a .,

b "W<<+4'" ' " '-

~~A@ '

X<<~O V~ 'l'@h~~m9W'SfvE;O/'-'4L'v

~ k24~$4+Y'<>' 7 O',, - '.. ~ .O . A . " ~i ~, .  %*4&"'W4'A, '..'

P 0003 FLORIOA POKER ANO LIGHT CO TURKEY POINT UNI l'S 3 I 4 10/26/8 3 OATA BASE-OG I GAS CO SERVICES INCOR PO RATEO OETAILEO C ONTROL R3OH OESIGN REVIEN TtrW <

(Bkl.o 5rr"5)+r r r

't~, r . p~(Ac+~

'~f '~:

~ >> Paw r<< - 5 . tgw>> 'trrr@pp4> - @4~5tyq>~>@4~ Ap(~ " >> rg p .) g(p tpv.p t ~g%Q $

Qtg'-M4

.. ",,+:

' ."i '

QO 5"', ".~6'i5,'" "++'P"Q ~CLPP $ p

" ' ~tt8 ~ T S T H S 8 NG SUPPLEHENTEO BY SAS I'ARTI f~'Oping.

5 << '" ' 4

$4Pl. ~

APE'+g4lf@tZLif 4'8+kV 'KMBffgONEllX'ILIA ~

- -CNXC ~ ~ @~~Hià "~C2@CiEENKT" 0'~San-:Ei@S'd.- 5aiNinY da'T@R S,f.ar Jg~, aO -, yy~v g R

t 'r II 0 AS PART T

I'r f)~L.. r We TY

~

OF K.r~

g ~ ~

sL>L+tQr>>t4 . <rr t rt '5 G CONG SET S C NTRALLY LOCAlEO IN A R R N v <<fg+55l+pg ~py r ' p> ~

+p~

983 A E H 8 HI I 3 NOV ~ 8$

CCH 8 2 4 UN T 4 CONPLETE C

G Sl'US VEONQRilMT5lE'A'Sit%'.'ACUTE N R R P R Y XT NGU S ERS W L BE CORRECl' HUN G ANO

%'kg+I'30r - " "">" '." r ""-;: ~B<<-'~ '='~PQ54 5P4SM6'9 I'R:5'4~ALL .<<" t0A'DDXT5 b MAT"- .ONES4&V UATKO~ANQ@PLAC 0 '45'ikey

" ~P'. -'.,'-,,:~" <~~~=-.j '> N5", "i d&NQ@j'XiTtTL75aaN '-W<iiC-" Ii'N kiN."'."AiiiuI'REo.~ass-za.-'FOLLav,.uI5al T$ ,nRE'.

%K% 5$ 48&t ~w +f5 '4wj $

5 ~

',~~'. law

~

~2L 6~ L.4i~B... G C~~9 CK R F TE T A 0 R ECOHHENOEO RELABELING RIII lel

~ t . r~ '

<<&&M 4 l, C 5<<t+ fP

P 0004 E"

LORI OA POMER ANO L IGH'I CO TURAEY POINT UNI TS 3 10/26/ B3 OETAILEO C ONTROL ROOH OESI GN REVIEM OATA BASE-OG

BASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO 4  ! H st "! P,,g<<r HE'qslrs, <<4 y st!

I.R!4 .MRLIJI ~R4~ tt&

( GJAQ

."%$ 4g8=',

E

'",6 1;",5',1A'Eq9, ' "C ~SO " PP QttSTZI "g'S~ T, ',LOS",APJ?ROX""170%F E ',; 'INOiAC'TION:"'ga'-'g;~";.,~", '+k E

MMgf 'Z'A5g'i~r> W~iCKNf 4 7 FTS FROH YEN TILATIOH OF SO T0 150 FPH RECOHHEN GEO 4THCDtf<USN -

SITE ENGINEERING EVA~LA

@9K "

'~~.<MR4 4%~~>%; ~j",2"0 A4 I &%c~~ .r .44:~m~/r< kstE!! 44 W

'r~OS 1

44

~

8 IGH E HAN TO BE CORRECTEO BY PROJECTS/POMER tt 4'

~

U LES 4 4.. rE '<<<<G: 4% * -H.s ~ >><<.~A-r1 E A AOOI IONAL 0 ILET FAC IL IT IES ARE BEING B I G OIFIEO 0 REOUCE A H ON TRAFF C AN(7 'ALLOM OPERATORS BETTER

~ CCESS~&4'

<<Pr, ING. ACILZTZE+/~

4 Zt

~ F=D160 4 so .A Ip f8m

+ 4 s~~'ETss<<R<< ~ 4! 44 K&ig6<mE LQgtAQQ+p)f~HfNQ

'a v Zg s

A 0 IF ICA I ON ~ NE OES IGN MILL

'.HF~01f5 -, ."~4-:", '"i<~~"TIL~~~~'~~~QQC,t)g~80$

P C NS'iPROCEQUREQ'if405XM$ QREN>~ZPNCORPORA'TEE EffslC ZENTR USER'OF~A'VAIL'ABL'E' ~ P~

p; g+ y0 /!A ~g y~gg~+ ~~t'k~gp gGg~pqg ~~ - gtE: I o~g ~rs 0~$ ,-~i+ . I rp.f-1<<i I~RIEIIIER ERILHIE!l GREE!I~~OEEILJt~lOR PREGE~NIPPOOH!ROE S OEIHG OPGRIOEG HO~OH J1 036. 6<<1.

'""SgJjjQS PggjgTORS~ ~ Rig MEDICA

. F ACTORS

~

IIGL~MG:A'OORESSEO

"".i>

URZN -

3KFKK~~M@

~~a-

~$ @e4E@'. "4'EQERG 8

<PER

.'5k', wN44

.I'+~

~ :.(4~4 "'.'", " 44<4~ Gg~,~'"."'g'P;G~pii&jfr.vp~!-'.f!3; '"->-~~i!~"'t.'~~>V".~&3"I'~!l."6 C tt',~g t: " t' GJ <<G r- ~

r 4' '

$<<t Aa r<<, . <<4<<4 f~ st!44 44, t ~o,.0*4'sr.!,>> +,4 !~<<%HPY- <<+ +ikgKH HOT Rt Ma

ooos C

. LORIOA PONER ANO LIGHT CO TURKET POINT UNITS 3 4 4 IO/26/83 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO UETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM P ATA BASE OG

~ I

~O 'B I '" hM EEVER+ S CJ89 QO~CdS ~E f i 'RIL'ET '

~

(

R R T 5 CTION e. Fl E Noar.

c.

T S R IN UPGRAOEO AND (

E

' EC Y BEING E ISEOe NO t'"

C IR C'

N ~ NO

~ hl, ORE 5 RE VIREO A K IN E ING USE OF SEALS ( ~

tl rtt,N gati'hh h

v P 0006 FLORIOA POMER. AHO LIGHT CO TURKEY .POINT UNIT'S 3 'A 10/Z6/ B3 EBASCO. SERVICES INCORPORATEO OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM OATA BASE OG

>>~>>~gl+g>>I06>>

C>>f 6 11,<<e. -,

See mC ~ MRESEN

'1

'AR41TAR " 'agNOE @pe t:htNSrAMtas EN'

~ 0 Ht NOS CRAD ES ARE N01'ESIGNEO

'A 9 "~ '~6N OR

'" THIS'TEN U1C MILL BE COR EC CQUN -'

0 A A

('00'>>

1 a 66..

C 0 G USEO F R PHONE COLOR COOING ANO/OR AB RP R T

'6

~P 5 PP UST F I ERE 5 NO. CAPABIL TY FOR 0 RECTLY REVIEM OF PROCEOU ES ANO PLANT

'0 CA E HA ING ANO A A OE EO A TY AGE IN ERI 'E-"fS REOUIREO ~ NO ACTION, CEQ 'NP5 0 1 0 I E OF E TENSION COROS MILL BE RE"EVALUATEO" Bj6 0

f

'I PS

~

R

~y',eygqg)2 >>+ac. +e0, 0+A. <<~%5=~M>> ~4>>.iAtg QO,. gf tIRNgO;Q I g AVE/)g~~~)2<< ~~gi+g+ggB.@~026)

M

~ Jgv<<2 $ ~>>CP~IP~~~I~+~<<.!.-g .-~..c, 5i " i. $ . A f ~Q IltlQ~tg g ' $0>>

'th'009

..6.2,1. 0 ~ C. I'....,CLB.~CBBBBM2~3 04<~090 CJ~60 0606~00" 1000"00 . 602"0" I BICLCIBIBICII~ 1261 "!!."

QQ '" ' ~'K @@Ill ' 6>>r>>6>> ' >> v'

'0% i 06 I 'Cg ~ >> 4 Q, ~ Ir

0 P E OOOT s

FLORIDA POMER ANO LIGHT CO TURKEY POINT UNITS 3.L 10/R6/ 83

BASCO SERVICES INCORPORATED OEfAILEO CONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEM OAfA BASE~G ash?4

.VS ~ >>~~V~~<<;~ ~~~PWP~~~~g ..

gp/i"W+~<+mX~' " ah ~

.. ' - ., i .

L".k

. s ~ V

.h' h,. ~

'Q

~>ZC '

iZW~~i ~

'""%MC"Vh <<//<<

4~4

~~~'~~<K .'a, <<. <<

aa?iae&V) -" j .

~~%'.:;.<;C<r~S -

- S 'W~"e~ 9

/~a.;;.~~h,,>;,.~

" A~~SgQ"

~~0'@$ 0'~+""5",,"R~

' '~>>

Pf??W'?" g' '4 g 'P40PKS~C'If'"AOglU g>QQQt ha 'DK4f+1> C' gEA)

Ql E

'4"

'(CONTR HQS~ H@$ 'giQZBE"lDORESaSEO.QS gMT$

R0$ $ %H04IfXCLAOH'S~W'8 P@PADE. 0F'>gj?5$

A A F HE CKh-6, W FA kgII 'ASGARD'" GRREP~TSQ

~H

+'r HPERNMAA 'CEBL 56l JK C K I I I OF OPERA fOR TO REOUESf 0 R RSO I U M N S m PXSXKHr P TER <<AV aHTRa, s v ssh S

h 'PI%c.

Og 0; PMBSfa O'r K S R

~~

T hh M

QNC'j RC CE E STN (v a e

~~, ~vc '+ <<Wv -'

~ " +(e.'NW~%Q+ .h>>'1~@,XW2$ Ãkdu,~ ~'iP:...'-"-. 5 4"" fN.a 'C>> "<<>>~'CQ s

s S >hh n

h s'hr4s.

OOO8 C F LORIOA, POXER ANO LIGHT CO TURKEY POINT UNI TS 3 I. 4 10/ 2tt/ 83 GAIA BASE

>> M2 '< ~""~~~~"."Q5QW'22 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO OETAILEO C ONTROL ROON OESI GM REV IEM OG

'&'~QZRSFi >~>a~KN<< '

~

' ' ' ~h

~it

~+OO'L F 0

+, P 62262~

$ ~~'}>>~ <Q 'I46

'-'g',.~~) '.

-', ~

i ." " .

5 ~ AQC'R'I MRA'/+~At'AR ~5A.

'@0$ ER ~SQITCQEO'@@~A 0 K&OH

'0~5/

'<<3}'lLHI~St'!EH<,XS2'AONlHI$+RhikVSELT:-"Cpl ROL; EO~S- '2 THE FgEFf@0&R: SXIE'L>>'BE NADERO M'iRH>CRAP<<ERSON,'~.',"' (

~

I T U TH USIANCE A ARNS ARE BEING REVIEXEO

<<OP. 3ICT~Jf6$ 4AUISAXC~<<" MH6? 'SC~XLLeBEeCORRf CLEWS'f~~'1NIH 'h<

SA>SING m~REZNMRKEOEO IN hi~*

R C EOS N t ~

6 2

A EO F NC

. " AWP~hN htft ih S't'W H

~~'c" K '

su c k v f ~

q }tsgtoiofN'2 ht wK.

~~;}ff~5RO}F<~ V-"-"= .=,~~+ >'~. /- 'Vis'jgjb~FL~>':t} +i>OiO.;~ "C >j, @~~~PPOaixofa~I&A'iARi,.HO'~F,'rifq 'ISI}iCA>--- 'h,=,'

0,'tdsh,@+ .':.~wg- "',.Zj ZB

'st' Qg)(gfg3 Ih.s > a'Qf+t0h $$ $ $ QQQUIREQ'Q'66th" '

-~IIOQ --.6 6 2 SF. -.- =2~620 2 3 EJK LS NQ DK3}U~Y CMIHG~~EEER A~NJlUIHCIAIILIIEVIE}LLSi BEING CGHOJJ CIAO J' ' "g"M~+ h~~~+I - d ~ 6

                                                                                               'ag,     gggfy+4'                 tth<<2    'h'~6~          hi .   " ~'~4'SW 4t p hQ
                                                                                                     ~   d      i         C'.                                                .I'Vd
                                                                                                                                          .&24K@.         '              '

M s>,wg ~i~gwS .~ "' bk6'h5tIji-'<<Pa Shit I I,, <Ik+~>'Shit, I ., h.I, Itthj'66 "i, W h . Sh hj. 't'N '4 I Wi P666 6 g I ~A% h . "  %@&thtjh 7. W$ 4@ rPp'I 8

P>> 0009

    . LORIOA POKER                 A i0   LIGHT       CO                                       .TURKEY POIN I UNI TS 3 A 4                                                           10/26/83 EBASCO SERVICES                    INCORPORATEO                                      BET AILEO CONfROL ROON OESIGN REVIEK                                                        OAfA BASE-nG

( A )4== (8') I'0 '"CC )4-- t4.)~t E0+0 C~ -- C~)4O

-~'OOKED:~P. 6 3 '2 4 A.                  -,."G~ ,'-.4LSO~QC)$ 87. 46'kai~UVJT/SQAl A:,$'5-OT@QUOJSQ~ ERFT)IE~~: s.-'.A'-.",'AL'ARN'THAT~CA;BE.HEARD='OVGT',BACK

'>-,4F, 0330",. K TR X

                     .RW~Xi~w<.

~~-S~I. mm~ru~Etr~S B~~tG CtuIO~CEO R J~S~f 0U~TE FOR VISUAL CALI SO==- CEP~~)~ AafiE~p lJ.MS.LI Ev&$ MMRSLIu Ij<<4'I+<<gg~'"'ja 'g 'kg, . '

                                                                                       @ $'lAINs(@fan p          lsll   "

Q$ 'g! '+IgggptbR-8<Qf~s',W[,5@QOOt S~ eo<<f+~ A 'i%~~'),4s* s.": L<< ~~ÃPiA0A 5 BE ON UCT HF 0365

                           '                "     "      " '-    -"'-    '".'~                  I
                                                                                     'AT EL'Y"-MOROED',-.ANO LABEL'EOa'CO)TOTTTSR".'NA'Y N       N        OR R       K        MG
                                                             '"~'~" 'QF>'
 '~". -..-
      ~
              - '=.*- ".       ~
                               +>> "-a
                                               ~ -.-;,;.   '.,=      r;i@~-~~~~N)T'FQIST.WHEN'.gg: ALARN~m>>"~'<<-'~~
                                                                                                            .;44~<<~ ~,p~~~ 'v .ss~~                Ass<<-w

( sss'"'~'"-'<<<<w . << ~ms+~ ~ a." 4~&~<<<'.~44wi+WVa%'>4' cc e.S.3. ..CLSQ .EPR~TJF .S)HE ALARAEO. IAfMSMEFE8 IRE THESE ALARMS ARE USEO TO CALL ATTENTION

                                                                                                                                                           '0I8 ANVUZI
                            -'~:

0 G

                                                  ~",*, '?".'+'-
                                      ~)~=C~".~4i~~4>>'--
                                                                   '<     "~,'/SHEL"-OUT570E.;.Tg@FRTHPRf+OPERA'TTNG'"AR)A.'ING"AREA"...THERE~IS'.:AOF4UA'TE TINE.'TO"
                                                                          'r >>~~MS>>              M~~4       MT~~<<&~aM--4~              ~c;SE)O A

AREA'.~~~~".'~

                                                                                                                                                                                                   '" I"
                                                                                                                      ~~~~s~Z-~<<W"++'" <<8 p~~~ ~-'r= "~~<<<<~"~'~ "~ .s" ~~<<"'"4~@~g'>>o'-

FILO.PERSONKC4TO>)IDRK.

                                   -                                                                                                                                                                     (4'~~"-B~ti~h
                                                                                                                    ~

OOIn F LORI OA POXER A,cO LIGHT CO TURKEY POIHT UNI TS 3 A 4 ln/26/83 BASCO SERVICES INCOHPORATEt) OE I AILEt) C 3NTROL RJOH t)LSI GN REV IEX OA TA BA SE-OG

  ~ ILE(

~QEX ~EQ~) .=~?EA S t A)4 EQ)10 (C)r IOJ4 EE)10. .l )40 EG) 40

                                      'RO i('.ONOUC 4tt19      6 $ 3 &At ~  G     2A                        ANNUNCIAT((R MINOOMS ARE SHALL AND LETT'ER          AN ANNUNCIATOR REVIEX IS BEING            TEO HF 03T5                                                 SIZE'S TOO'HALL~ LETTER SIZES ARE NOT HF~0380" R
                                               '.-.. -..isE T=. HPG GARY   HO't{E ENGRAVEO  LABELS ARE USEO
                                                     *'. THESE'.<ABEl.S',.I{SSCURE OTHER LABELS'.,PKH SIGHT.-'iLAR){EO eaXOI foal'.ANO SONE.-
                                                                                                           ~  AN A<XNUNCIATOR REVIEX IS BEING CONOUCTEO OMI        bi3 ~ 4a J.d        CLSQ ~    JILSJ  lf~((E.X~QId AJ1HE. ALM)~CPM.'HLEOGQ
                                                    , ~  C.:= THE "8KMMSOARD/CO)ISOLE~<;= "@',~,  ...~

NO ACT ION REOUIREO I . -3022.

 =HF=O$ 9u.

6 3 4 10 CLSQ=MLJLLGlE JUHXJAEIIIS ]JR g{9+M~~S~g..

                                                                               ~IIEEEREJ{

THf CR,OPERATORS CAN 0[SI'IHGUISH THE JlLEEEJiE,I{CEOE ~VR((EQ=OU T PllLB AMO OIH A F CIA

                                                         $ 4Z GH T I AL ARQEOI'OHOT ION ~':.

IfEN 'CLOSEO// ~ APE C OI G /ISED SINCE CLEARLT HF 0396 m IMEEN. ALAR.< SILE EX. ANO~LNOJLLEUGE LABELEO ~ OEFEAT OF .CONTROLS ARE AOH INIS-

                                                       =~)L.SU T.I3NS RLISHBIII IQ:k~~=~-.                    IJ{Al'1VELT CONIROLEO Z

Pa 0012 FLORIOA POMLR A<<0 LIGHf Cb f URKEY POINT UNI I'5 3 A 4 10/26/8 3 EOASCO SERVICES IHCOHPORAT EO OETAILEO C JHTRJL R)OH OESIGN REVIEW OATA BASE-06 F (LE/ ~HOED ~EiLJ(TL == MREA S TJQilS ( A)4 (B)10 (C)4 (9) 4 (E)10 ( )40 (G)40 0010 6+4 ~ 2+ 1 G 2C OPS 'SE VERll, CONTROLLERS ARE; LABELLEO 0 10OX THIS ITEN MILL BE, CORRECl'EO DURING tHE HF-O44S M4ERE 100X HEANS CLOSED.F'R SOME ANO l'HE RELlBELING EFFORt 0 PP- US I F TWL PUHP AM) FIL fER CON fROLES FOR THE f HESE SMIf CHES ARE CLEARLY LABELLEO ANO 9 f:~0450 RAQZAIIDH. HOHIIOR ARrE; NOI CONSISTENT"- " ARE'XCEPf ON/ 0 HC H HA CON fH MI IH;.J)lHERA'I)T(THOL,.S'MCXCH.CQ)(VENT'i(IH5 . iHEREFQRE HO ACTION 1$ 'lNTENOEO Mtt' 6 ~~2 <f3~ CLS)L ~g~llf ~f 5.00.( uj PEB ~Q~Q~fMJggf 5 f RROR PRQBAS Il I f Z IS VERY S(ALL 5 IN "E y+NEL,3aeGROONO. 1r E A B E A OE

                                                                                                                                  '..-,.- -XXOICATOR.QR SETPQINr XS rZXEO.

IATIOH OR OTHER 6'AB~ HlL. 6 4 2 zf3.. G CLM %PL-~llf ~KLKdMMtl~uLHQ~~C~NTL f HIS,OUSE NOf CAUSE A PROBLEH

  -HF=O460                                                                                                          ~Y~Rf S~tV~R;IO FURl'HER ACtgON~NtEN~EP
  .df   04                                                                                   &BE.T~
..=>0$ '$  .

6 P 4 ~.r '6 .. ALSP P )f08,-,- 'RXXARY.-'5)If'(ES D~Jl?,=PARSI.S A~"BLACK..,'. I'HXS'MILL BE T.QOl(EQ 4f INURING XgE RE.,

 ~pig.-- --6++~

NQ44gP , 0

                                      ~ W -- =- ~--'ALSO-. lP~QSX4% fHRltE~J(D..AUOIILF 'CLK,FKEOAEk.
                               --'-.=='~ .:. -.- --==. --  "-~z">>.--" ."le%'Q--PUQtfft'4%.-ShgTCHKS -;-.--;,".'--+.-,, ',   ~-
                                                                                                                                          '      HE-t3JS)(BUTI QH~: Ql -., )I .
                                                                                                                                          'ACIIt))CPS(TCECS'~.AIYHEA I)ISIS)IHENiktgf)Ma,=, '.,
                                                                                                                                                  ~LLEW NF&489                                                                       CO NCA VE OR F   RIC TI ONALI ZEO TO INCREASE RES/5 lANCE.s
   )018          6           3  oA       12         4h 0   TPP  J'JST   lf      S)HE   FJ(O  <<UNI TJR PUS(OUT 1("(5 LJOK LIKE                 f PXL PERSONNEL RLVIEMEU          f HIS FIN() ING BE AN0
                                                                                                                      ,.-)

r SANE-=..S$ 1E 'AND, OES 16Np ',- ., . E AS ILY OISt INGU IS HABLE' r

P 0013 ( FLORIOA POHER A NO LIGHT Cn TURB EV POINT UNITS 3 IO/26/83

BASCO SERVI CES IN CORPO RAT EO IJEIAILEfl C UNTROL ROOH OESIGN REVIEH OATA BASE-OG 6

(R)R = (BllO RCRR -RCR6 <6+6<6- <-+4<I (~)44

  -'" 0 019-. <"     '-'S44.'.3 h C  ."..-"',.i'2,  + -+'Crl.".SOAKPP,JVS TfP'-Qf1:.f $                   :.      OI'APO SSI B LRE+TO,~'Ale'8&VI                           SHIH~,
         ~4~<~~~4+~~3~~~EER                      >E" tcv~*'+44P $>MB~46,. 6BIIB%','
                                                               ~~           &Pl "

e 39 3I'C/IIf~MO'~igCIIE S Pk CP<ViQ C,

                                                                                                                                             'i. w
                                                                                                                                                                     "" ~

l

                                                                                                                                                                                       ~W~~%~r i"'~e" '"/~+K~~~m*"'
                                                                                                                                                                                     'c6~55>CV+ +~Ma< ZF                           *, vs& .. i+4s,>4vX                              &4$

.~4~ ~v4" E E. +URER ~ E. c 4 > E RE;"E <lCMBE 4 4 l

                                     ~@4'6>'                      '"     "y            '

• W

                                                                                                                          '" '"'"              ~ '"'"                      '"
                                                                                                                                                                                  ~~JgJCRLEE~I
                                                                                                                                                                                ~+'        "<Q~R'E.~QY &VIVE'i~"'VOW~~

BE CB+B~EC EB 4~

                         'Yfg>

6 4 UJ ~KURK. ~

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      'CEZ

-~E.JM t~~ ~ 'NW "pA%Mg~;.w~ +&~EH Ar. ~ " -~~ ~~4" ~+gg~~ ~<~E ... '~RR <<~ 'w ., " ~ vERE4644,> g~c>c'+f~~~d~~v~RE <<~v~~Rg~~<~4@ . ~~gw <<~R;6: ~~ -~ F- JL5LO-P+ >4 '@q~vgv~yg +ir6ER44 4'44 > ~ +pv 6 q

       ,OC~~~~j'Stie(iA"-                     ~~~&~~Qf4@Y                                        Q>> ~+PE@A'                        @QUES(      ~m,gtQXZP(KO                                BHtg!'FQAC    IOH+RII   4fllhKO'~+M'4~%"~.P~4B                                   ',4" vf Q~cg     cji     -       ~

s P~BC gag.

                                                                 &4Ã>>       '

Q r

                                                                                         -f
                                                                                                  'gti~Qf~
                                                                                                   <<0~~4           ~

l '

                                                                                                                       +iPFQM/i%>'..4'~iB.

E4'gPII ggQ

                                                                                                                                                   ~  '...Pc
                                                                                                                                                           'g~~"@~%~4B,;

lO'NEjt'EOIINI ' i>>'4%'

.MB@ g b7y;

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                ',  W ~
  "l jF
 -:>~

OBEBS

      'yp 4,>>r~+B;,>'...6'.:

4'c~.'~<.&FAN:~i'

                                                                              . r vie@-..xi+       -'RBERYJEcc9,'A~iwc~www I
                                                                                                                                          < 'ic W.

S

                                                                         -'P.'":",.-"-"iv"-.SC IRTS HAVE'-.A':.'SKIRT'F."LMlM";=ROIAHEfER'"P " 'NANCE H         TH KNOB
                                                                                                                                                              "~~v w~cc~4"0"-.

I S GOES NOI'HPARE OPERATOR PERFOR-

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     ~;crm'; c:..<K.".'BR-+.         'v,       '.v".R~w&i:.g~~. *"
               .        6..E.      E>         6           . CLSO      EPP~UKIJF                  53MS              dN.",EIN.TIN UUUS RILIAkI.SJILICIIESM~AYE.                                0IA'IF TER IS         AQEOUATE. FOR. OPERATORS.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        'Ocr CBy * ~  ~~=      """.P~."~g Eppes)~PE"4~~ivt                                                                                                                                                       "..'~'p 44 "6  64',,'.       l   g <<BEE'< .4"; 4 R>Rw,jW~'Eggy,y
                                                                                                         '4-,    .   -<<)4j(E 466ri, ej+gcEBcg~f ~.

r LORIOA POMt. R A vu LIGHT CO IURYEY POINt UNI fS 3 I 4 10/26/83

BASCO SERViCES INCORPORATED DETAILED CONIROL R3OH DESIGN REVIEM 9 At A BASE-OG F ICE/

~OEX         . HEO   dtX=       .~IEA                                                                                                  IAj'.RS

( AJ4 (OJ 10 (i J4 (O) 4 ( J44 (G)40

   , dO.ZB        6 '>>4      SB2     G     'LSO       EPP  JUSTIF         OISCRETE QOTARY SMITCHES HA'Y,BE POSI                         SOHE SMII'CHES 00 HAVE REST POSITIONS HF 0555           r                                                  ZIONFO BETMEEN OEtENTEO POIJ(TS>>                              BETMEEN OETENTS ~ CALIBRATION PROCEEOURES JLOORESRXHESE SMLICIIES.~

I R RY SMI TC HE 5 N NI CHANNEL S MERE PRO THESE SMITCHES MILL 8E CQRRECTEO ~ j

     )IF~0540~   --                                                 :    .V T)EO. j(lm.+-.-PAIJIIEO,j.IXE-ON rHF-KNOa
                                             ', -.'~~  -,--,.--.       -Qt(4'Rtw-THE"-PAgNT- HAS-.CklXPPET) AfF t)II.SOkE aO39.       6o4>>3      3.)IX           CLSO~RP~ilSlLE             ~KNLJ.~I59 AklLI~A~QS Ngj'ENER AL                                           HOUSE KEEPING DURING NORHAL
                                                                     .. Q~PQSHBUQONS~..             -  '. x  ..

M M r

  =~1=            6 4     2<9                                                                                        US                  TH~EX IgHARCAfION                 ANO SUHHARY
                                                                                                                                       ~ILI ASS~ I H~OPERATOR IN IDENT IF ING l,ABELING sa BOARU SE TIONS ASSO IAt a MlfH SYSIEH
                                                                                                                                   ~. TASKS>>.....'ATE)I-CLOSED

• 0>> 4 i HJ~RV J:M HEETING StATEO HF -0555 MMk&IIAVE, fQQ HUCH=M,SLSQ,NCE. g q>C ~ 4o5EC G cLso. 4'e&4UsflF . 0"P+.4I( SHALL SI<BER fflUN$;RdixRV,-,',, -

tHE 6RIPPlNG sURFAGE IF ABEDUATE F0R A0B -= GvkvkpSF- =Y;gSO ~WWeyXt =tag-.SPRI~IIAOEO.IOHENTAa~IINTAC v>>:."<PERATOm, ~TATm,t T.THESE=-S g6IIES

 ='.Ilf'~05@5  =                              ~

v =-'-,.-: -' - - .=-'>RP TARY+9)lfPOLS.4:PANELS;gP A-%NO gPB ... +ERE .A5EDUATE '.. 4'F-OSLO AH B 2GUOUSo RELABELING EFFORI'EF-4o>f 4 Ju~tlf SHALL SILVER THUNO 6~ 4.4.5E4 FILEV33

~&$  4036         b'av  ~            6       CLSO     EPP                 SVITCH DEPTH       ON HXNIHUH-SUGGESTEO DEPTH'LS 0>>625 ITCH NEO
                                                                                                                                                                                   ~O~PICa      TEO)

1016

  . LURIOA POMER A.vO LIGHT Co                                                                  TURhEY POINT UNl TS 3 A 4                                                                       10/26/83 BASCO 5 ERV I C ES I NCOHPO RATED                                                     OETAILFD     C OHTROL R)OH DESIGN REVIEM                                                              DATA BASE-Ou F ILE/

LNllEX.= M1EJ~3 CA)4 (B)10

                                     ~k     tc)4 CAI CO)4     CElla                 )40 MAQLS (G)4V
   >OIO             6+Solo>C                              CLSO      KPP~JUSTIF         SJCCESSIVQ VALUES QF GRADUATIONS 00 NDT                               No ACTION REOUIREO k F ~0624                                                                           coNFoRH TO RKcoHHENOATIDN oR THKsE P   T   R COROERS       HAVE OKE POINTER MI TH                     THE SUBJECT      RECOROERS  AHD SCALE

- ~F~0625 HSLZIPLK SCALES,'gOSSIBLV LZAO1%6 TO NIZAM CONFUSION,"- "'-.'.'"', ';~, - .,'; .

                                                                                                                                                   '..       SELECTION. ARE BASED'H PLAMT STATUS AHO
                                                                                                                                                        '. DPERAZORS SHOULD BF" AMARE OF THEIR D

LOl2 -- 6 S~l vol 4~MXJlkLBS EBR~iJLMD )JULBARIAILkH, CONSISTENCY MILL BE ACHIEVEO THROUGH THE C H N ENANCE PROGRAH

                                                                                  .-,         OTQER P A NE~.-;. - ..  ',,   -,.-

Pl OCKSS-.QN ATION,,NONIZJR l ~ ,~Q. FM35

                  =6 s 1       ~ol         9               CLSI)   ~~LISIIF =SQLI~HIS, ~hEEG DHRArlSLE MIIJLJ1QKIL
                                                                                                                                                       ~LELEO           COLOR CODES     ARE CORRECTLY USED zr-064a                                                                             CJHXRQLLERS. HAVE.=INCQNSI            'iIEHL~LDR            =     =   CQNSLSIENJ    . ESIABLISH. COLOR  CDOE
                                                                                      ~DING=='              ==                                               CONVENTION

='00.35

      ~0 6e S ~ I ~ O'9l-                      C$ $ 9;,>Kg-4~74l$ . -jdg.'RAOZAT30 H MONITOR. CtKOR'.COOK'-ACHENE,,'.INCORPORATED -IN TRAINING PRDGRAH LQlLMRIBRJlkE CXCLE~RkN..
 ,414     '-." - -6'A%~'5' 06$ t-- --,-   -'--

2. -'-'. 4'-- - -;. ~gl $ 0~ /~VS'ff0'-,j R~C

~ ', ~CLOUGH R E bHOIQTGQ-+E ~~QUXTXO..CL6SE."

tO.-'SCa'Le,',XO Aiiala-"iSRAiiiX '. -" .RECORDERS ARK.~QKS'IGNEO" ZD PRD IDES'54

                                                                                                                                                    =. =.i'Oa.hNALVSIS4FXER "TR'ANSIKS) S.. THKf'AM EEfLRQlLI~HLH MHE RECORDER.MALE HF 0655                                                                             IVOICATEO      ON   VERT ICLE HETKRS             IN A'ANHER           BENET T'H ASSOCIATED DISPLATS      HP ACTION THAT INTERFERES            ITH LABEL'ING PRINT            QN          INTKHOEO A"                                                it
   )018                    3 4AS           G              CLSO      EPP-JUSTIF         O. ERATORS AT     TEMPI IHG    TO    CHANGE                           8VLB TOOL MILL BE AVAILA3LE FOR OPFRATOR DIFFICULT'ECAUSE             PROPER      TOOLS ARE NOT                 ASSISTANCK    IS   REOUIREO PROVIOgt).                R C

LORl OA P3MER A!s 0 LIGHT CO TURKEY POINT UNI TS 3 A 4 IO/26/83 OETAILEO CONfROL ROOH OESIGN REVlEM OAI'A BASE-OG EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO

   < > >C        ->>>> > >> = -<C      .            >>--."(>>>4~M~~40                                                                                                          .G) 4sI   -=- ---=---
+")   018~+'-'=:" Is '5 4 '2hl"" '-,"G              .'. '--  ~;"2C~Q+4Cg                >>~pggQ@MESTROIII                      C+'T9EstD-'O'ECORO>ER'4ABEI>5,           + t'HIS-':IT EH'*MXtI ~BEiRFSOL'VEO. MNEN.                       NEM      =..'                  . -
-'"+-II[,,466~5/, "..= '-'~'-

X

                               ~~>~4~'
                          ~Z4KP~~VW
                                  .r(4s:xP1'.is~%v>,
                                                            '<~"
                                                                      ~ -
                                                                    %As>'..
                                                                              ~~      ~c   -

t> '>'>@>

                                                                                                    $ 6RE+

yj'gag,+O "s jlE 4 47lti<f4@IKfg

                                                                                                                            ',+~iW
                                                                                                                        <>> >>>R
                                                                                                                            >       >       w.
                                                                                                                                               '~,',K j>> 'TOUS';

s >

                                                                                                                                                                              '-.A'tAVc>>>84%4&>U>>s N'~45P3+~Z~wWdp'.i>

U

                                                                                                                                                                                   'NOUGtt; OsB6&hS'ILYA QAO~<~NO~ACI'ZON4 N~~""'
                                                                                                                                                                        'jtTENggj~f+$

RA S ARE

                                                                                                                                                                                                               ~W~8g=~@~>".'-.'~QW>M, '

P>s ARGE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                >>>~7r'e-,'C~W.">>
                                                                                                                                                                                      ~~Rf E~S~YHE~O)gLC
              ><g+gf >

lj >pe& ~ c+ > >>p j>>j! k r>>q~w'! yh ', > q y > v + AMCJEl~

                                                                                                                                   ~s'v>><        -+ gj>   '>>>>.    -
                                                                                                                                                                                   ) +~g'p       g,~pq'p ~g~azs      .p~a,s s
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             ~

BY OPERA fOR

                                                                                                                                                                                                                               >g+j +~> '
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      >          ~      r ~~>

4 655 'f N ~ 0 I SPI AY I 5 EASILY

                                                                                                                                                                                   <~~4+      >~~'~s     '/~W~           '~    '%'c.       4'HI&.""N'>>- s
             '<Fa.       MNi~%s@WIR '> '"                                        .

iM = TACE.&e '~'-, . ' ~

                                                                                                                                                               '~g"'+@'-
                                                                                                                                                                        &~'.~s'"."-Mz v~
                            'j@:, ~~~W~+Q4                                                             '~O"~OE                                                                            gO ~m~~JSX-'~'-i+~

g '7E KlfR)G@'t C-. Pss.'~j':Zci;- m( gf j'POf

                 ..              '~~~~                              '",.'                               JR~YII
                                                                                                                        '      '             - . q"           a GhlGTLQN~Qlhdt DfwttEEOHiEAKVS-">LIB Kc ~sss>                      'g~&p~%L~e
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   >SHOR Ms4F-OPPO-          ".

a"-,-gs-.:-,--...., / /

                            -'=    '-    =     .- -,-"
                                                =.:.."

N H RS N ZONE HARh NGS

                                                                ~: ~ .-'-."s ~~"';.,-~~-";=-'" T)~BEMPO'ATEO."-NORMAL;.OPERATING~'ZONES"=;--='.'COOING=PROGRAH EXCEPt OUALIFIEO SIGNA:",

UPOAI'EO BY AC SCALE ~@$ gPwP Y//a/i~Q~,/$ .-;,"s>s'>I<4; . >~SS(44%>>< +0

                                                                            ~~,~"~'-:-,.>,:.'~aiiE".CAGED (gP'>>       '
                                                                                                                            .IP:SoyE>>CjSE'SjrHE;TAPERS:.;,HETERS,.
                                                                                                                      <xaam.iA~+~gs,           A+i%1 <<P+~@.'>'><Wqg4g>~"ji",,
                                                                                                                                                                                               =
                                                                                                                                                                                                         %i','~s  4w'>. f'V4   >
~027..-           . 6 oo     ~  la k 8            2,          .2C.           EPP"  JUSTE.'R O'IEBkflILN.TREN>IMECQROELLJ'AlsES&30l                                           . I HIS    SYST.EH. IS, BE,INt M

HOOIF IEU SUCQ I T IA I S ~~~~~-'~~~~V='~'- -:: '".-'-"-Q%" +~j~t" '+WC/458<<244'>,lLI;gFUlgg!I'Op~IS'..P;-"WA44g~ 4RAIIEJQILQNO+~s. &$3)tF,ORNA>TIYIN&ILL".BE,AOOEO'i'TORSOS'Pf~'.

                                                                                                                                                                                                               '-:='*                                   -
                    ~4~p"'-,-"""'"~. -                                                                                                                                                                                      W=-~-.- '-.<< E -"-'. =-"'".. '
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          >'m~*:-~"-'~~~L' CH   Y+'5WsSTil'E'RE~4>RENQ "OTIIE'4CfkpFCiVKlOIIS~~~W-OEL>ETEO" IAA'LQO                                                                                      .*

0 ~ '

0018 (

      . LORIDA POHER ANO LIGHT CO                                                                                           IURAEY POINT UNITS 3 A 4                                                                                                    10/26/83 EB ASCO SERVI CES INCORPORATED                                                                               DETAILED            C ONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEW                                                                                     OA TA BA SE                   0G kI.A
   ..I A)4                IB)lO.>>            .       IC)4       . 1014           LE330....               C=).40                                                                             LG) 40.
 '*~4'9Kbi'                ',5Y I':I'F"'F     "1'O'- <<.';',CrLG'BD,,".-;,'KPP JUSTlF'~-'H= SABHA/ T.,SW'IP," CHART/'R ECOROER>FAILS=-ONi" ;,'DUPLICATE;OF,:OR IG INAL.

ovB.( F,"DTI'0: ~'P~~'aB"-':., " . ~ . ",: <<p""-'-.":~pRk. 7i '"ZF si AL'E<YRAATNER~"'THA'8';REsETTING~MHcHp~ <",:)Lrc" -.' Ho Ac'FTIDM" INTENDED A (

                                                                                                         ~SKI.BLE. NISLNlERMEIhIIQN

~BS~MM RKegfg i " '""~~-'~'w '~" xN~j>w h~~K@~~A CB 2 ~S

                                                                   '       F B  '~~ABC-.zw&~>-'

WiQ+KbFZ' B H RT CA EYER

                                                                                                                  'ALEFRANGFCXSG 07cl9514'OalHD&S'MDT~~@-+~<<'EAECONSISTJKNXQ:NITH,;INTENOEO'.USE'AHOBA*

ASQTE TQIAT)I)GZHEAK4REM PRE@HID NFBA~;YS TEiH.=DESIGN" <> G1f THE F LUM INOICA lORS BE HOOIF IEO TO PROVIUE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   .  '~i'"Y~.~~

g" M~~~V~)=", '~"-~~AC" + '~ "Vefx<CL5CtsagPDIC'g,,INSmateRA'ygq)LYA?~q'"~~a~W~ -:;v~~~S~~-.-..".'-"~/.:>',.=":~;-~~ P R I RS AR AMARE VI A ~OGG ING OF O~JEC EAO NGS OF FNE SCALE RINGE ANO P NS HU T P R US X HP S N RH Y '~~~V%,.-,~'-;.'-';..'" '~ra,,'":~'4P -'~ -".',,"-EE-'~~

~       F=O?~                                                                                         ~~~~F                        ~SJAHOLH~~~E~)LI5 JLBEAO llIQJ.AJS~ASELS A8~9EQUkTT.
                                                                                                                                                                                              ~~EIR                   DIIENOED US.& LED~A~IGHIEO I          0   A       I            ON   R  Qe

{+or.. -.p/ .>=.'., - N,',~.-.s . ~ .~ J-5+++@@)~YNji f~AjQ<<~A) <<-Q~g+g~~~r~a--v@gj~igi ~ ~PgJgc~-grBA yg-v>>BIG ~g<*Py~gjA,=

                                    .                          S<<<<~~~A->>;".,~                                                                   E                                             P)rg     Ao-0          A  A    ARHS AND 0g-'
~~P".-r-"         Dgg~~':           ~ '~~ ~tON5
                                             ~OP.'-
                                                              ~~Pig~%'
                                                                                                          'A'fO~~R~PEMKHI~FOI T)=. g@~jR          ~gO~YOP hMMtKHCK                  *
                                                                                                                                                                                                   .      r~FFERKHCK~18n;mUS
                                                                                                                                                                   -gH~~~i@j:.y~uT4"TOP~~" u'@jjtga':",-:H '"Kg+nkZklAS~-'~4K<~~
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       )IIL) I.HUE,.;                   "~~

R RR T R QUIRE AN

     'NF-'0745            '                                    -"      
                                                                          '-'          '-   "-'"    "'"'OISPLAFYS'NITS'4F                          'HICROHHOS)CH"-:.HHICH:~ ='NALYSI'S -'OELNETEO'-
                                                                        ,,-*'-~,,,             "',g -,,=,'OPF PATOftS,                                                   PPRTS-. ',

A>~<> '>r<r ~ <<F<> rNA g, r<<)B~&cPeK, ~ 4 CA.N= NOT;.USE-DIRECTL'Y~J

                                                                                                                                             ) 'tN'<<;          '
                                                                                                                                                                     'A'%~A          .r'. a   NO        rA-'>> "w~ GOOF<<. EA'w   ~,. '" -<<'J'S, ~ r;                     F 9036               65 I             )A                         Cl SD         .EPP-JUSTIF =S..HI-.CIRCULAR HETER HAS 4 SCALES.                                                              HIRROREO SCALE PROV ICED FOR GRADUATED
                                        ~            G R      T                    R
    ='.P.". B                               "-" ..-.,-,'.         -, - '""" """"'.        .<"1"' "' '4l." I'NCLEUDES%A"HfRROR'CAENO:ROTHTERKWXC+@ 'I,NTBENAOEDZFUHCTIONS .DELETED.;". -.
                                                                       'P
                 ~"~F '~'Aia<<~V. F s"";=+EGO:%',%M                                                 "W '~TKNDSAG'T42$ OPB<<SD)LE ~@DPX>~%@F@RKg V~>'.~A"ia- .GA~ZBMCb.~"+~"' ',.<o BXFi'M'.~V~ama~-~~, - ."."'<<'A
                                                                              " ~k@%" Pi        .>>~
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          &:~;-':=.'i'd~"

A (.

           'M ' 4%ÃN..>%ASM<"EF -                                                                              .  ~YALi)P <             ~iti';         '

CAM~? ."Pa'.

.C.Z'M<<~ <'O                                                                                                                                                                                                                        A FAhrW A A
                                                                            ,I, +GA  BFJ    &NrA<<4, O<<'BJAA'<<L   NAAEE<<>>NAF   FEFLFA<< iSFA BF   rr  rr FAN>>R         p>> .WO AAFBGAGC  r r                          A

pO oaiv (

     . LORIOA POKER AKO LIGHT                         CO                                            TURKEY POINT UNI TS 3 A 4                                                                       IO/26/83 EBAsco 5ERvlcEs                  INcoRpoRATEO                                            OETAILEO CONTROL ROOM OESIGM REVIEK                                                                   OATA BASE-OG
     'MQ=N~QCLAOc.
.~A)4 ."iBI40-                     ~   -    ~ -i C)4-. < Il)    4~4140~~/0                                                                            c.n+n
  ->00'3F.': -'.-   -.'6"  5   '1"SA1.','; 13<;-';;~CADI pEPP DUiSflf~ 33RE.'-THhN NgNE'.SRhOUA'f TO'g-',QARLS~SEPEP'ATE";                           i QRAOU'hf TONS'i ARE CORRECT;FOR INTENOEO'.USE;..~
 ~'-'{F,',0755 ~-" '--"       ->- -: ='--':
                                      ~                 "-.-""w'"'i;.'"-i"".~4+~+'lE NUglERA'L'SFOR&hOK'PiLON>40'MOTORS-'".'                         -NO- ACTlON,"R
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    . O'Ac j" j 05y>~jh~*"P-"'"'.                      ~~.  '~4~                   ~       "  '$ Lg~ 'gj~PPR+gPijjg'ggggRPD.             $)O+~L""L'iN ENOEOj+S~PREClSQOQXOISPLATS WRECOROER~kA R  NOT aBJ~LSP~~MKHDEMQQED 4'EL~UULLP~ND~KJlE~
           ~%%,~PM,><~~+4W4~                                                                  $ E"&+LOU)TCON ~8PQ      KS'4TH
                                                                                                                                   '+L'~~:~~A'CCUJQC)'+OR~,'TH5.'OESlREO&90CESS'-"
                                                                                                                                                                                                        ~+~~'4>>

6'j&i'yg@fg~ " 4">>

  ~%V@

'.:LsiRM+~5 ':.;," P%9~y$ ~~'MPf~~~ ' ' Ai~gi ii fvi"n ~'o'bicj'iuixjiioiiijiioPfPPP<@<~ ~Nan~&~5 ~E

                                                                                                             '~P+,

1 OEO hS M WECNNE

                   %4Q"'+"       '!+':;~i~~w~

t 'w ~ '.' Q4 -.. '~~ ~, 4jNL+4+95@g~~ ~~ '4 8~<>

                                                                                             ++    fy    ~pg '~g~i~4~ g+               ~~g~POCVlfglTh'T
                                                                                                                                      <<QQ@g~i          <>"'

fOH~~ .~'<Nd~g+Tg'O'N4RQOQE'~~a'I~~~

P "

+3yj~j~', goi 4 F=iilZ> ~~9RE gf VJ.LED Rf ADLNGS ~ CIE9~EfLS~~AW CAKE ~4~>'9 . i<"-j"'>'4~4 " "v@dYjA'YZc ' Mic%8 ' " A4j ~ +V4 %SP ' ~! hgA 4~~~QCV~"C$ @PE~~~~-'~g'SO~PW4llSf'4:9, @68fZCCc 6f - 'ERQYAR~F I- ., >Ewflb'CCADRS'"'AR E7PROC'ESSAl'.ECXF f~ChtIO~Q bb'4 rl 4F'790.""' no45.. 6.7.1.~0 Rrc~~w'~~a~;~-" yah -~<~~j~~~++g'y 'igi 4+w%~5. G .,CLSO ".~' g .""R-. '<<-'.5:-'Hl,'CT RCUL'A'R<HETERS"-Hh'VE- GRAOUA'T'ION 'q".',.'j'4;, HA RRS,"THhT"h RE~ TOO.'SHORT::.,".'. 'gi. 4 (f Ci+4'&43b1 EPP=JUSTIE 'it HE ~'~a=-~ii~=~~c~~~,= '"'%-QI'$0/.PARKSeQJ,OG~~INCHEj  %+gYw+i~c'.0~gP GRADUATI..ON A%96S. RN ~"-'""'; m+5 ow sJ~~ -rZ YERTJCA~EIERS . No ACTION REoulREo +'N>QE4QH~~~<~~~~ ' V S U . S PR V ': G~EIIJLS..mu&U3DN V SU 'OT".READ"PER SAZ" BUT"'.ARE'"'COHPAREO A NOTHER ~ ~ KEY ANO ARE FPL,FEELS,l'HE. SUBJECT OISPL .TO ONE= AZS .'iiv'" ~ 'i'i ~:i, 4'4 F LORI OA POMCR AHD L IGHl'O TURK EY POIH T UHl I S 3 1 10/26/8 3 EBASCO SERVICES IHCORPORATCO DETAILED CONTROL ROON DESIGN RCVIEM OAf A BASE OG ~)RITE UKMRI JLI

ILE/ ==.~I US

( A) 4 (9110 (C) 4 (J)) 4 . (C) 10 )40 (0) 40 0046 6 5'I )0 CLSD EPP JUSTSF 'l'EAH HEADER PRESSURE SCALE GRADUATION tHIS HEtER HAS BEEH REPLACED MITH A HF 0800 F) RHA'T IS DIFFICULT TO READ AHO 'QUALIFIED HETER THAT THE VE'HOOR HAS a J)LEEEREN El(t&(EKFJL .SHAJJGf D~hLE DfSIGN l HOICATORS ARC RANGE NPUfHOlit.AC I'l ON COOED ~ RO t R U R HT H TER HAS A 'SINGLE f HIS ROTARY IS USCO FOR CALIBRATION AHD HF&805 P) INTER.)JIZH -HUl.tIPLE SChl.ES ~ THERE. ARE TESTING DELETED 4'-3'CALE$ NITH.k. ROTARY SELECtDR.PROVIDED 4 Ei ~i La 0 ~~MGE~KkICdIMJ. IG)tt 5 NLM LCHSCS MILL BE NAOE fHE SANE COLOR

-.: VELLDM'h)JO TEE',:T)fHCR EOp FOll-BDJFJ,THE

',. ";ji";ANTNa.'.INiENOS'TO ALattt-SHE (JP'ERAT'aR 0049 -==-8 F-4815. 6 5 2 ~ - 6 . =-. CLSQ=M~)ISIJE ~JUJDl~dgJJQ~JJIF MJdJL, HEIEJ~C~AE 5JJ 8 JECT INOICAIOR IS THE Sf AHOARO ~JLESWN CRELS~L)IQ)(E)IEN~MQIXIQL3)~BIROUGMAI EUE I NQUS TJIY~ SCALE.= H R INCHES VACUUK iIS REALATIVE HO. ACTION ~gQ+$ NO~OHPL I ~ TR NO elf 0820 GJADUAIIO~AR5,S AND/QR i)lJNEBJLLS RECORDERS PROVIDE )JJSTORICAL INFQRHATJOH QN S.CALCU. P.APER- IHSIANfANIDUS F(C40JNGS 'I 0051 Ga5~Ze2AZ G: -: -.CLSQ":.-."ZP&4USTIF f4% POIHTElt'IP-".ON-.P)tOCE5S COJtfROL,- ... INOICATDRS CAH BE'CCURATE(.Y JIE$ 0~'~NGE . 1 ( ~kQr~~~O FURl'HER AC f IOH INt ENOCO -00+;, -- -': 8 %~8 ghI"=.-;W- HETERS.PROMISE OESIR D. ACCt)RACY ==( '==-...,. '""'-4-;=- ALIBI)-..XI'.HQIJPJQ'-,.;TAC-POIATPIT,TIP:-.-4N:;BVERgf,+CRT'ICWt,;:.. - 'a.". -RF 0839- -- - - - -'-- '-'.~~=-,.;-'H tKRS IS.:jfORE.'THAN-'Olla'QKCH-'FRDH-'%HE; PARRlLLAX IS..HINIHUH~ NO-,ALZIDH=INfEN6ED." .;,='-=:.,=.-'..'- . gl ma~~~ ]F~0835 TSAN 1/16 INCH 'FROH THE GRADUATION NARKS PARALLAX IS HINIHUH HO ACTIOH IHTENOEO t$ 0054 6 ye 2 ZA2 G CLSD EPP-JUS'fIF 0) E fC A CONVEX SCALE fA"C AHD ijEIGHf RANGE COOING HAS BCEN a)OCO fO HClP ~~840 READING ERRORS, FROH 'PARRALL'AX OF'D= ULE)J K~KXLQJ THAT FROH NORMAL MORK STATIONS PARRALLAX JNQICAIES ~ IS NIHIHALe HO FURl'HER ACtION IHTEHOEO p)GE uudt LURIOA !sDHC)t A.SO t. Iunt Ct> IUREEZ PJIV f UVI fS 3 4 rs lrt/26/ 85 CdASCO St:itV)CES lMCUMPURATCS) uEf AIL!,I) I'HIVt)L k00>t QCSIG.'I Rt:V)EM OAtA UASC-oG SORT=HID. NO/JNur.>t MU HEI'OH I JI I, ~t;  : ILEI " -"=I VOCX HCJ MO AREA CA't RESP '=-9=5CR IP-f IBM STAtuS I A)ti td)tu IC)cl t9)A IE)tu ) Ac) I G)uu S E( I ~ ~ Z ) OSS 6.5.2.d Z ZC IIC P) INTER BACA GRDUIIO COVtRASf FOR RMSi THCSC POINTERS ltlLL BE PAINTED RCO C ff ~ VF 08>>5 L= VEL I 5 I MS UFF IC IEMI'LACK LABEL A ~Dl)NO BLACS POINTER = - -JJJ )J. )C 0 HF-OS50 IR av2v>A 0 CLSO ~~Mlf~E ZELLDRMVILLIRVLNufiLMJJKJ:QOEJlt! 'VERTICLC HETCRS IS DIFFICULT.TO - ~ AREAR t&~IF~CUQIRVG ERQG!I "H DIETER RANGES HILL'BE UPGRADED AHO/OR CLEANED COLOR CODES NII.L REHAIK. THE,'ANE NO Ol StlNGUISH BECAUSC LINES ARC VERY= Ieanlsinhescsaanuan~hhsssanzn 'uRruRE Acts EPP=JUSIIF. II l CAPAUILI fl P3DVLQED fOR . GEM JR ICALI.f RCOUHOAMf IVF t)kHA fit)le SUCH Js~uscs Eehhrsrus~rs~us~ 6 > 3 RAIS 0 CLSO ERE 5 .VO nmcRERwssr>I>.~><<ISE s~nr Etch> v A SJLB ARE'OT OR:OUA USED FILAMENT LAMP fO INCREASE". ALIIP ~ LIFC'AS AOOITIOK MILL ASSENBLICS IMFORNATION TO DETERMINE LAMP STATUS ~ HELPn NO ACITIOM DOSS 6.5.3. )C) ts CLS 0 EPPAUS IIF PJNERQQ,AUX FEEQMAT ERQUH> LS INDLCAIED~540Ã$ 1 STAHT NI QLMUR EGAL00 GU I OEL l MES )F =ueeu... dt~ SIAtt!S LIGHI EXILIGUISHED~IGILI ~QMC IIQN, INIENOLD= LNVLLld CW Jt-d.ILd-) S-B .P)NER TO PUMP OS)t NF=.0066 ~W~ ) C) n h--.=-cssa~nPMnstl~lchtr&n>EC.ttan&tsthhtsssshts-'SR~PI DLFFLCULI. TQ::)MT ERPERI.MMUNCf IDNS ARE FOR EEELS&hst lhE-.IRCICRrrell&S fHt )KfCHOEO PURPOSE, !IO ACTLOM Sllirtn-RUJIESCNTEO dR)G>)le DLtt DR EXIL)IGULS)IEU~ ACQUIRED )ILRLABLE QPJLRILX Df. LLG a A 0060 6h503n)C). G CLSO CPP JUSTIF TlO LIGHI'5 IKSTEAO OF ONE- SHOUI.O==: FPAL FEEL THAf "THE INOICATIOV IS SUITED 1 ACEJIHETLIER ACCESS~ )I~HIENQGLRURRt)SE~D ACILL) QZERLY~fERLilCdEO ~~DDLLLQNAL ~EMDE)). IBLJLLIERNAIEM +4 J "QP061 615 3 10 G 'CLSO - EPP JUSTIF', HIGH'TOROGEN CONNOH ALAR)t:",INDICATOR: . 'HMUHCIATOR HILL SE INSTALLED FOR '-";- ",. I:IGNf5 SHOULD.SE ACCOMPAHICD.SvY~AAN -'..';; .'HYOROGCN HONIfOR ~ NI'fHIH SYSfEN DESIGH L'. -~FROST 5 ES~ ALLAIIR~RILIER1'>BIERSet >~>)I F0 0 SO 6- A ~ALI ~L V ~fgR v-.,"" <<j'-'..s~ HL'VC:A LABEL:FOR EACH LIGHT)SIKOICATlHG.E ~...-'-'a~APPRORIATE4KV BUS Jv. I+ 1 G t PA R SHOU 0 'i '., W='.~4vthh"~W. Ar,'rv/ CIIAILVEI 5 VO~U>ILTHERACJI.OV IHT.CN>)CI) . fHCSC AR J REDUNDANT MOICAtlOM ucLEfE0 hi\ I ASSI. '. .l.J G . CLSD CPP JUST)F I P GEND. LIGHT.S NC5SA ES,CQJJ~ >)QR THItr! ILESSAGCS ARE NglfjC>t TO PROV)DC LS~Lh2~ THE - ASS l INFORMATION~ .NO M M ACT)OH INTEMDEO 4 0 6 . LORIOA POHER-ANO LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO 6't W4 " ~ 6 'SI Pg O 0 ~ -* ~ 'll TURKEY POINT UNITS h,A A OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM 10/26/ P SS OATA BASE OG .P022 4 44 yj~ " ~ 'LPÃd'ih64 N. 6 6444 @ @VS+~ 5;-- 4 I ~ '54$ NQ V(NO '/ XORkf4% 5"HA'V 48 g <$ 3 g, ON SN'C %@4CStIULQOiSEAL'4gIVIOEBkIjlAXATU+LIGHZ%~-4= 't'46 7 ~ ~9'%+l~Ãf P 4 this $~6W4V@~ <<7 ~6 5&LHORE~".QPA~gk+%a 's%FAVI &MB~Wa4'6 HESE ARE AN "L44~L > 6 I'4 @4'gGI3 ' U NMC4 4 ' AC PERkXGRSQLQI~ITE@1% ENOEO. 5O, 8 O'A TTTHS R A JUSTEO A'V ~ '"'~ Jt08$ "' A G QSOCUHEN H E OL QNIRG ~ NG HE ~+7: 'i QO UR OR - E% 0 54 H I FOR APPLICABLE M P 0 QR ME 0" 4 I ON N RP noh'r L~t = 4'W*"A' >~>>'~'i*>" ~066 6~4~~~6P- ' 6l66lllJl .BLL663IEILEOJL.6LC I4 , 0 6~66lEC Qll hh 1! 66666 WE Cf.EO 0 4hiÃ,4l~,, 6I' t66 64 ihh4 4 ." g 4 L4 'P~ 0023 C LORIOA POKER AVO LIGHT'CO TURRET ~OI~T UNITS 3 a c - ~ 10/26/83 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO OETAILEO CONTROL'OOH OESIGH REVIEK OATA BASE OG P,T~ 4$ rr, '+ Arg~ r, w, Ckt' '40p A, g>,m sg '~ 49< <ka"" t., ~ 9 r,Ag -, 'W, EC ,P8,4 KPP48~4fOQ'A'Jgt, 'l6 "'1 .',GET3 ayS " 4jiilESE@%RK~klgH~ .OOiilb ETtk@$ $ fXHS "r&~OP~ii W LOW "i T. ab~iaviiiNS," G~ ~ '-": ~ , ~ 4 OP)J. ~Qgt;C ~- gK40@)R 0 R $ <<@40'5 8 0 ARE a J ,'l r i)~ . ~ ~k'ib 'vr r'5 Q '$ fgjf. Q E FOR COLOR CONVENTION SHOULO ~ <<~ ' ~4k wt'. P'KPJ."REO+$ g+EA '~i~gEPPQFA KGO<< 'CON}tglfJOM S'T'48t:AHEO, , tw F4 7I @tolji'Qp g: 'BojcllNE IKp Fo.Rdc"*pNsT g ~IT ', ip'e' ED~A ht I P~ 0024 . LORIOA PONER ANO LIGHT CO TURKEY POINT UNITS 3 A.0 10/26/83 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEW OATA BASE QG y tth t <<h t' I -0, t, .qh(>>t>> "g ., XSk'ht'4h, " g,"' 't(th .Cghf ~gr h 'ty('->> (tt(ggts t h - t ~ .t <<, .(<<AVE, ">>'y f' ~ h>> <<y't( AXED f~+'>>t+>" 8 N" ' " '- f C<<P. ~ REPRESENT ~E0 g @e@ea@PX, ROLtOGg+WJ'8l EPlRD d g S'PJIHPV~+3 S . "ERM)~ ~ASKING'NEVXfllEOi'EORCRELOC'ATlON:~";~a ~~@X("' 5 R N R C ART OES GN NO ACT ON REQU REO XFXXP>>'U U ' NMgf.

• Z f h <<'4<<sty (%a K

sp r(( t t( ht I I

t. ~ >> ytt~',

T R QUIR 0 h ( 4 hy<< t h c >> ~ >>F I 'p S<'.*'t> '<<Z t ~ >> <ty ht h KSCXN5XCX <<h g Qhy ...tg+~ P' yh>>y(t>>X v 'P t <<Ct g/ ( ~ y( h t t e OOPS C F LORIOA POKER ANO LIGHT CO TURRET. POINT UNI TS 3 10/26/83 I .: BASCO 5 ERV C ES INCOR PO RAT EO 1>>+>>, I ~, << )I I M'+"','>>a OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEK '\ ,-". ', ),,R)I * <<)>>E*>>o w 'T>>IT R ))E)i>> >) E>> << ')E" )+ )Ia!E>>)R>>WE>t'4 ~ I, OATA BASE-OG ))ar, >>>E>>>>>>> ' n'>>>>),"'m Wm>>. )..W'.4%SW->>)1>>)B- >>. 1. INE>>S&!~i'IT~ BEB+fPt ~>>" .: .P;.Z )' T l> .O..- Piyqtty +XHREP@ ':I'jEHt>jf~yEE" jP ~ Veab& oE: RB SE6',rAL'VgS AR~CONSmTANFAr44AQELEQ'1;-'~.;: a'Si'c~ray~jyPgoio~~E' RR kg "C~~~'- ~ ~ T> 4 'g~y. >>r>>my Eg/BEBLBOB '. ""soao>> 'E))T A ELING EFFORT 'rW'W~O B fJ@QXX,V N +gjIO >>o > ~ '>>">>' ~ >>.t R S PART OF T LABEL NG 't>f )EE>> 4S if 'IER ) ' nn jb9, >3+ " .~40'$ +ptl@'.) .c "~gA~~~? - ~ ". ' "gA " ..- ~'Of SCOREO>S>k, <<'F HEMftOB>re . R H S K ASSR .%l 'RELYXNG"',QFEORT"' WP',uk~4j 84+I'w "' SSEO OUR NG THE R RR)~BER OORR "TEO 45 " VERSE ' ' . >%%~4'- E P,. ' 1 k>IB>>a,c E <<)p ~ >.jj>>> ..B t>>>>>>R>> a>>>>>o Pa 0026 C F LORIOA POMER AHO LIGHT CO TURKEY POINT UNITS 3 A 4 10/26/B3 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO OE TA I LEO C ONTROL ROON OESI GH R EV I EM DATA BASE 0G 4 I GJ40 ~ lr ~40IQ~s~R O'P '~LA::-,'>l~O+ <QVCQSO&EP~V$$$ F ~ISO. O'JUROR'LIA LSYYAREiL~AB 'Q~NAH~D'3'al'H~RABEL'NISICONSISTE'NT+~ITH-"THE/@ '-~r',I!'~y~~ '$0 ' " L>>I clsA; rh>> 'ss r': 4~. h v ".h M'.w, v>>'>>A hhA " = llg '>>s>>IrhBR4 r R S'RIIBSXBR ~~. m < s H T FU shhrvssAR Y l'0 "A "W'~"'WiRFSBRS: "h'I <<h'IBBRA BE AO RESSEO rr,w~~K.,r,,hlhrrr " 'WR'I"I% AS PART OF y.ss v+ghgYrR>>rs RELABELING h,rr 'g>> A AOO E SEO BY ELABELIHG EFFORT h WV IW h I'g'V QIJrvr>>' " 8 ABRI"0 v h"' "B .h>> * . 'h'rh>>r>> 'Ah g + s ~h>> .<<AP rSB>> ~A;4%,  ! R %CZAR".~XNR -: ..R SK%. ~i~V;>e <<3%8AI%>>. H O RY ONV Hl'N S SUC T AT OPEH/TR P/ FF S CLfKFO~~~ H IGH ~ I 'O'PO 'XKE O - ' krPA~Ci, AS@'a H H P C~PXTSEmgr+yX;g~a ACHOeaEOUZREO~ R OM OF SM "->~4~~~~mi&eBASL~~~~~~~~-~~~ I'FEZlp~l>>67Vr- 'TC OPERAT ON S ~COLS I Kj . E ll ' ' +RC+l)0 '~A8fLIM LLRFOUC '* " ' 'Sf4l88 '<<4XQAITE4. 88'FHIRL MIIA BS IRB $8 vtlfh she ' '""h. ~r~ 'F~r ','s" '+4>~' " g~PQgz5rv'I ihIA+$ As'v 0'iyivAR'rs'S4""- ' 4 '" '" '&9'4~ .'PNF IQ9QBRB ~<~+4 - .z~ + ~. ~~ I'S~;@T~~ '~+ll$$ 0$ ~>> QVP,PQ$ 'f f ggQh'Oping)gg 3 018 6.~..3. ~ ~C BJAM~B~ILJJKBAABI ~IS~IFB IRSM SSAQDIIASSSB AS PARI Br '; z-" G '~~+4 "" i~ ~r".":-i. ,r'4~vcr. v. "-'wmi'"',; %~%~sii 'V~~s'>44wk~~ B,+.%+W%'VPP(%vRZ. ', ~~ Is .s .; ~ M~'AATg T, O~gj~lr'4fAg5.'O$ $~PJ~Jgg+if L5-'4g$ $ l(gfg+~'Q'gL>>/+Iffy; 4>>$ f~glg(gg9[gMB$ 5jistrAJ~~W~W~AAAhM~>>X>> "r~lssh~k."~4c9iP"M+~: <<.'4P~~ <-""~f ss".'~i:-~ ': '.*" -,'5&'lEf@'"<<'vh~ '4'5."~j'-:": '='::". ~~v. P~~+~rsrW~<<+5>>s~gk+..Rhvm~g 3T~~.,y'.4&.,%$ ~+~~'-S-"~~.;i~II"CRT%~;,~A, '54r~"BRAYED!~."'. 'i~,s 7 - ',4 ( Ai %5K~Y'lg IA h -.NVP~c A'-.>> l W '-'4" "'rs ' = (V SAIS>>~A. 564N~PSrh>>AI@PM44%>>>> +>>S'h@hrS>> r'0 +w A MYC4BVBMNdtE>>r+VW'>PS'I-'" s" Vr. I i S - * >>S '>>X 'rh'4r(h P= -~ r' i Iv ~B '22 ) P OOZl ')')) FLORIOA POMER ANO LIGHT CO TURKEY POINT U ITS 3 ~ 10/26/83 E BASCO SERVICES ~ INCORPORATEO OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM 0 AT A BAS E-OG '>-')2* ', J)) e) 'r J + p J' ' :" a bssÃ4 ,~rargy@m raa OWI CE 8 "' rPP>GIX~iL'aOOP@SEOWSyyWRTV 8 N" kO E RCht40 Ãe. 2)>~,A l . ~ *'e+(e, R H N 4 -+J ' $ $ 'ag -IIRiVRE)))2ACLIQN 4)re A 'JJ ~ NfC50EOR~ re, -1+ EGARO'T4. gr gg ) ~ )) ~ r g )2 Je EO A /J, A OF JJ J e ~ ~ H I A AIO J p, J 2 ) e '&/~A~",~ A% ~, ~' '~' NELMW~S4@flS'$8 "5+ECAQSE~WfS TEP~YQO+~$ 5'SA'MAILASt E~OX4lXOM >THE~~-M ." 2/44'MERE Ph QfglN 6 8f - g@Of4 Qg~~F+ERP'Pg SU)A 'ij gC 'OgjF I CH;~~~ ~ Ndtb)kb@RS: 6 0028 LORIOA PBNER ANO LIGHT CO TURKEY POINT UNITS 3 10/26/83 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEN OATA BASE-OG 6+0 .5'"'8' " " ' 'ARE, 'COJJQX'i'% .TOR)j9 '.0+@ ' 'I'i ISUi:ITEN~kIL6LL6BWCORAECTEOP~~~~~;:4~p~>>~(~<; ~~~~..~>~ ~~~-.-."P:;.'~.~M>>ZBZ- +~ ~.. $~ijOiih3~XEN . A Pj g~O'E Ski, Vi *3 R R

• 6>> r pt'>> P~'gO '

gqYa<y o 4jfru' OENA CA ION AMO SUNNA'ABELING kILL E N A% '> ~ ' UCPICOPER%'T " RROR~+""h@f 6~ Yy 66 ~ '. +>>66 WJ 'R T S T N 6 ~ 'r~'6 3E'. i6'60 6 46 q), Agat>> 6 >> 6* TI@ ~ C~M<'Q ri ~ ~ -'>>Mg 6'6 P;g, ~ ~ y w I O'Q'%mVi 85M 1' 6 6 S k TT UTPUT. ACTIO~ ~ U Ai Nf. U S. 6 6 TeCiMa hUSA'i&RfPffQk . g +9>>6,'6- 0 w r. >>6 6. i6 6 j'j~g'gg j~~~~~4:-w+ W4gC3-~+W~~Y ) fff-', 'ONfgggggo 5t )8 ~ $ &NOER."'CONSfRUCTIONo)CONPONEMf5".NA'VER'w" P~'="' '.@T6 ~l'ggkfPQ@4CGCH)4Cjl ~%<. P EKN LPBELEO," -~- ~6 -6 AI~EIL.'KIL~E.ABBESS.EO h.S ghjU OF. 4 6 >> '6 f 3~ik5a~O.NC'jsv"' me .6>>e a r 6>> .a". fr @w -~UP+ ."'P 4a" 6r" 6~ 6 I< Pc'i&96>>WJ~L~'666~& wMjp-6>>6 4 I I "P 0029 ~ Fl.ORIOA POKER AND'IGHT CO TURKEY POIHT UHI TS 3 8 A 10/26/83 EBASCO. SERVICES INCORPORATED OETAILEO CONTROL RODH OESIGH REVIEK OATA'ASE OG "3 +4 AV' . '@ "" V. Ef4ggg 'R~~' ' Otff WO'EHA ~0 'Q O'lHHA'%~ljgE ~%~llg~F A AB ING ANO OEKARCATION KILL 4EC5'I' ' NCF I *W- ITI. + I -."ACED '4C'-+. i% ~;;tlII"..'. R SS S PART OF 4 'I ~ II ~ ~ ' A K LL BE CORRECTEO AS PART OF LABELIHG 'tRF ART4kA I~A &'4 4 I ' / E 0030 FLORIDA POMER AHO LIGHT CO ruRAEY POINT UNITS 3 a 4 10/ R6/ 83 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATED DETAILED CONTROL R30H DESIGN REVIEM DATA BASE-OG t ','kl r "rg g~ '" 'PN7i~: ~cVwTmV ~~~ '~ 'wVA:IVX'>. '. NOH '" ~ 'g " HO'gePW> RO ILLOma r C~~SOORS.AN HAEC ROELLC N<sgaOPE EO>>~ ~~~~~ QE$ t$ &Jf "-O'E~RDXlfSSh8818~ EJECT. REXAHEUXX .FGggQ~L'DAO'INEC@XQE-~~'%%7 A R AR PERIOOICA LY NO ACTIOH <<h REOUIREO'A c r.S44 i R 0 R G NO ARO M LL AOO Oa R E G FORT M ADDRESS THE 4I "P 'H " l' Al I ~ ~ ' ~ 4 <<%8 DPH+, 4 + gar~geww ~~~- ~ . mg~ o~g, . w ~ ~ '<'"... k."~ Wl+..~ ~ 3'OK&SO- <<pP<9, yCOS ~. ~ ~~Xt, ~ y, Ot, i 4' g .- ~ m ~a 5,MS. e ~," ~ v, p ~ 'i41,'c w~~ggpw P7~ W~~~grce~'~~ . "42AC. EjERS~tLB~Q FR!Bl o UL6 KEf L, AMAY.. r>>~l>>' ", s, 4' ~P' ~V L v i <s /~A ,0 uw, FLORIOa POa<K A.~U LIGHf Cn fURaEY PGf VT UNI f5 foz2etss CBASCO SERV ACES INCuRPUHaf Ln i)Ef Al LLU C JNf R(IL R')nN i)ESI GM REVit:M i)ara BaSE-UG -~O)(l=-dEO-NUl-l>Oc.X. NU .REPJ)HT JL ILE/ = I-KOEi( ( a)4 -HEO =- (U) io NO ARFA (C)4 == CAT (O)~ .RESP-(C) lil -- O~RZPTInN ( )4i) =-5 I'AT US (G)I o CLSO EPP JUSTIF LABELS ON VE Rl'ICAL HETERS HAVE TOO SHALL METERS ARE REAO AT CLOSE RANGE )055 6 6 4 1 G L. TTER SIZES HF-1280 j.'J 6 rf F-12f)5 b ~ 4 ~ G LLS )~)=JLLSICF L-LIEIIIJ)G U'l YCAILCAi Sif ALL 5EID~~ I QjE ifEtEIIS~A E JIEAO a f CLQS~CANGE Do>l bazoo 4+a ZC NEO a- ALL HAS O'EEi(,AL IEREO. ON 4.iLRESI OVAL I,HE HF I Ek SCALE MILL OE REPLACEO. ~fM2$L L)hlVJi~~~~~~flHBQL SI ZE .ANO STYLE IS INCOHSISTANT ~. =.ooSB AF -1295 6 u 4~ aA eil3 CLSU ~1 EPP= JUSTICE L. I TLR ~llES .ONMAO.~NILhf 'iEHRS~BE ll LL i HA!LJ'ZHER-LABELS tHE LABELS ANE RED))AOLE. <F 13Ou - ., = = CtwPQNENIS.. 0060 6~6 41BI G 2C OP LLBELS HAVE'MHITE LEKTERS ON BARK THE RELABELING EFFORT MILL AOORESS'HIS ~ ~KJ305 ACJUiRfuf 006,1 6e 6~5e 1 G CLSO EPP -JUST'IF.= TAG OUT LABELS ARE::REO OR;(M)TITE- ZAGS .THE USE.OF THESE TAGS IS AN INOUSTRY HF-1310 ON T,'lE'MITCH.HANOLE~'THEY OO NOT ';HlNG STANOARO ANO AOHINISTRATIVE CONTROL IS ~IJ'iES OBSCURE AL'JACEHI..LAJELS~ SlzE.. rJ(EY cAN BE FGLGEn.... ITE~ CLGSEU ~2 HF-1315 ~s~aS )Ji.i.U ..(i.. LA BELS TH IS USE SHOULO BE ll' LIHITEO TO I Hf: !t~ A" FLING 'EFFORl MIL CORREC 'f THIS C) NOI l'IONS OF NIGH RECESS )oe3 ~f=ls 2o= ohio ~ 5~ 2 G S UPS Ui E Of tCAPP far(Y LAUf. S Si(JUt.O BF.. f Hf: RELABELING EFFORf <fi.L CORREcr reefs. Pt 0032 FLORIDA POKER ANU LIGHf CO f UK'I POINT UNl TS 3 t( I 0/2 t<</83

OA SCO SERVI CES IN COKPUR AT EO UETAILFU C UNTROL ROOtl UESIGN REVIEM DATA BASE-0G NQ

.. ILE/ ABLS ( A) 4 (Q)10 (C)s (Q)4 (E)lt) (. )4t) (G) tio 4064 6+6 ~ 5 2 G CLS'0 EPP 4JST'IF A) HINISTRATI VE CONTRQt. AND REVIEM I'HE JJSE OF TEHPORARI LABELS MILL BE )OEO 'WF 1325 PIOCEOURES ARE NO/ llSEO FDR TEHPORARI L IHIT'EO ANO USED MHEH NEEDS HAHOATE~ RS I NG f HIS lS 4 OUPLICATE OF FILE ttO 15 ---gF;~133) T{l CONTROL ROON+ SECI'ION. 6 6 ALL IHFORHATION FILE THERE ~ i 1t t)a6 hestia lil G 3.. JIM. MJSHtuITJ~<<( ELE~MQN$1JLE ~$ UHLABELLD I HE, RELABEL lllG EFFORT MILL CORRECT f HIS .0.06L =.A F~4O o 4 ~ li CLS~P,JtJSJ+F~~g ~ LAHE~JJQ HANDLES=-HJLVF-LA)t C CI =rgUS El(EEP JJLGGJLLL CORREC f HE==.0IR I f=. EROBLEH~ JTORllAL HAIH TEHAHCE tuLL CD RREC I --bgE-.'-TC 4Ht(1HG PROBLEH =-. AF -1345 PZ~ILER 15 ENCIlRRECJ~ = t)PGRAOEQ, JHIS, HETER JllLL BE REtlOVEO ~ JJNLT 4 PCtl BZ-265 CQHP) ETE -}+69 <<6e 6 ~ 'II1' G CLSO SEE:$ fATfJS .'CAPS)(EATS LABELQO<<<<DAT<<'A",,ARE'OT,,-, . THE RELABELINe EFFORT MIL'L CORRECT" 'THIS ~ . -~/TO:--"-'=6 6 1355- . I BA .-',-'--,-,--.'0C," .-:-.----=, = - ~ i':."-~+OK!$R ",COOED,'-.ZONE: LRK1INIS Nk RETERSJtERE '--;APl LTEO 'baeARS.:XGa ... WINCE THEO 'S'XQHA;JIEtERS. MELL'NOF.M'.HPOIFXXI). SOHE,ar'VENDORS REFUSAL tD REOUALtIFX 'tHE., HEtERS. HUE'.TO'-gf YF .SCA~MLNG HOP.IF lua tfF 1360 ARE LABELEO IH PERCENT INSTEAD OF PSI~ P>> 403 A C t LORIOA POMER ANO LIGHT CO 1'URXEY POINT UNI 1'S 3 A A IO/26/83 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO OETAILEO CONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEM OA1'A BASE-4G I) ay >X~~) @~Pi ':X '-Eg"= ~~9~~~-'+" ' h GI '$ h 'm't-!I)rI "{lt~ " 'wCMi+' ' '5 " 1P~" "~ 4P' O'RQfT+Qlft!O'ARLG BA'CKORNO -'NQ&CJION)'REOUIQEOa+C$ +LACATEOEEAS5TOGE~4'h4i4 l(pig ~Qp" ' Q '.g';Al$!EE 'IW1AAGG QOpl~@CQNII ~$ G' 'll+IG llgXMIEFLECEftE,'GI')AGE~ 4'L':,*;h~r)" ~A G P'G IS 19 W4 f,fK'l Mf . k 11E!0 .gX GHT OOK 'RE~ NEM CRT YS NiiSEINS~UPGRADEQ'k MITH TX9 HATRIX ~ N NAH I H PMO M LL BE SSUEO A t I )C S K Y OARO ~ 0 C I A OPER ~ PANE1: M 'C H M KEYBOA 0 ANO R IC SSO K Y ~ ) 0 ' YEOQMGET ")EISXSM~UPSRADEL I~ I I rh a. 1 ' ' E .'~4@84. ~ M ~P~Y, ."'f " . Cf f, (~AC,EEQ~ARE .'g4QCS+y 4g%1l'. 'Nb-'ARE~4l; 618L'E'. SP A)NEO>>; Y nfl'QN~'XHffNOE '.)E,M ~018 6 L 2 AA B COH~LS~~JlJ 5 SYSTEM UPGRAOE 1'HIS CONOIT ION MILL BE ~I ~E gj h at AG')E" h JIPa r~r)i ) G) A)a h E~)>> It (GGT . tP ' P. 0035 'f PLORIOA POMER ADO LIGHT CO TUR'CEY POlkl UNITS 3 A 4 10/Z6/'03 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO OETAILEO C ONTROL ROOH OESI GN REV IEN OATA BASE OG 01%... 'O'QP,";g~. W. 36 '* 'Cl'-5 8 '. g Pg E'@4/44)SU~~K@G~QO~AC QO'ICA <<~<<' TINOQCI'A+ORGRALARKS+ALf87+QPERA'JDR'PTHAJ .+AGE '"' ~%F ~ Q'Q EEQVPfg@C~HOQD~~ 'E'EERO=lREVGPPIIG(lit!IGGSETNbigfOlEG g~ QC '~Q PV t g y'R EQ' tl I, OR 00ING OTHER HI ~,a G-t  ! VO tt t @pg P P R P. MCih~ Gtv ~ 4 ~ ~ ~ ~M'fe&eÃW~~'~~~ F~g * ', ' - ~r. '< ~+I=' QQ~R%~$ ~>> ~ ~" 44, OV>>"ffl '4O4C >~"Ef'W4H~ ->>ERR'8R 'V ~ t I

• Rttv E ~

V t t" vtt fE P G <<Ot ,r,, 'F~.~WAI~..<~ ~G68'Pf<<<<W~ 'Pi i~'%5MM ' PI'~G<<O -t fr'rv ' ~ I"4, pfprr 4 ~ . tv R V,ISErlt 4, I, l, .tG t AtEtt.r Rfv . P 0036 F LORIOA POMER A<<O LIGHT CO TURKEY POIHT UNII'5 3 C 10/26/B3 " EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO OETAI LEO C ONI'ROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM DATA BASE-OG I GJA3L ~k")"gC~~Pi>3'~% I'IQ".'PRO '~ G4'OUPlXG+'4+C RITlCA 'IJgkOfpREC OROERS~1';+I(TENS~A'Rg BE I NG!gEA RRA XGEOr, '..PART'OF; =;CONT'S 'RMIMJLi '." P Y K T " 'OK4Vk~fklECAOPktSAt'i8V5tNOt,'TJGU NR RH NO I'FO ~ MILL BE ADO~ TO COHPUTER AS OETER %N iC . ~ w < ." i ~ + "aXD15L'NIXED.'OMVROJRJ:" ACME XT .NP / ~~ ' ~t~w"--~ +P&Vrc5d.9Ã+w.k w <<~Ma Ye% 4 AC ENO ECOROERS AVAILABLE AT r WRnt'~agaT:" -'X'SO~Xqxl. O'Z ~ .-~ID~AXE"ZNm XSmnSTRD '::Sraxraa; " ' Y M gp .) .. '- . ~ i ~ pi'. wp~.. A<kib ~ 4> ".~ c,, - ~?* .w C ~ ~ 0 >~4%.. SPO ~ ~-s< 'NOEO . ZimCWM 0 ASS ST OPER ~ . ~ 'V' A g ' +i '~g v~4 4 'I l h i a ,O0$ ~ 1 ~ ~ g g Jt g ".i a c ~ r 'S p D R5L, ~Ni NOORIC i D Rm'., I ~ AR P~ LCCt Fran t ~4'QX A ~ 'ABEL'WA DiDE ARCAf49 fg N~jf~eX 'u P 0037 =LORIOA P3MFK A.eo LIGHT CO TURNKEY POI'( f UHI TS 3 E 4 TO/Z6/83 OA l'A B A SE-OG ~II=M

BA SC0 SERVICES I NCOHPO Rh TEO OEfAILEO C ONfROL HOOK OESI GR REVIEM

.QOOI~P W:=-'6~> ~ I P, CZ = G ~'~~FIICK'"i'Pjf04~%~~/3 TARIFFS A'SSC'"'.-Ml'H-'HETFITS~XREXIH~iHE'~i.:"~SMI'fCKES'44";. IHOICATORS'aMILL~BE REARRAN EOV~~~~ U R 9.1 C 4<~-'- '"Ak4m.<~~ ~.~l '- """ " ' T'EWtL'hltEL'9"~CKANHEl:~%$AMD"" '-ABEL'EO ~~ ~r~~auaESSE.~S~Zr 'i/22" ';~~ i 0" ~';~4M~-'=; "-'M+~W~~ fl~ AB E NO A OR LL =BE CONFIGUREO TO AGREE ~gP "Qi)42~'2i BR@~ "Oi .. i -4 P~f gQ~gP~g+g(~>jQP~w gfYk7~4AS'"ZPKt~T$4&N ': EQIIEH 'TT2+ ~'~~i~~~gLgigggj'~f4> l~~ 'Q'~5BG'"59~LA'OSRTOYS YSY6ROlfPEMgRQ- ,j'3'"g sA ~i~ '~~~ i M~ '4 'w 'rgS+~i~~ ~ inc c 'i 0 <<t M. 0 .g~g 80+OQRL'ifkRATI " 'r+ lfg~ff4@gg 'w Rt CR gt~ W-i'iv NRO i 4- 'M5$1$4488'4REOU fRETP 54XQ e . L ~. i QCAUNNKROR ' fOliL e ~ i P".~~SW~ O'AAA:i% R 'i'FP~4~ LQAA. ., '3~A+,~VI ~a APPENDIX A TABLE OP CONTENTS PAGE OPERATOR INTERVIEW NOISE LIGHTING CR ENVIRONMENT CONTROLS 10 DISPLAYS 36 CONVENTIONS 45 PROCESS COMPUTER 51 EMERGENCY GARMENTS 66 LABELING 67 ANNUNCIATORS ANTHROPOMETRIC FORCE/TORQUE 83 COMMUNICATIONS 84 MAINTAINABILITY 91 TASK ANALYSIS 93 WALK-THROUGH 99 HUMAN EMGlNEERlM.G CHECKS.lST OPERATOR INTERVIEW EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.IME REF. EVAI.UATIOM QUID EI.INE REF. Senior operators who supervise 6.1.3.1 9. Emergency equipment will be 6.1.4.3 or assist operations of more b. stored in an orderiy fashion. aO than one unit need to be stationed so that they can 10. Storage location(s) will be 6.1.4.3 communicate effectively with accessible, clearly marked, b. operators in each unit and and known to all personnel. have an unobstructed visual path to each units'ontrol b'oards. 24 Operational crews will be 6.1.3.2 committed to one or the other 80 unit and will not be allowed to alternate between the two mirrored units. The distinction between the 6.1.3.2 mirrored units will be b. heightened as much as possible.

4. All equipment such as fire, 6.1.4.2 radiation and rescue 80 equipment, will be checked periodically for its condition.

All equipment will be easily 6.1.4.2 and readily accessible. b. Operators will be'rained in 6.1 4.2 the use of all emergency Co equipment.

7. An administratively approved 6.1.4.2 procedure for each type of do emergency will be written.

8. There will be an automatic 6.1 4,2 fire warning system for e.

control room fires. ON-SITE EVALUATION Ls OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 0 0 HUMAN ENGINEERlRG CHECKlIST NOISE +Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Speech Intelligibility 7. Auditory signal intensity does 6.2.2.6 not cause auditory discomfort. b. , Verbal communications between points are intelligible under slightly raised voice 6.1.5.5 ao 8-PP Auditory signal intensities do not exceed 90dB(A) with the 6.2.2.6 Ce levels for ambient noise exception of 115dB(A) for levels. evacuation alarms. 'oise 9. Auditory signal frequencies 6.2.2.5 are between 200 and 5000 Hz a.

2. Background noise levels do not i 6.1.5.5 with the maximum range of AD-12 iP exceed 65dB(A). b. 500 to 3000 Hz.

CRE-11

10. Wide-band auditory signals of 6.2.2.5 0'hen voice transmission sys-tems are not provided between 6.1.5.5 Co approximately used.

200 Hz are b. the primary operating area and other control room loca- ll. The signal intensity is dis- 6.3.2.1 + tions, background noise is cernible above ambient CR further reduced. noise. AD-23

4. Noise . distractions are mini- 6.1.5.5 mized. d.

Acoustical Treatment

5. Acoustical treatment limits 6.1.5.5 reverberation time to one e.

second or less. ~ ~ ~ Auditory Signals

6. To assure gaining the opera- 6.2.2.6 tor's attention, a normal 80 signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio of AD-15 10dB(A) is maintained in the control room with a S/N or 20dB in one octave 'and between 200 and 5000 Hz being adequate.

ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN FIGlIEERlIG CHECK1.lST +Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE EYALUATIOIIIGUIDELIIIIE REF.

l. Illuminated indicators are at 6.5.3.2 10. Labels, instructions and other 6.1.5.3 least 10% greater in illumi- b. and written information are not in e.(2) nation than surrounding panel. 6.5.3.3 a shadowed position.

a.(1) VD-90 Ambient illumination is pro- 6.1.5.3 vided via direct or diffuse e.(l)

2. Ambient lighting avoid 6.5.3.1 lighting. CRE-5 reflection or refraction that b.

cause light indicators to VD-91 12. To reduce operator fatigue 6.1.5.3 appear to be glowing when and eyestrain, shadows are e. they are not. avoided. Changes in ambient lighting do 6.5.1.6 13. Luminance ratios for task 6.1.5>>3 not affect discrimination of e.(3) areas conform to guidelines. d. color coding. VD-65 CRE-8 ~, The emergency illumination system provides a minimum of 6.1.5>>4 4

14. Supplemental lighting provides 6.1.5.3 c>> for specialized visual tasks in c>>

10 footcandles at all work areas where fixed illumination CRE-10 stations in the primary opera- is not adequate. ting area.

15. Illumination levels do not vary 6.1.5.3 Failure of the normal lighting 6.1.5>>4 greatly within work stations. b.

system does not degrade the b. emergency lighting system. 16. Illumination levels conform to 6.1.5.3 guideline. a.+

6. An automatically activated 6.1.5.4 CRE-10 emergency lighting system a>>

that is independent of any 17. The illuminated condition is 6.4.3.3 other lighting system is pro- recognizable under the highest b.(2) vided. predicted ambient light con-dition and is at least 10% 7>> Surface colors are recog- 6.1.5.3 brighter than the surrounding nizable under both normal and h. panel. emergency conditions. CRE-7

18. When the CRT uses light char- 6.7.2.1

8. Reflectance conforms to 6.1.5.3 acters on a dark background, c.(4)+

t guidelines. g>> character luminance is 23 ft-L VD-47 CRE-6 minimum and 46 ft-L pre-ferred.

9. Glare does not interfere with readability of displays, labels, 6.1.5.3

19. When the CRT uses dark char-or indicators. f. acters on a light background, CRE-3 screen background luminance is 23 ft-L minimum and 46

HUMAN EMGIIEERIMG CHECKLIST EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE t20. 21. When ambient illumination in the vicinity of the CRT is in the medium to high range, the CRT uses dark characters and. symbols on a light background. Ambient illumination can-6.7.2.1 c.(2) VD-47 6.7.2.1 tributes no more than 25% to c.(1) screen luminance through VD-47 diffuse reflection and phos-phor excitation.

22. CRT screens are installed to 6.7.2.1 minimize or eliminate b.

reflected glare at normal VD-47 operator viewing angles.

23. Alphanumeric and graphic 6.7.2.1 characters are easy to read aO under all control room lighting VD-47 conditions.

24. Proper lighting of at least 8 CRE-1 ft.C is provided in work access areas.

t COUNTERS Visibility

25. Counters are self-illuminated when used in areas which pro-VD-83 vide display luminance below 1 ft.-L.

0 HUMAN ENGlNEERlmo CHECKLlST EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Workspace Arrangement 9. SheLves are located so that WA-8 contents can be seen and ~ l~ Control room arrangement facilitates efficient unob-structed movement and com-6.1.1.3 d.(i) reached. Under no circum-stances is the,top shelf higher than 76 inches. munication.

10. The CRT screen data and 6.7.2.3

2. Equipment is arranged with 6.1.3.1 jp messages are within f.

$P movement and communi- aO unobstructed view of the cations patterns in mind. operator at normal work station. Visual relief from arrays of 6.1.5.7 instrumentation is provided. a.(3) If writing space is on the con- 6.1.2.3 sole, it does not interfere with h.(2)

4. Controls are located so that WA-4 viewing and operation of con-.

m simultaneous operation o f 2 trols and displays. controls does not require a crossing or interchanging of 12. If writing space is not pro- 6.1.2.3 hands. /Jf vided on the console, it is h.(3) located at a nearby desk or Workspace Location table.

5. The shift supervisor's office is 6.1.1.6 13. Controls are placed close to WA-3 readily accessible to the con- aO (m the display they affect and trol room. with an equal distribution of work between right and left Operators at desks and con- 6.1.1.3 hands (finest adjustment soles have full view of all con- aO reserved for the right hand).

trol and display panels in the WA-28 primary operating areas. 14. Controls on a vertical surface WA-6 are located in an area no

7. Desk and console placement 6.1.1.3 greater than 8 inches above KE facilitates voice communica- b. the head and no further than tions from seated operators to 18 inches from the center line.

any point in the pr imary Controls frequently operated operating area. or critical are located between shoulder level and

8. Out-of-the-way storage is pro- 6.1.5.6 waist height.

vided for operators'oats and aO personal belongings. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN EMGINEERfmo CHECKLlST CR ENVIRONMENT EVALUATION GUIDEllIE REF. EVAlUAT101 GU) DEUNE

15. Finger-operated controls are WA-3 24. Lockers are large enough for 6.1.5.6

$P located with 29 inches fram $Jf storage of personal items. b. operator's shoulder. 0 Controls operated with the whole hand are located within WA-3

25. The minimum lateral work-space foi'acks with drawers:

a) racks with drawers weighing WA-15 approximately 27 inches of the less than 45 lbs., 18 inches operator's shoulder. clearance on one side and 4 inches clearance on the other; Workspace Size, Shape, Design and b) racks having drawers weighing over 45 lbs., 18

17. Operators are able to perform 6.1.1.3 inches clearance on each side.

I tasks at any work station. c.'l,'2)

26. Segmented, wraparound con-

'A-28 18.~ A means for voice communi- '.1.5.7 8 soles are used when the panel catians is provided in rest- for a single seated ~ b.(3) space ~ rooms and eating areas. operator exceeds 44 inches of flat surface. Desks provide enough space 6.1.2.7 I 19. for all materials required during task performance. ao 27. y If vision over top is required, the width of central segment WA-28 does not exceed 44 inches and

20. Desks have adequate knee 6.1.2.7 the left and right segments do space. Ce not exceed 24 inches.

9Vprkgpeg Qqgtirggd~ggic&ioeork 6.1.2.7 N comfortably at desks as per- b. mitted by desk dimensions. 28. Controls used for performing CON-1. y the same function on different Adequate space is allowed 6.1.1.3 items or equipment are the between the chair and e. same size. desk/console so the operator can easily get in and out of 29. Labels are located on main PA-44 the chair or can view $P chassis of the equipment. equipment behind.

30. When instructions applying to PA-29

23. Panels and equipment 6.1.1.3 /jf a covered item are labeled on ry enclosures are designed so go a hinged door, the lettering is that no unwanted objects can properly oriented so that it be introduced. can be read when door is open.

ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEER)MG CHECKLlST CR ENVIRONMENT EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE Workspace Visibility 39. Stairs, stair-ladders, ramps, WA-36 4P etc., are equipped with hand-Total left-to-right viewing WA-29 rails on each side. Where one angle does not exceed 190o. or both sides are open, guard-rails are provided.

32. Where functionai groups are CDI-13 SE outlined with contrasting 40. Stair-ladders are made of WA-39 lines, a 1/16 inch border desig- metal; handrails have non-slip nates secondary or non- surface.

critical groups. ~

41. Emergency doors/exits are CRE-17

33. Where functional groups are ftE accessible and easily opened.

/p outlined with contrasting CDI-13 The doors are designed to be lines, a 3/16 inch border opened by a single motion of designates primary, emer- hand or . foot. There are gency, or extremely critical emergency exits from secure operations. or classified areas. Workspace Safety 42. Exposed edges are rounded to VD-6 fE a minimum r adius of .4 inch

34. Operators are able to get to 6.1.1.3 and corners to a minimum of XE any work station without c.(i) .5 inch..

encountering any obstacles. Workspace Climate

35. Handset cords are positioned 6.2.1.2 jp to avoid entangiing critical b.(5) The climate control system is 6.1.5.1 controls or endangering fE capable of maintaining aO passing traffic. temperature and humidity. - CRE-1 Verticaily mounted handset 6.2.1.2 44. Air temperature at floor and 6.1.5.1 cradles are located out of the b.(6) /Jf head levels do not differ by b.

way of traffic. more than 10oF'. CRE-1

37. Handrails are provided for 45. Capacity of ventilation system 6.1.5.2 fE platforms, stairs, and floor CRE-1 fE is at least 15 cubic feet per ao openings or wherever per- minute per occupant. CRE-15 sonnel may fall from an eleva-tion. 46. Air velocity in the primary 6.1.5.2

/Jf operating area does not b. Skid-proof flooring on stair or WA-39 exceed 45 feet per minute CRE-15 step-tread coverings are used. measured at operator head level and does not produce a noticeable draft. HUMAN ENGIIEERfMG CHECKllST EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Workspace Comfort 58. The backrest reclines between /Jf 103o and 115o. The backrest Control room colors are 6.1.'5.7 engages the lumbar and coordinated. a.(1) thoracic regions 'of the back, and supports the torso so that

48. Color and lighting creates a 6.1.5.7 the operator's eyes can be cheer ful atmosphere. a.(2) brought to "eye line" with no more than 3 inches of forward

49. Comfortable seating is pro- 6.1.5.7 body movement. If only vided. a.(4) lumbar support is given, lateral curvature does not

50. Carpeting is provided. 6.1.5.7 exceed 7.3 inches in radius.

a.(S) Workspace Accessory Hardware Chairs pivot so that operators 6.1.2.8 can readily adjust position. aO Lighting systems use light A restroom and kitchen or /P 'affles or diffused indirect 6.1.5.7 lighting. eating area are located within b.(1) or near control room. 60. Trademarks, company names, fP or other markings are not 52 Restroom and eating facilities 6.1.5.7 displayed on the panel face. are easily accessible. b.(2) Workspace Acoustics

53. A rest area is provided. 6.1.5.7 jI Co 61. The average room sound absorption coefficient is at Chairs pivot so that operators 6.1.2.8 least .20.

can readily adjust position. aO

62. Acoustical treatment in i5. Chairs support the lower back; 6.1.2.8 accordance with the figure on the angle between the back b. back is used to reduce rever-and seat is about 100o for WA-17 beration time.

office tasks and greater for reading and resting. Workspace Qlumination

56. Chairs with armrests are pre- 6.1.2.8 63. Luminaires are placed at least ferred for personnel who Ce 60o from the viewer's line of remain seated for long periods sight.

of time. Seats and backrests are 6.1.2.8 padded with at least 1" of d. compressible material. WA-17 QN-SITE EVALUAT HUMAN ENGIIIIEER!IG CHECKllST CR ENVIRONMENT EYALUATIOI GUIDEI.IIIIE llEF, EYAI.UATIOI GUIDEI.IIIIE t 64. Instrument panels have a dull 65. matte finish. Pastels used consoles and light grays are for ceilings, walls, or grays, green, rather than dark blue, red, and CRE-3 CRE-5 73. 74. Documents are protected from being,dag-eared, dirty, loose, tarn, and difficult to read. Sets of procedures are stored separately for each unit in a multi-unit control room. 6.1.1 4 d. 6.1.1 4 e. brown.

75. Procedures are accessible 6.1.2.6 Control Room Performance Aids Q while tasks are being per-formed.

66. Procedures and other 6.1.1.4 references are readily a.(l) 76. Annunciator response proce- 6.3.4.3 accessible. WA-33 dures are available in the con-trol room.

Reference documents are .6.1.1 4 stored out in the open where a.(2) 77. Annunicator response proce- 6.3.4.3 they are easy to locate and WA-33 8 dures are indexed by panel b. 0'8. use. identification and annunciator tile coordinates. Specific documents are clearly 6.1.1.4 jI labeled. b.(1) 78. Each plant unit has its own set 6.1.3.1 of procedures. d.

69. Labels distinguish documents.. 6.1.1.4

$P b.(2) Control Room Procedures Design A method of organizing 6.1.1 4 79. Nonessential personnel have 6.1.1.7 70. documents to reduce search time is used, such as b.(3) I limited access to various areas within the control room. separating operational docu-mentation from other documents.

71. Documents are removable 6.1.1 4

$jf from racks. c.(l)

72. Documents are bound and per- 6.1.1.4

/E mit fixed opening at a desired c.(2) place. ON-SXTE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSXSTEO EVALUATION 10 HUMAN EIGIIEERjIG CHECKLIST CONTROLS +Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. PUSH-PULL Operations Arrangement 7. Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 more of the following methods to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. (check those which apply): Coding/Identification Each control is recognizable in I a Controls are located and oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move 6.4.1.2 ao CON-1 I 2. . terms of its function. 6.4.1.1 c.(1) them accidentally in any sequence of control move-If there is labeling on this CON-6 ments. slide control, control shaft is b. Controls are recessed, 6A.1.2 locked in position to maintain shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) correct label orientation. rounded by physical CON-1 barriers. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8

c. Controls positions are identified. are covered or 6.4.1.2 aO guarded with movable c.(i)

When color coding is used to 6A,2.2 barriers. I 5. relate a responding control to its cor-display, the same f.(2) CON-2

d. Controls are provided with interlocks so that extra 6A.}.2 d.(i) color is used for both the con- movement is required. CON-1 trol and the display. e. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 Size, Shape, Design I interlocks so that prior d.(2) t operation of a related or CON-1

6. Selected controls make best 6A.l.l locking control is required.

of space for the intended f. Controls are provided with 0 use purpose and requirements for activation. b.(4) I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is 6.4.12 e CON-1 required for activation.

8. If controls are recessed, 6A.1.2 shielded or otherwise guarded, b.(2) the control is entirely con- CON-1 tained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.

ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 0 HUMAN EIG)NEER)IG CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATloN GUIOELlNE REF. EVALUATlOM GUlDELiNE When a guard is in the open 6A.1.2 9. position, it does not interfere with the operation of the c.(3) CON-1 I

16. Control position information is visible to the operator during control operation.

6.6.3.8 Co guarded control or other adja-cent controls. Maintenance

10. Qn moveable covers or guards, 6.4,1.2 17. Control sur faces have not 6A.l.l safety or lock wires are not c.(2) (R been allowed to break, chip or e.(1) used. CON-1 crumble.

When sequential activation is 6A.1.2 necessary, controls are pro- f. vided with locks to prevent CON-1 controls from passing through a position. Further movement . ~12. requires a new control action. Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2 used when linear or pushbutton ge controls would be subject to CON-1 inadvertent operation and fixed pr otective structures are impractical or inappropriate.

13. Push-Pull controls have the CON-6 operating position in the QUT position.

Direction/Rate of Motion Control movements conform 6.4.2.1 to population stereotypes (see CON-1 table in back). Visibility

15. The control color contrasts 6A.2.2 with the panei background. f.(s)

CON-3 ON-SITE l' 12 HUMAN EMGtNEERfNG CHECKl.lST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl'. TOGGLE SWITCHES Size, Shape, Design Arrangement 24. Selected controls make best 6 4.1.1 use of space for the intended b.(4)

18. Where a horizontal row of dis- CDI-11 purpose and requirements for plays is associated with a ver- activation.

tical column of switches (or vice versa), the farthest left 25. Toggle switches conform to 6.4.5.3 horizontal item corresponds to the dimensions in the figure on c the topmost ver tical item. the back of this page. CON-6

19. Where switches are arranged CDI-ll 26. Omitted.

in fewer rows than displays, switches associated with top Operations row of displays are positioned at far left; switches associa- 27. Accidental activation of con-ted with second row of dis- trols is minimized by one or plays are placed immediately more of the following methods to the right, etc. (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 20- Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. m oriented so that the opera- aO kE tor will not strike them CON-1 accidentally in any Coding/Identification sequence of control move-ment.

21. Each control is recognizable in 6.4.1.1 m terms of its function. c.(1) b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i)

All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 rounded by physical CON-1 positions are identified. aO barriers. PA-28 c. Controls are covered or 6 4.1.2 PA-49 guarded with movable c.(1) t barriers.

23. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 Q relate a control to its cor- f.(2) d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 responding display, the same CON-2 (R interlocks so that extra d.(i) color is used for both the con- movement is required. CON-1 trol and the display.

ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATIO 0 0 13 HUMAN ENGfNF.ERlMG CHECKllSj CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

e. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 If this switch requires only Q interlocks so that prior d.(2) . occasional resetting it is pro-operation of a related or CON-1 vided with cover to protect it locking control is required. against inadvertent actuation.

Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 34. If used, the guard is either: CON-6 Q resistance so that distinct e. or sustained effort is CON-1 a. Lift-to-unlock mecha-required for activation. fP nism - resistance does not exceed 48 oz.

28. If controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 b. Safety cover - location shielded or otherwise guarded, b.(2) does not inter fere with the control is entirely con- CQN-1 activation of guarded con-tain'ed within the envelope described 'by the recess or trol or any adjacent con-trols.

barrier. . When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere 6.4.1.2 c.(3)

c. Any equivalent method.

Direction/Rate of Motion with the operation of the CQN-1 guarded control or other adja- 35. Control movements conform 6.4.2.1 cent controls. to population stereotypes (see CON-1 table in back).

30. Qn moveable covers or guards, 6.4.1.2 safety or lock wires are not c.(2) Feedback used. CQN-1

36. Toggle switches have an 6A.5.3

31. Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2 Q audible check, or provide some b.

Q used when linear or pushbutton ge other source of feedback upon CON-6 controls would be subject to CON-1 activation. inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are Visibility impractical or inappropriate.

37. The control color contrasts 6.4.2.2

32. When sequential activation is 6A.1.2 with the panel background. t.(3)

Q necessary, controls are pro- f. CON-3 vided with locks to prevent CON-1 controls from passing through 38. Control position information is 6.6.3.8 a position. Further movement Q visible to the operator during ce requires a new control action. control operation. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 0 14 HUMAN ENGtNEERlNG CHECKl.lST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELIItIE Maintenance ROCKER SVGTCHES

9. Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 Arrangement been allowed to break, chip or e.(1) crumble. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.

41. Rocker switches are oriented 6A.5A vertically unless the location a.(2) of the controlled function or CON-7 equipment requires it to be horizontal.

Coding/Identification

42. Each control is recognizable in 6A.1.1 I terms of its function. c.(1)

43. All discrete functional posi- 6.6.3.8 tions are identified. aO PA-28 PA-49 When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 relate a control to its cor- f.(2) responding display, the same CON-2 color is used for both the con-trol and the display.

Size, Shape, Design

45. Rocker Switch displacement 6.4.5.4 (see figure) is a minimum of 30 e(~)(4) degrees and a maximum of 120 CON-7 degrees for two positions and a minimum of 18 degrees, a maximum of 60 degrees, and an optimum of 25 degrees for three positiohs.

46. Rocker switches conform to 6.4.5.4 the dimensions in the figure on e.

the back of this page. CON-7 ON- D HUMAN ERGlNEERING CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATlON GUIOELlNE REF. EVALUATlOM GUlDELlNE REF.

47. 6A.l.l If controls are recessed, t

Selected controls make best 49. 6A.1.2 use of space for the intended b.(4) shielded or otherwise guarded, b.(2) purpose and requirements for the control is entirely con- CQN-1 activation. tained within the envelope described by the recess or Operations barrier.

48. Accidental activation of con- 50. When a guard is in the open 6A.1.2 trols is minimized by one or position, it does not interfere c.(3) more of the following methods with the operation of the CON-1 (check those which apply): guarded control or other adja-

a. Controls are located'nd cent controls.

I oriented so that the opera-tor does not strike or move 6A.1.2 ao CON-1 51. On moveable covers or guards, 6.4.1.2 them accidentally in any safety or lock wires are not c.(2) sequence of control move- used. CON-1 ments. 52.. Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2

b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 Q used when linear or pushbutton go shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) controls would be subject to CQN-1 rounded by physical CQN-1 inadvertent operation and barriers. fixed protective structures are

c. Controls are covered or 6.4.1.2 impractical or inappropriate.

$P guarded with movable c.(1) barriers. 53. When sequential activation is 6.4.1.2 Q necessary, controls are pro- f.

d. Controls are provided with I interlocks so that extra movement is required.

6A.1.2 d.(i) CQN-1 vided with locks to prevent controls form passing through a position. Further movement CQN-1

e. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 requires a new control action.

I interiocks so that prior operation of a related or d.(2) CON-1 54. In the on position, the top of 6.4.5A locking control is required. fR the switch is flush with the b.(2) panel surface. CQN-7

f. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is e.

CQ¹1 55. LI Controls that have critical functions are protected to 6.4.5.4 d. required for activation. prevent inadvertent activa- CON-7 tion. I ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 16 HUMAN EIGlIEERlhlG CHECKl.lST CONTROLS EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.INE REF. EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.IIIIE Direction/Rate of Motion SLIDE SWITCH Control movements conform 6.4.2.1+ Arrangement to population stereotypes (see CON-ll table in back). 62. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 $P to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.

57. Activation of the upper part 6 4.5.4 controls the ON or INCREASE a.(1) Coding/Identification function. CON-71 63., Each control is recognizable in 6.4.1.1 Feedback I terms of its function. c.(1)

58. Activation is indicated by a 6.4.5 4 64. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 I snap feel, an audible check, or an integral light.

b.(i) positions are identified. aO PA-28 PA-49

65. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2

59. The control color contrasts 6.4.2.2 Q relate a control to its cor- f.(z) with the panel background. f.(>) responding display, the same CON-2 CON-3 color is used for both the con-trol and the display.

60. Control position information is 6.6.3.8 I visible to the operator during control operation.

c Size, Shape, Design

66. Selected controls make best 6 4.1.1 Maintenance use of space for the intended b.(4) purpose and requirements for Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 activation.

I 6 1. been allowed to break, chip or cru'mble. e.(1)

67. Slide switch length is 1.0 inch. 6 4.5.2 b.(z)

CON-7

68. The surface of slide switches 6.4.5.2 is serrated or knurled. aO CON-7

69. Slide switch thickness is 0.25 6 4.5.2 inch. b.(1)

CON-7 ON-SITE EVALUATZON 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUAT10N 0 0 17 HUMAN EIGIIEERlMG CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATlOlbl GUlDELlIE REF. EVALUATION GUlDELlltlE REF. I t Operations 72. When the guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 position, it does not interfere c.(3)

70. Accidental activation of con- with the operation of the CON-1 trois is minimized by one or guarded control or other adja-more of the following methods cent controls.

(check those which apply):

73. Qn moveable covers or guards, 6 4.1.2 I 'or

a. Controls are located and oriented so that the opera-will not strike or move 6.4.1.2 ae CQN-1 safety or lock wires are not used.

c.(2) CON-1 them accidentally in any sequence of control move- 74. Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2 ment. 8 used when'linear or pushbutton go controls would be subject to CON-1

b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 inadvertent operation and shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) fixed protective structures are rounded by physical CON-1 impractical or inappropriate.

barriers.

75. When sequential activation is

c. Controls guarded barriers.

are with covered or movable 6 4.1.2 c'.(i) I necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent 6.4.1.2 f. CON-1 controls from passing through

d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 I interlocks so that extra movement is required.

d.(1) CON-1 a position. Further movement requires a new control action.

e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 Direction/Rate of Motion I interlocks so that prior operation of a related or d.(2)

CON-1 76. Control movements conform 6.4.2.1+ locking control is required. to population stereotypes (see CQN-1 table in back).

f. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is e.

CQN-1 Visibility required for activation. 77. The control color will contrast 6 4.2.2 with the panel background. f.(3)

71. If controls are recessed, 6 4.1.2 CQN-3 shielded, or otherwise b.(2) the control CON-'1 Control position information is guarded, entirely contained within the envelope described by the is I

78. visible to the operator during control operation. 6.6.3.8 co recess or barrier. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION CONTROLS EVALUATiON GUIGEllNE REF. EVALUATlON GUIGKUNE THLMBWHEELS

19. Control sur faces have not 6 4.1.1 Arrangement been allowed to break, chip or e-(1) crumble. 80. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.

Coding/Identification '1. Each control is recognizable in 6.4.1.1 I terms of its function. c.(1)

82. If the thumbwheel is used as 6 4.5.1 an input device, the OFF, zero, or normal position will CON-9 be coded.

83. When color coding is used to 6 4.2.2 relate a control to its cor- f.(2) responding display, the same CON-2 color is used for both the con-trol and the display.

84. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 positions are identified. ao Size, Shape, Design

85. 'elected controls make best 6 4.1.1 use of space for the intended b.(4) purpose and requirements for activation.

86. Thumbwheel readouts are 6.4.5.1 visib le from the thumbwheel aO operating position. CON-8

87. Discrete setting thumbwheels 6.4.5.1 conform to the figure and d.(1) exhibit; recommended dimen- CON-9 slonse

0 0 19 HUMAN ENG)NEERlMG CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELlNE t Operations 90. When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 Q position, it does not interfere c.(3)

8. Accidental activation of con- with the operation of the CQN-1 trois is minimized by one or guarded control or other more of the following methods adjacent controls.

(check those which apply):

91. Qn moveable covers or guards, 6.4.1.2.

a. Controls are located and 6A.1.2 fP safety or lock wires are not c.(2) oriented so that the opera- aO used. CON-1 tor will not strike or move CON>>l them accidentally in any 92. When sequential activation is 6A.1.2 sequence of control move- (R necessary, controls are pro- f.

ment. vided with locks to prevent CON-1

b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 controls from passing through shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) a position. Further movement rounded by physical CON-1 requires a new control action.

barriers.

93. Continuous adjustment thumb- 6.4.5.1

c. Controls are covered or 6A.1.2 graf wheels have at least one inch c.Q)

$P guarded with movable c.(1) of the wheel exposed to per- CQN-9 barriers. mit easy manipulation.

d. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2'.(i)

Q interlocks so that extra 94. When continuous adjustment 6.4.5.1 movement is required. CON-1 thumbwh eels have an OFF c.(3) position, a detent is provided CQN-9

e. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 for feedback at that point.

Q interlocks so that prior d.(2) . operation of a related or CQN-1 Direction/Rate of Motion locking control is required.

f. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 95. Control movements conform 6.4.2.1 Q resistance so that distinct b(2) to population stereotypes (see CON-I or sustained effort is CON-1 table in back).

required for activation.

96. Direction of motion is identi- 6.6.3.8

89. If controls ar e recessed, 6.4.1.2 fied for continuous motion b.

shielded, or otherwise b.(2) rotary controls. PA-32 guarded, the control is 'ON-1 entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier. 20 HUMAN ENGlNEER)IG CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATlON GUlDELlIE REF. EVALUATlON GUlOELlNE tI Resistance, Force, Torque

7. Thumb wheel controls which have discrete settings detented and snap between into each are positions position.

6.4.5.1 d.(i) CON-9 102. PUSHBUTTONS Arrangement Control separation conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. 6.8.3.1 103. Lamps on panels having less VD-92 Visibility

98. The control color contrasts 6A.2.2 I than 4 lights may be tested by individual press to test f.(3) function on legend push-with the panel background.

CON-3 buttons. 6.6D.8 104. Displays are arranged con- VD-18 99.~ Control position information is visible to the operator during ~ Co sistently from panel to panel control operation. on legend pushbuttons. 105. Simultaneous testing of lamps VD-91 Readability Q on all control panels is avail-100. Digits on this thumbwheel are CON-9 able on legend pushbuttons. bold, black numerals engraved 6A.3.3 on a light background. 106. Barriers are used when legend 8 pushbuttons are located too d.(} ) m close to each other. CON-5 Maintenance 101. Control surface has not been 6A.1.1 Coding/Identification Q allowed to break, chip or e.(1) 6.4.1.1 107. Each control is recognizable in crumble. I terms of its function. c.(1) 108. When color coding is used to 6A.Z.Z fg relate a control to its cor- f.(z) responding display, the same CON-2 color is used for both the con-trol and the display. HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECK1.1ST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl:. Size, Shape, Design Operations Selected controls make best 6.4'.l.l 117. Accidental activation of con-use of space for the intended b.(4) trols is minimized by one or purpose and requirements for more of the following methods activation. (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 110. Size dimensions for legend pushbuttons are a minimum of 6A.3.3 e.(l)

I oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move aO CON-l. 0.75 inch and a maximum of CQN-5 them acc>dentally <n any 1.5 inches. sequence of control move-ments. Barrier depth for legend push- 6.4.3.3 buttons is a minimum of 0.183 c.(4) b. Controls are recessed, 6A.1.2 inch and a maximum 0.250 CON-5 shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) inch. rounded by physical CQN-1 barriers. 112. Barrier width for legend push- 6A.3.3 c. Controls are covered or 6A.1.2 buttons is a minimum of 0.125 e.o) guarded with movable c.(i) inch. CON-5 barriers. 113. Pushbutton diameter for 6A.3.2 d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 lE thumb or heel of hand opera- b. II interlocks so that extra d.(1) CON-1 tion is a minimum of 0 75 CON-5 movement is required. inch. e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 114. Diameter for fingertip opera- 6.4.3.2 I interlocks so that prior operation of a related or d.(2) CON-1 tion of unguarded and non- + locking control is requ>red. recessed pushbuttons is a CON-5 minimum 0.385 inch and of f. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 guarded or recessed push- (I resistance so that distinct e. buttons is a minimum of 0.75 or sustained effort is CQN-1 inch. required for actuation. 115. Barriers have rounded edges. 6A.3.3 118. If controls are recessed, 6A.1.2 jE d.(2) shielded, or'therwise b.(2) CO¹5 guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the 116. The surface of a pushbutton 6.4.3.1 envelope described by the offers slip resistance or is co recess or barrier. concave. CON-5 22 HUMAIN ENGIIIIEERIIG CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVAl.UAT10N GUIDEl.lIE EVAl.UATlGM GUIDEIIE REF. 119. When a guard is in the open 6A.1.2 Displacement for legend 6A.3.3 position, it does not interfere with the operation of the c.(3) CQN-1 I 126. buttons is a minimum of (touch plate) minimum push-0 inch 0.125 e.(2)" CQN-56 guarded controi or other adja- inch (all others) and a maxi-cent controls. mum of 0.250 inch. 120. I On moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires are not used. 6A.1.2 c.(2) CQN-13 Visibility 127. The control color contrasts 6A.2.2 with the panel background. f.(3) 121. Rotary action controls I are used when linear or pushbutton 6A.1.2 CON-3 t go controls would be subject to CON-1 128. Transilluminated numerals and VD-103 inadvertent operation and letters do not vary in fixed protective structures are engraving depth on legend impractical or inappropriate. pushbuttans. When sequential activation is I 122. necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent 6A.1.2 f. CON-14 129. fi Control position information is visible to the operator during control operation. 6.6.3.8 Ci controls from passing through a position. Further movement Maintenance requires a new control action. 130. Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 Direction/Rate of Motion (R been allowed to break, chip ar e.(i) t crumble. 123; Control movement conforms 6A.2.1 to population stereotypes (see CON-11 table in back). Feedback 124. A positive indication is pro- 6A 3.1 I vided in the form of a snap feel, an audible check, or an b. CON-53 integral light for pushbuttons. t 125. Pushbutton displacement for I thumb or finger operation is a minimum of 0.125 inch. 6A.3.2 Co CON-50 23 HUMAN EIGlIEERlIG CHECKllST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE HEl'. EVALUATION GUIDELINE HAND CRANK Operations 137. Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or 131- Control separation will con- 6.8.3.1 more of the following methods form the Table 6.8-2 and (check those which apply): 6.8-3. a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 Coding/Identification I oriented so that the opera-tor does not strike or more aO CON-1 them accidentally in any 132. Each control will be recog- 6.4.1.1 I nizable function. in terms of its c.(1) sequence of control move-ments.

b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 3.~ All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(1) positions will be identified.~ aO rounded by physical CON-1 PA-28 barriers.

PA-45 6.4.1.2

c. Controls are covered or

$P guarded with movable c.(1) 134. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 barriers. relate a control to its cor.- f.(2) CON-2 d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 responding display, the same color will be used for both the control and the display. I interlocks so that extra movement is required. d.(1) CON-1

e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 Size, Shape, Design t

inter locks so that prior d.(2) operation of a related or CON-1 135. Selected controls make best 6 4.1.1 locking control is required. use of space for the intended b.(4) purpose and requirements for Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 activation. Q resistance so that distinct e. or sustained effort is CON-1 136. Hand Crank switches conform CON-1 required for activation. to the dimensions in the figure on the back. 138. If controls are shielded, 6 4.1.2 recessed, or otherwise b.(2) guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier. 24 . HUMAN ENGINEER)IG CHECKllST CONTROLS EVAI.UATIGN GUIOEI.IItlE EVAI.UATIDI GUIDEI.IIE When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 146. Control position information is 1 39-position, it does not interfere with the operation of the c.(3) CON-1 I visible to the operator during control operation. 6.6.3.S Co guarded control or other adja-'ent controls. Maintenance 140. On moveable covers or guards, 6A.1.2 147. Control sur faces have not 6.4.1.1 safety or lock wires are not c.(2) 'ON-1 Q been allowed to break, chip or e.(1) used. crumble. 141. Rotary action controls are 6A.1.2 Q used when linear or pushbutton go control would be subject to CON-1 inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappr opriate. When sequential activation is 6.4.1.2 necessary, controls are pro- f. vided with locks to prevent CON-1 controls from passing through a position. Further movement requires a new control action. Direction/Rate of Motion t143. 144. Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back). Direction of motion is identi-fied for continuous motion 6A.2.1 CON-1'.6.3.8 b. PA-32 rotary controls. Visibility 145. The control color contrasts 6.4.2;2 with the panel background. f.(3) CON-3 25 HUMAN ENGlNEERlMG CHECKl.lST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELIIE REF. HANDWHEELS Operations Arrangement 153. Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or 8'o 148. Control separation conforms Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. 6.8.3.1 more of the following methods (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 Coding/Identification I oriented so that the opera-tor does not strike or more aO CON-1 I

149. Each control is recognizable in terms of its function. 6.4.1.1 c.(1) them accidentally in any sequence of control move-150. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 ments. positions are identified. aO b. Controls are recessed, 6 4.1.2 PA-28 shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(1) PA-45 rounded by physical CQN-1 barriers. I 151. When color coding is used to relate 'a control to its cor-responding display, the same 6.4.2.2 f.(2) CON-2

c. Controls fP guarded barriers.

are w>th covered or movable 6 4.1.2 c.(1) color will be used for both the control and the display. d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 6 interlocks so that extra d.(l) Size, Shape, Design movement is required. CQN-1

e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 152. Selected controls make best use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for 6 4.1.1 b.(4) I interlocks so that prior operation of a related or d.(2)

CON-1 activation. locking control is required.

f. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 resistance so that distinct e.

or sustained effort is CON-1 required for activation. 154. If controls are recessed, 4.1.2 shielded, or otherwise b.(2) guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.' 0 0 0 26 HUMAN ENGINEER)IG CHECKl.lST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EYALUATIOI GUIDELINE / t 155. When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-cent controls. 6 4.1.2 c.(3) CON-1 Visibility 162. The control color contrasts with the panel background. Control position information is 6.4.2.2 f.(3) CON-3 156. kP On moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires will not be used. 6.4.1.2 c.(2) CON-1 I 163. visible to the operator during control operation. 6.6.3.8 Co action Maintenance I 157. Rotary controls are used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to 6.4.1.2 go CON-1 Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are I 164. been allowed to break, chip or crumble. e.(1) impractical or inappropriate. 158. When'equential activation I necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent is 6 f. 4,1.2 CON-1 controls from passing through a position. Further movement requires a new control action. Direction/Rate of Motion Control movements conform 6.4.2.1 t 159. to population stereotypes (see CON-1 table in back).

60. Direction .of motion is identi- 6.6.3.8 fied for continuous motion b.

rotary controls. PA-32 Resistance, Force, Torque 161. This handwheel's rim is pro- CON-1 vided with contoured molding and has a high degree of frictional resistance. 0 e 27 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKS.IST COBOL S EVALUATION GU)DEL)NE REF. EVALUATION GUIDEL)NE REF. DISCRETE ROTARY GENERAL Operations Arrangement 171. Accidental activation of con-165. trols is minimized by one or Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 more of the following methods to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. (check those which apply): Coding/Identification a. Controls are located and ,6A.1.2 Q oriented so that the opera- aO 166. Each control is recognizable in 6A.l.l tor does not strike or move CON-1 Q terms of its function. c.(i) them accidentally in any sequence of control move-t167. All discrete functional control ment. '.6.3.8 positions are identified. ae b. Controls ar e recessed, 6A.1.2 '8. shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) When color coding is used to 6A.2.2 CON-1 rounded by physical ~el relate a control to its cor- f.(2) barriers. responding display, the same CON-2 color will be used for both the c. Controls are covered or 6A.1.2 control and the display. guarded with movable c.(1) barr iers. 169. Shape coding techniques are 6A.1.2 d Controls are provided with visually and tactually identi-fiable and free of sharp edges. Q interlocks so that extra d.(i) movement is required. CON-1

e. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 t

Size, Shape, Design fR interlocks so that prior d.(2) 170. Selected controls make best 6A.1.1 operation of a related or CON-1 use of space for the intended b.(~) locking control is r equired. purpose and requirements for Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 activation. Q resistance so that distinct e. or sustained effort is CON-1 required for activation. 172. If controls are recessed, 6A.1.2 shielded, or otherwise b.(2) guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier. 0 28 HUMAN EIGlIEERlMG CHECKllsT CONTROLS EVALUATlOlbl GUIDELlIE EVALUAT)OI GUlDELINE When the guard is in the open 6A.1.2 180. The control color contrasts 6A.2.2 position, it does not interfere c.(3) with the panel background. f.o) with the operation of the CON-1 , CON-3 guarded control or other adja-cent controls. Maintenance 174. On moveable covers or guards, 6.4.1.2 181. Control sur faces have not 6.4.1.1 safety or lock wires are not c.(2) Q been allowed to break, chip or e.(1) used. CON-1 crumble. 175. Rotary action controls are 6A.1.2 I used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to ge CON-1 DISCRETE ROTARY HANDLES STAR inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are DISCRETE ROTARY ROTARY impractical or inappropriate. SELECTOR When sequential activation is 6.4.1.2 Size, Shape, Design I 176. necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent f. CON-1 182. Rotary selector switch length 6.4.4.5 controls from passing through is a minimum of 1.0 inch and a e.(1) a position. Further movement maximum of 4.0 inches. CON-3 requiqes a new control action. 183. Rotary selector switch width 6.4A.5 Direction/Rate of Motion is a maximum of 1.0 inch. e.(2) CON-3 t 177. L78. Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back). Rotary control settings increase in value with a clock-wise rotation. 6A.2.1 CON-1 6.4A.I aO CON-2 184. 185. Rotary selector switch diam-eter is a minimum of 1.0 inch. Rotary selector switch depth is a minimum of 0.625 inch 6.4A.5 e.(3) 6.4A.5 e.(4) and a maximum of 3.0 inches. CON-Visibility 186. Controls have a moving 6A.4.5 179. Control position information is 6.6.3;8 pointer and fixed position Co visible to the operator during settings. CON-Q control operation. 0 29 HUMAN EIIIGfIEERllo CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. This rotary control is provided CON-2 Resistance, Force, Torque ~ . with a reference line on pointer. This line has minimum contrast with the 50% the I 194- Detents are provided at each control position. 6.4A.5 b.(i) control cover under all CON-3 lighting conditions. DISCRETE ROTARY-188. Position indication is provided 6A.4.5 J-HANDLE by either illuminated indicator d.(i) lights, a line engraved both on Size, Shape, Design the top of the knob and down the side, or a pointer shape. 195. J-handle clearance is between' 6.4A.Z and 2 inches. a.(2)

89. The position of the knob in 6A.4.5 CON-4 reference to position markers d (2)++

does not result in confusion. CON-2 196. Where smaller J-handles are 6.4.4.2 To minimize the problem of used, the handle preportion b. parallax, pointers on knobs has a flattened or flared tip will be mounted close to the for finger placement, and the settings to which they point. clearance between handle and panel surface can be less. 190. Rotary selector controls are 6AA.5 used when there are 3 or more + 197. 3-handle length is between 1 6A.4.2 detended positions required, CON-3 and 2 inches. a.(l) and may be used for 2- CON-4 detented position operation. It is not be possible to position 6.4.4.5 a control between detented b.(2) positions. CON-3 192. A maximum of 24 positions is 6.4A.5 used b.O) CON-3 are provided at the 6AA.S I 193. Stops limits of the control range. b.(4) CON-3 30 HUMAN ENG!NEER)NO CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDEUNE REF. t Arrangement ~98. Control separation conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. 6.8.3.1 205. 206. PP If keys have teeth on both edges, they fit the lock with either side up or forward. The height of key in inches is a minimum of 0.5 and a maxi-mum af 3.0. 6AA.3 Co CON-4 6.4A.3 g.(2) CON-4 Coding/Identification 207. Key-aperated controls are 6A.4.3 199. Each control is recognizable in 6.4.1.1 N used solely when system aO m, terms of its function. c.(l) requirements dictate that the function being controlled 200. Control positions are labeled 6AA.3 should be secured against acti-on key-operated switches. f. vation by unauthorized per-CON-4 sonnel. 6.6.3.8 aO Operations PA-28 PA-49 208. Locks are oriented so that the 6A.4.3 switch is OFF (or SAFE) when d~ 201. Direction of motion is identi- 6.6.3.8 the key is in the vertical CON-4 fied far key operated b. position. switches. PA-32 209. Operators normally are not 6AA.3 202. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 Q able to remove the key from e. relate a control to its cor- f.(2) the lock unless the switch is CON-4 responding display, the same CON-2 turned to the OFF or SAFE color is used for both the con- position. trol and the display. 210. The angular displacement is a 6A.4.3 Size, Shape, Design 'inimum of 80o and a maxi- g.(1) mum of 90o. CON-4 203. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 use of space for the intended = 8 b.(4) 211. When sequential activation is 6.4.1.2 purpose and requirements for m necessary, controls are pro- f. activation. vided with locks to prevent CON-1 controls from passing through 204. Keys with a single row of 6.4.4,3 a position. Further movement teeth are inserted into the b. requires a new control action. lock with the teeth pointing up CON-4 I ~ or forward. HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE t Direction/Rate of Motion 2. 213. Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back). Control settings increa'se in 6A.2.1+ CON-1 6.4A.1 CONCENTRIC KNOBS Arrangement 217. Control separation .conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. 6.8.3.1 value with a clockwise aO Coding/Identification rotation. CON-2 218. Each control is recognizable in 6A.l.l Visibility ti terms of its function. c.(1) 214. The control color constrasts 6.4.2.2 219. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 with the panei background. f.(3) positions are identified. a. CON-3 220. When color coding is used to 6A.2.2 cl5. Q Control position information is visible to the operator during 6.6.3.8 Co I relate a i esponding control to its cor-display, the same f.(2) CON-2 control operation. color is used for both the con-trol and the display. Maintenance Size, Shape, Design 216. Control surfaces have not 6A.l.l I been allowed to break, chip or crumble. e.(i) 221. 8 Selected controls make best use of space for the intended 6.4.1.1 b.(4) purpose and requirements for activation. Operations 222. Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 I oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move aO CON-1 them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ment.

32 HUMAN EIGIIIIEERIIG CHECKLIST EVALUATiON GUIGELIIE EVALUATiON GUiDELiNE

b. Controls 226. Rotary action controls 6A.1.2 rounded are by recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-physical 6A.1.2 b.(1)

CON-1 I controls would be subject to are used when linear or pushbutton go CQN-1 barriers. inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are c Controls are covered or 6.4.1.2 impractical or inappropriate. guarded with the movable c.(1) barrier. CON-1 227. When sequential activation is 6A.1.2

d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 e necessary, controls are pro- f.

interlocks so that extra d.(i) vided with locks to prevent CON-1 movement is required. CON-1 controls from passing through a position. Further movement

e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 requires a new control action.

m interlocks so that prior d.(2) operation of a related or CQN-1 Direction/Rate of Motion locking control is required.

f. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 Control movement conforms 6.4.2.1 I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is e.

CON-1 22S. to population stereotypes (see table in back). CQN-1 required for activation. 229. Control settings increase in 6.4.4.1 223. If controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 value with a clockwise ae shielded, or otherwise b.(2) rotation. CON-2 guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the 230. Direction of motion is identi- 6.6.3.8 envelope described by the fied for continuous motion b. recess or barrier. rotary controls. When a guard is in the open 6A.1.2 Visibility position, it does not interfere c.(3) with the operation of the CON-1 231. The control color contrasts 6.4.2.2 guarded control or other adja- with the panel background. f.(v) cent controls. CON-3 225. Qn moveable covers or guards, 6A.1.2 232. Control position information is 6.6.3.8 safety or lock wires will not c.(2) (R visible to the operator during c be used. CON-'1 control operation. 0 0 33 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST EVALUATloIIIGUIDELINE EVALUAT10I GUIOELlNE CONTINUOUS (ALL) Control surfaces have not 6A.l.l Arrangement been allowed to break, chip or. e.(1) crumble. 234. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 1 $P to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. Coding/Identification 235., Each control is recognizable in 6A.l.l I terms of its function. c.(1) 236. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 I relate a responding control to its cor-display, the same f.(2) CON-2 color is used for both the control and the display. Size, Shape, Design 237. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 use of space for the intended b.(4) purpose and requirements for activation. 238. Knobs for continuous adjust- 6AAA ment controls are round in aO shape, with knurled or CON-3 serrated edges. 239. Fingertip grasp knobs conform 6AA.4 to the following dimensions: c.(1) height (inches) minimum 0.5 CON-3 and maximum 1.0; diameter (inches) minimum 0.375 and maximum 4.0. 34 HUMAN KlofREER)MG CHECKl.lST CONTROLS EVALUAT)Olbl GUIDELlNE REF. EVALUATlOI GUlDELlIE REl'.  ! 240. Thumb and forefinger 6A.4A b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 $ encircled knobs conform to c.(2) shielded, or otherwise sur- b.Q) the following dimensions: CON-3 rounded by physical CON-1 diameter (inches) minimum 1.0 barriers. P'41. and maximum 3.0.

c. Controls are covered or 6.4.1.2 Controls used with knob skirts 6.4AA 8 guarded with movable c.(i) skirt barriers.

4E have a minimum e.(i) diameter of 2.0 inches. CQN-2 Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 ( I 242. Controls used with knob skirts 6.4.4.4 I d interlocks so that extra movement is required. d.(1) CON-1 $P have a minimum skirt height e.(2)+

e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 t

243 of 0.25 inch. Controls used with knob skirts CON-2 6.4AA I inter locks so that prior operation of a related or d.(2) CQN-1 ' have a minimum finger stop e.(3)+ locking control is required.. diameter of 1.25 inches. CON-2 f. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 6 resistance so that distinct e. 244. Controls used with knob skirts 6AAA or sustained effor t is CQN-1 /E have finger stop height plus e.(4) required for activation. I 4 rotary knob height of a total CQN-2 minimum of 0.75 inch. 247. If controls are recessed, 6A.1.2 shielded, or otherwise b.(2) 245. When controls are used with 6AAA guarded, the control is CON-1 0 knob skirts, minimum knob e.(5) entirely contained within the diameter is 0.75 inch. CQN-2 envelope described by the t recess or barrier. Operations 248. When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2

6. Accidental activation of con-trois is minimized by one or I position, it does not interfere with the operation of the c.(3)

CQN-1 more of the following methods guarded control or other adja-(check those which apply): cent controls.

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 I oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move ao CON-1 249.

IE Qn moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires are not used. 6.4.1.2 c.(2) CON-1 them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ments. HUMAN EMGIIIIEERlMG CHECKllST CONTROLS EVALUATIOI GUIOBIIK REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2 Readability I 250. used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to go CON-1 257. When an indicatian of positon 6.4.4.4 inadvertent aperatian and is desirable, pointers conform fixed protective structures are to those in guideline. When CON-40 impractical or inappropr iate. more accuracy is required, a line is engraved on the top and 251. When sequentiai activation is 6.4.1.2 side of pointer. I necessary, controls are pro-vided with lacks to prevent f. CQN-1 Maintenance controls from passing thraugh a position. Further movement 25B. Cantrol sur faces have not 6.4.1.1 requires a new cantrol action. Q been allowed to break, chip ar e.Q) crumble. t Direction/Rate of Motion ~2. Control movements conform 6 4.2.1 to papulation stereotypes (see CQN-1 table in back). 253. Rotary cantrol settings 6 4.4.1 increase in value with a clock- 80 wise rotatian. CQN-2 254. Direction of motion is identi- 6.6.3.S fied for continuous motion b. rotary controls. PA-32 Visibility

5. The cantrai color contrasts with the panel background.

6.4.2.2 f.(3) CON-3 Control position informatian is 6.6.3.S I 256. visible ta the operator during control operation. Co OH-SZTZ ="VALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSXSTZD EVALUATl 36 HUMAN EmotmEERlNG CHECKl.lST EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. COLEUS ding/Identification Arrangement

1. Component representations on 6.6.6 4 8. Counters are constructed and VD-23 mimic lines are identified. b.(6) arranged to minimize PA-65 reflection of ambient illumi-nation from the display cover.

2. All mimic origin points are 6.6.6.4 labeled or begin at labeled b.(4) Location components.. PA-64

9. The viewing distance to VD-24 t4.

All mimic destination or ter-minal points are labeled or end at labeled components. Flow directions are cleariy indicated by distinctive arrow-heads. 6.6.6.4 b.(S) PA-64 6.6.6 4 b.(V) PA-64 counters is at least 13 inches and preferably at least 20 inches. Operations

10. Numbers change by snap 6.5.5.1 action rather than continuous c.(1)

Visibility movement. VD-82 A

5. There is adequate contrast between the mimic colors and the panel.

6.6.6.4 a.(r) Ill. This counter used to indicate the sequence of equipment automatically resets upon VD-83 completion of the sequence. Readability Direction/Rate of Motion No more than 4 mimic lines of 6.6.6.4 the same color run in parallel a.(5) 12. Counter drums move upward 6.5.5.1 if the operator must quickly PA-65 with increasing values. c.(2) identify them. VD-82

7. Overlapping of mimic lines is 6.6.6 4 For counters, one knob revo- VD-82 avoided. b.(2) lution equals about 50 counts CDI-5 (the right hand drum rotates 5 times).

37 HUMAN ENGINEERlhlG CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELItIIE Readability 22. Numerals intended to be read 6.5.5.2 6.5.5.1 consecutively da not follow b. Multi-digit numbers are read a.(i) each other faster than two per horizontally from left to right- VD-83 second.

15. Window size permits only Readability 8'igit time.

to appear at any one ane 6.5.5.1 b.(3) VD-83 23. Multi-digit numbers will be 6.5.5.2 read horizontally from left to a.(i)

16. If more than 4 digits are used, 6.5.5.1 right.

grouping of digits separated by a.(3) appropriate commas, decimal VD-83 24. Valid messages on the display 6.5.1 4 points, or spaces will be used. face are brief. Co Counters are mounted per- 6.5.5.1 25. Displays indicate values in a 6.5.1.2 pendicular to line of sight. b.(1) g form immediately usable by b. and VD-82 the operator without requiring 6.5.1.4 4 mental conversion. Values f.

18. Counters are mounted close to 6.5.5.1 may, however, be multiplied VD-6 panel surface. b.(2) or divided by a power of ten.

VD-82

19. Surface of drum and sur- "6.5.5.1 LEGEND LIGHTS roundings have matte finish to a.(5) minimize giare. VD-84 Operations 6.5.3.1

20. Valid messages on the displays 6.5.1.4 26. Status is inferred by illumi- c.(i) face will be brief. Co Q nated indicators and never by VD-89 PA-55 absence of illumination.

21. Displays indicate values in a 6.5.1.2 27. Indicator lights are not used to 6.5.3.1 N form immediately usable by b. N alert operators to unfavorable d.

the operator without requiring and status+ mental conversion. Values 6.5.1 4 may, however, be multiplied f. or divided by a power of ten. VD-6, PRO JECTION ELECTRONIC COUNTERS irection/Rate of Motion 0 0 38 HUMAN ENGINEER)MG CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. t Visibility 8-al For legend pushbuttons used under varied ambient lighting,. a dimming control is provided that permits display legibility under all ambient lighting con-VD-90 IMPACT RECORDERS Coding/Identification 1 When readings must be multi-plied or divided by a power of ten, the component is clearly 6.5.1.2 e. ditions. marked as to whether the reading should be multiplied or

29. Circuitry is design to test VD-92 divided, and what the factor operation of total indicator is.

circuit. Size, Shape, Design 30.~ Control room contains only VD-94 minimum numbers of lights 35. Moving scale fixed-pointer 6.5.2.5 ~ required. ~ jP meters are not used. PA-41 PA-62 INDICATOR LIGHTS 36. A selection of low paper 6.5A.1 N speeds and a high paper speed Location is available.

31. Changes critical to safety or VD-8 37. It is convenient to annotate 6.5A.1 Q effectiveness have a high Q information on the recordings. J~

priority in the operator's cen- VD-79 tral field of view and contain stimuli demanding high 38. Means are provided to r eceive 6.5A.1 attention. N completed recordings and for d. tearing off records for VD-78 Operations storage. VD-79 32.. Status is inferred by illumi- 6.5.3.1 Operations N nated indicators and never by c.(l) absence of illumination. VD-89 39. The number of channels does 6.5A.2 not exceed capacity. b.(1)

33. Indicator lights are not used to 6.5.3.1 N alert operators to unfavorable d. 40. A channel is selected for dis- 6.5A.2 status. N play without awaiting com- b.(4) pletion of sampling cycle.

S 0 39 HUMAN EMGINEERfNG CHECK/.tST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE RKf. Readability 51. Pointer/background contrast 6.5.2.2 and pointer size provide good Co Printed numbers on recording 6.5 4.2 indication of pointer position. are clear, sharp and small b.(3) enough to avoid data crowding. 42., Channels are easily viewed on 6.5.4.2 I

52. Displays indicate values in a form immediately usable by the operator without requiring 6.5.1.2

b. and 6.5.1 4 display and instrument. b.(2) mental conversion. Values f.

may, however, be multiplied VD-6

43. All recorded data is visible 6.5.4.1 or dividedby a power of ten.

8 through the window. k. VD-80 53. Zone markings are conspicuous 6.5.2.3. and distinctively different for Numerals on fixed scale 6.5.2 4 different zones. meters are vertical. aO VD-65 Zone markings do not inter-Valid messages on the display 6.5.1.4 I 54. fere with display reading. 6.5.2.3 b. face are brief. Co PA-55 Scaling

46. Single pointer with multiple 6.5.1.5 55. Scales on paper correspond to 6.5.4.1 gp scales are not used. f. scales shown on recorder. b.

VD-69

47. Pointer tips are simple. 6.5.2.2 56. No more than 9 graduations 6.5.1.5 Examples are shown in the a.(1) 'eparate numerals in the scale a.(i) figure. VD-70 markings. 'D-63 Pointer tips do not conceal 6.5.2.2 57. Major and minor graduations 6.5.1.5 scale graduation marks or a.(2) are used if up to four gradua- a.(2) numerals. VD-70 tions are used between numerals.

49. Pointer tip extends to within 6.5.2.2 about 1/16 inch of (but does b.(1) . 5B. Major, intermediate and minor 6.5.1.5 not overlap) the smallest grad- VD-70 graduations are used if 5 or a.(3) uation marks. more graduations are used be tween numerals.

50. Pointers are mounted to avoid 6.5.2.2 parallax problems. b.(2)

VD-70 40 HUMAN EMGIIEERIMG CHECKLlST DISPLAYS EVALUATI0III GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE

59. Graduation height for scale 6.5.1.5 67. Printed information on this VD-78 markings conform to figure. b. trend recorder is compre-VD.-32 hensible and minimizes need for decoding, interpolating,

60. Successive values of unit grad- 6.5.1.5 etc. Aids are provided when uations conform to figure or co operator must interpret those values multiplied by VD-71 graphic data.

powers of ten.

68. If multiple scales appear on VD-69

61. Scale values increase with 6.5.2.1 this trend recorder, color movement of the pointer a.b.c. coding is used to associate upward, clockwise, or to the VD-65 correct scale with correct right. VD-67 selector-switch position.

Logarithmic scales for scale 6.5.1.5 69. A means is provided to receive markings are not used except e. compieted recordings and for 6.5 4.1 where a large range of values VD-63 tearing off records for d. are required. storage. VD-78 VD-79 STRIP CHARTS Direction/Rate of Motion Coding/Identification 70. Pens for this single sheet VD-80 chart system move from left

63. Chart paper is white, the VD-80 to right.

graph lines black, and pen t tracing red or green. 71. Moving chart system paper VD-80 moves from right to left. Size, Shape, Design

72. Printer paper moves from VD-80

~4. Moving scales fixed-pointer 6.5.2.5 bottom to top. $E meters are not used. PA-41 PA-62 73. The numerical progression on VD-65 /Jf this trend recorder increases

65. A selection of low paper 6.5.4.1 clockwise, from left to right I speeds and a high paper speed are available.

or from the bottom up, depending on display design or orientation. It I

66. is convenient to arinotate information on the recordings.

6.5.4.1 J~ VD-79 0 0 0 43. HUMAN ENG!NEERING CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATlOI GU(DELlME EVALUAT)GN GUIDELlME REF. Readability 83. The printer incorporates inter- VD-79 iaaf nal illumination to enhance All recorded data are visible 6.5.4.1 readability of printed material through the window. k. undei'nadequate ambient VD-80 illumination.

75. Numerals on fixed scale 6.5.2.4 84. Displays indicate values in a 6.5.1.2 meters are vertical. aO form immediately usable by b.

VD-65 the operator without requiring and mental conversion. Values 6.5.1.4

76. Valid messages on the display 6.5.1.4 may, however, be multiplied f.

face are brief. Co or divided by a power of ten. VD-6 PA-55

85. Zone markings are conspicuous 6.5.2.3 Single pointer with multiple and distinctively different for

~ ~ 7.~ 6.5.1.5 aO scales are not used. f. different mnes. VD-69

86. Zone markings do not inter- 6.5.2.3

78. Pointer tips are simple. 6.5.2.2 Q fere with display reading. b.

Examples are shown in the a.(1) figure. VD-70

79. Pointer tips do not conceal 6.5.2.2 87. Scale on paper corresponds to 6.5.4.1 scale graduation marks or a.(2) scales shown on recorder. b.

r numerals. VD-70 '0.

88. No more than 9 graduations 6.5.1.5 Pointer tip extends to within 6.5.2.2 separate numerals in the scale a.(1)

N about 1/16 inch of (but does b.(i) markings. VD-63 not overlap) the smallest grad- VD-70 uation marks. 89. Major and minor graduations 6.5.1.5 are used if up to 4 graduations a.(2)

81. Pointers are mounted to avoid 6-5.2.2 are used between numerals.

parallax problems. b.(2) VD-70 90. Major, intermediate and minor 6.5.1.5 graduations are used if 5 or a.(3)

82. Pointer /background contrast 6.5.2.2 more graduations are used and pointer size provide good Co be tween numerals.

indication of pointer position.

91. Graduation height for scale 6.5.1.5 markings conform to figure. b.

VD-32 42 HUMAN ENGINEERfMG CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. t92. Successive values of unit grad-uations conform to figure or those values multiplied by powers of 10. Logarithmic scales for scale markings are not used except 6.5.1.5 Co VD-71 6.5.1.5 e.

97. Linear scales are used in preference to nonlinear scales.

Nonlinear scales are used to condense a large range into a small space for sensitive readings at critical ranges of the scale. VD-61 where a large range of values VD-63 are required. 98. This meter's scale indicators VD-62 are used to display quanti-METERS tative and qualitative infor-mation (such as trend and t Location direction-of-motion).

94. Pointers are located to the VD-67 99. For this moving scale display, PA-41 right of vertical scales and at 8 if the control is a gross the bottom of horizontal approximator of position and scales. has position detents, the numbers increase from right Coding/Identification to left.

95. When readings must be multi- 6.5.1.2 Operations Q plied or divided by a power of eo ten, the component is clearly 100. The pointer color is the same VD-70 marked as to whether the as that of numbers and reading should be multiplied or indices.

divided, and what the factor Iso 101. The scale indicators for VD-62 various applications are based ize, Shape, Design on the criteria in table on the back.

96. Moving scales fixed-pointer 6.5.2.5 meters are not used. PA-41 Direction/Rate of Motion PA-62 102. Scale values increase with 6.5.2.1 movement of the pointer up- a.b.c.

ward, clockwise or to the VD-67 right. VD-65 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 0 43 HUMAN EMGlNEERIMG CHECKLlST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl'. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl'. 103. For knobs used to make coarse display element settings (0.016 CDI-5 ill. Pointer is mounted to avoid 6.5.2.2 $P parallax problems. b.'(2) to 0.100 inch tolerance), one VD-70 complete knob turn results in approximately 6 inches of dis- 112. Pointer/background contrast 6.5.2.2 play element movement. and pointer size provide good Co indication of pointer position. 104. For knobs used to make fine CDI-5 display settings (0.007 to 0.015 113. Displays indicate values in a 6.5.1.2 inch tolerance), one complete Q form immediately usable by b. knob turn results in approxi- the operator without requiring and mately 1-2 inches of display mental conversion. Values 6.5.1.4 element movement. may, however, be multiplied f. t or divided by a power of ten. VD-6 Readability 114. Zone markings are conspicuous 6.5;2.3

5. Numerals on fixed scale 6.5.2.4 and distinctively different for aO meters will be vertical. aO different zones.

VD-65 115. Zone markings do not inter- 6.5.2.3 106. Valid messages on the display 6.5.1.4 fere with display reading. b. N face are brief. Co PA-55 Scaling 107. Single pointer with multiple 6.5.1.5 116. No more than 9 graduations 6.5.1.5 scales are not used. f. separate numerals in the scale a.(i) VD-69 markings. VD-63 108. Pointer tips are simple. 6.5.2.2 117. Major and minor graduations 6.5.1.5 Examples are shown in the a.(l) are used if up to 4 graduations a.(2) figure. VD-70 are used between numerals. 109. Pointer tips do not conceal 6.5.2.2 118. Major, intermediate and minor 6.5.1.5 scale graduation marks or a.(2) graduations are used if 5 or a.(3) numerals. VD-70 more graduations are used between numerals. 110. Pointer tip extends to within 6.5.2.2 about 1/16 inch of (but does b.(i) 119. Graduation height for scale 6.5.1.5 not overlap) the smallest grad- VD-70 markings conform to figure. b. uation marks. VD-32 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 44 HUMAN EIGIIEERIMG CHECKLlST DISPLAYS EVAlUATIOIIIGVIOEI.IIIIE REF. EVAjVATIOIIIGUIDEUlIIE tQ 120. 121. Successive values of unit grad-uations conform to figure or those values multiplied by powers of 10. Logarithmic scales for scale markings are not used except 6.5.1.5 Co VD-71 6.5,1.5 e. 127. Q I 128. If this circular meter dial is to be scanned rapidly, the normal position of the pointer is at the 9 o'lock position. Information is displayed on this meter only to the degree VD-85 VD-6 where a large range of values VD-63 of specificity and precision are required. required for a specific opera-tor action or decision. CIRCULAR ONLY Visibility 129. Dial scale on this meter is PA-40

22. The two ends of the pointer . VD<<70 oriented so that the critical are identifiable when recipro- range to be read appears left cal readings are required. to right.

Readability 123. Where positive and negative 6.5.2.4 values are displayed around a b.(2) zero position, the zero is at 12 VD-66 o'lock. 124. This meter has a moving VD-1 pointer against a fixed scale and is used for qualitative check readings. If pointer movement is more 6.5.2A than 360o, the zero point is at. b.(i) 12 o'lock position. 126. Wher e the scale covers less 6.5.2A /Jf than a full rotation of the c.(1->) pointer, scale end-points are VD-66 indicated by a break in scale of at least one numbered interval and should be oriented at 6 o'lock. 0 0 45 HUMAN EMGlNEERIMG CHECKllST CONVENTIONS +Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. AUDITORY CODING SIZE CODING I ~ ~ /Identification Size, Shape, Design Auditory coding methods are 6.2.2.3 9. No more than 3 different sizes 6 4.2.2 distinct and unambiguous, ao fP of controls are used for c.(1) without conflict. AD-1 discrimination by absolute CON-1 size.

2. Auditory pulse codes are 6.2.2.3 Q limited to 2 or 3, ensuring b. 10. Controls used for performing 6 4.2.2 proper discrimina tion. AD-19 tm the same function on different c.(2) items of equipment are the CQN-1 Center frequencies are 6.2.2.3 same size.

between 500 and 1000 Hz for Co signals using frequency AD-14 11.. When knob diameter is used as 6.4.2.2 modulation for coding. a coding parameter, dif- c.(3) ferences between diameters CQN-1 No more than 5 separate fre- 6.2.2.3 are at least 0.5 inch. quencies are used within the d. limited range of 200-5000 Hz AD-15 12. When knob thickness is a 6.4.2.2 for discrete coding. y coding parameter, thickness c.(4) differences are at least 0.4 CON-1

5. Coding by intensity is avoided. 6.2.2.3 inch.

e.

13. Control shapes are visually 6.4.2.2 Auditory coding techniques 6.3.2.2 identifiable. d.(i) are used when the work a.(i) CQN-1 station associated with the alarm is not in the primary 14. Control shapes are tactually 6.4.2.2 operating area. m identifiable. d.(2)

CON-1

7. Coded signals from a single 6.3.2.2 Q audio source is not used to a.(2) identify individual work SHAPE CODING stations within the primary operating area. Coding/Identification

8. Coding is used to indicate 6.3.2.2 15. Rotating knob controls for dif-Q alarm priority. b. m ferent types of control actions 6.4.2.2 are distinguishable by sight e.

and touch and cannot be con- CQN-1 fused with each other. 0 0 46 HUMAN ENGiNEERlNG CHECKllST CONVENTIONS EVALUATlQN GUIOELINE REF. EVAI.OAT)ON GvlGB)ME t 16. 17. Q Shape-coded are Shape-coded rotary controls visually identifiable. rotary controls are tactually identifiable. 6.4 4.1 c.(1) CON-2 6.4.4.1 c.(2) CON-2 Q COLOR CODING Coding/Identification

23. Color coding provides redun-dant information.

6.5.1.6 aO CON-1 Size, Shape, Design 24. The number of colors for 6.5.1.6

18. Annunciator .response controls, especially the silence control, 6.3.4.2 b.(4) coding is kept to a minimum, not exceeding 11. i b.(i)+

(2) CON>>1 use shape coding. VD-108 CON-2

9. If rotary controls used for 6.4.4.1 widely different functions are b. 25. Color meanings are narrowly 6.5.1.6 placed on the same panel, CON-2 Q defined. c.(1) shape coding is employed. VD-107

26. Red, green, and amber are 6.5.1.6 goal.CONTROL CODING Q used in accordan'ce to guide- c.(2) line. VD-107 Coding/Identification

27. Color meanings are consistent 6.5.1.6

20. The coding system for controls 6.4.2.2 across all applications d.(i)

Q is uniform throughout the con- aO including panei surfaces, pro- a (2) trol room. CON-1 jected signal lights, and CRTs. VD-107 Color coding follows the 6.4.2.2 28. Color meanings remain the 6.5.1.6 recommendations of Guideline f.(1) Q same within and among sys- d.(3) 6.5.1.6. tems to which they are applied.

22. Annunciator response controls 6.3.4.2 are coded using techniques b.(i) a 29. Color coding of meter zone 6.5.2.3 such as color coding, demar- (2) markings conform to Guideline cation, shape coding or group 6.5.1.6.c. VD-75 shading.

The color of indicator lights 6.5.3.2 conforms to convention. a.(2) VD-10 ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 47 HUMAN ENGINEER!MG CHECKl.)ST EYALUATlON GUIDELNE l1EF. EYALUATION GUlDEUIE REF.

31. The color of indicator lights is 6.5.3.2 Visibility clearly identifiable. a.(3)

VD-108 40. Color shading enhances 6.8.1.3 recognition o f controls, dis- co

32. The color of lit legend back- 6.5.3.3 plays or func tional groups, CDI-13 ground conforms to color con- de providing adequate contrast, ventions. VD-110 and is consistent with other color coding throughout the

33. Color coding of label print 6.6.4.1 control room.

conforms to color conventions. b.(2)

41. Distinctive enhancement tech- 6.8.1.3

34. The color coding scheme 6.6.6.3 niques are used for emergency d.

applied to specific functions controls. or conditions is consistent throughout the control room. 42. Colors which do not have the 6.5.1.6 immediate safety implications e.(1) Color coding is consistent with 6.7.2.7 are used to ensure that each I 35. conventions. k.(1) color is recognized different from any other. as

36. No more than one color is 6.7.2.7 I assigned for the same meaning or purpose.

k.(2) 43. Colors used for coding provide good contrast with back-6.5.1.6 e.(2) ground. VD-108 Red is used for unsafe con-i 4 37. I ditions, danger, immediate 6.7.2.7 l.(1) 44. Each trend recorder pen uses a 6.5 4.2 t operator required, or critical 6.5.1.6 8 distinctly different color for a.(2) parameter value out of c.(2) channel identification pro-balance. 'VD-10 viding good contrast with paper. i8. is used for safe con-I Green 6.7.2.7 ~ ditions, no operator action l.(2) ~ 45. Where possible, the red/green 6.7.2.7 required, or parameter is 6.5.1.6 Q combination is not used in m.(1) within balance. c.(2) CRT displays. VD-10

46. Red symbols/characters on a 6.7.2.7 39.

I Yellow/amber hazard, is used for potentially unsafe, caution, attention required, or 6.7.2;7 l.(3) 6.5.1.6 i {R green CRT background are not used. m.(2) marginal parameter exists. c.(2) VD-10 0 0 48 HUMAN EIGIIEERlMG CHECKUST CONVENTIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE REF. USE QF SYMBOLS CQhFUSIQN Coding/Identification Arrangement '47. Legend light symbols are clear 6.5.3.3 55. Strings of small displays do 6.8.3.2 and unambiguous in meaning. b.(3) not exceed 20 inches on the b. 7 control board. 48 Abstract symbols are used I only if they have a commonly accepted meaning for all 6.6.3.4 aO PA-56

56. No more than 5 similar com-ponents are laid out in an 6.8.3.2 c.(1) intended users. unbroken row or column.

49. Symbols are distinguishable 6.6.3A 57. If more than 5 similar com- 6.8.3.2 from each other. b. ponents must be together, the c.(2) string or cluster is broken up A commonly accepted 6.6.3.4 by techniques such as physical standard configuration is used Co spacing or demarcation.

for symbols.

58. Mirror-imaging is avoided. 6.8.3.3 51 Symbols are consistently used 6.6.3.4 jI CDI-16 within and across panels. d.

7 Coding/Identification I

52. Graphic symbols such as those in mimics are readily under-stood and commonly used.

6.6.6.4 c.(i) PA-65

59. The group of annunciator con-trols are demarcated.

6.3A.2 b.(3) \

60. 6A.3.3

53. Symbols are used consistently. 6.6.6A c.(2)

I Legend readily pushbuttons distinguishable from legend lights and is achieved are aO by distinctive shape, labeling, location, or other techniques. STANDARD ABBREVIATIQNS AND ACRQNYMS 61. Large matrices of similar 6.8.3.2 components have the coordi- d.Q) A list of standard names, 6.6.3.3 nate axes labeled for identifi-jE acronyms, abbreviations, and a. Bc b. cation of any single com-part/system numbers is consis- PA-46 ponent within the grid. tently used and is adminis- and P tratively controlled. 6.5.3.3 62. Large matrices ar'e subdivided 6.8.3.2 b.(6) by appropriate demarcation. d.(2) PA-46 ON-SITE EVALUATION 49 HUMAN ENGINEERIIG CHECKllST EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Size, Shape, Design Visibility Legend indicators are dis- ~ ~3.~ ~ 6.5.3.3 71. Total mimic can be seen at VD-14 Q tinguishable from legend push- Co operational distances without buttons by form, size,, or other head movement. factors.

72. At or below eye level, labels PA-45 are placed above mimic areas MIMICS (including branches and com-ponents) they describe. (If Coding/Identification panel is above eye level, labels t

may be below.)

64. Mimic flow paths are color 6.6.6 4 coded in conformance with the a.(i) Readability selected color scheme.

73. Flow direction for this mimic PA-65

65. Mimic colors are discriminably 6.6.6.4 is always on the horizontal or different from each other. a.(2) vertical axis.

66. Mimic lines depicting flow of 6.6.6.4 the same conte'nts are colored a.(4) LEGEND LIGHTS the same thr oughout the con- PA-64 trol room. Size, Shape, Design

67. No more than 7 colors are PA-64 74. Legend design is consistent 6.5.3.3 used for mimic lines. /I throughout the control room. b.(1)

68. Summary labels/demarcation PA-64 lines are used to identify and IMPACT RECORDERS separate systems and sub-systems surrounding this Coding/Identification mimic on panel.

75. Abbreviations are consistent 6.5.1.4

69. Primary mimic lines are PA-64 with plant conventions. d.

obviously larger than PA-46 secondary lines. Size, Shape, Design 0.~ Differential line widths will be ~ 6.6.6.4 used to code flow paths for b.(1) mimics. HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONVENTIONS KVAI.UATlGN GUIDEUNE REF. EVAI.UATlOI GUIDEUNE !s~ CHARTS Coding/Identification

76. Abbreviations are consistent 6.5.1 4 with plant conventions. , d..

PA-46 METERS Coding/Identification

77. Abbreviations are consistent 6.5.1.4

$P with plant conventions. d. PA-46 ON-SXTE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 51 HUMAN ENGlNEERIMG CHECKllST PROCESS COMPUTER >>Criteria are different. EVALUATION GVIOEI.IME. REF. EVAlUATIDIGVIOEI.INE REF. CRT DISPi AYS 9. Signal-to-noise ratio is at VD-48 least 10:1. Cumulativ e effects of all geo- 6.7.2.1 metric distortion does not dis- >> 10. Displays having high regenera- VD-48 place any point within the VD-50 tion rates and slow image viewable area'f the screen movements use phosphers with from its correct position by short persistence (decay rates more than 5% of picture less than 1 millisecond). height. Displays with moderate image VD-48

2. CRTs for displaying simple 6.7.2.1 movements use medium per-alphanumeric text have a f (1)>> sistence phosp hers (decay minimum of 20 resolution VD-49 rates < 0:1 second).

elements per inch.

12. Where 'haracters subtend VD-46 Symbols and graphic detail 6.7.2.1 visual angle of less than 16, have a minimum of 100 resolu- f.(2)>> the character separation is tion elements per inch. VD-49, about 25% the symbol height.

4. Complex symbols have a mini- 6.7.2.1 The regeneration rate for 6.7.2.1 mum of 10 resolution elements f.(s) particular CRT display is go for the longest dimension of above critical frequency of VD-49 the symbol when used with fusion.

other complex shapes.

14. Brightness, contrast and color 6.7.2.1 5; Alphanumeric characters have 6.7.2.1 of CRT are adjustable by con- h.(1) a minimum of 10 resolution f.(4)>> trol room operator.

elements per character height. VD-49

15. Adjustment controls on CRT 6.7.2.1 6.~ If a camera generated display VD-47 conform to Section 6.4 h.(2) is used, at least 10 shades of

~ (Controls) and Section 6.9 gray are used in CRT displays. (Control/Display Integration).

7. Symbol size is at least 20 VD-45 16. Alphanumeric characters are VD-45 minutes of arc at normal composed of uppercase letters viewing distance. with a resolution of no less than 10 lines per symbol

8. Contrast between symbols and VD-47 height.

background is between 88% and 94%. 17. Contrast between symbols and VD-47 background is between 88% and 94%. 52 HUMAN EMGINEERfMG CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATlON GUlDELlIE REF. EVALUATION GUIDEUNE REF.

18. Light source is located at VD-45 26. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 least 60o on either side of positions are identified. aO viewer's central field of view. PA-28 PA-49

19. Red symbols on a green back- VD-48 ground are avoided. 27. All annunciator alarms are 6.7.3.2 recorded. a.(2)

20. Where illumination is low VD-46 (1.0 fL), character separation 28. Alarm messages are recorded 6.7.3.2 is 25% of the symbol height. in the sequence of thefr'ccur- b.

rence.

21. Rectangular or polar- VD-45 coordinate displays use alpha- 29. Provisions are included to pro- 6.7.3.2 numeric, geometric, or color vide, upon operator request, ci coding rather than coding by printouts by alarm group (e.g.,

line lengths, angular orienta- system, subsystem, com-tion, inclination, or visual ponent). number (dots).

30. Alarm messages should be 6.7.3.2

22. The use of brightness coding is VD-47 readily distinguishable from d.

avoided. other messages.

23. One or more of the following CRE-3 31. Alarm messages provide rapid 6.7.3.2 is used to eliminate reflected identification of the nature of e.

glare from CRT: the alarm. t Proper placement of CRT in relation to lighting Filters spectrum) (directional A hood or shield Coatings or filters over lighting. or

32. Wording in alarm messages:

o Clearly relate specific annunciator that is illuminated. to the o Contain at least that infor'- tile 6.7.3.2 f.(1) 6.7.3.2 mation (i.e., wording) pre- f.(2) KEYBOARDS sented in the illuminated annunciator tile.

24. Each control is recognizable in 6 4.1.1 o Provide additional specific 6.7.3.2 t

terms of its function. c.(l) data. f.(3)

25. Control movements conform 6 4.2.1

33. The "QWERTY" arrangement to population stereotypes. CON-1 6.7.1 4 is used on keyboards that com- aO bine alphabetic and numeric CON-7 functions.

0 0 53 HUMAN ENGINEERIMG CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDEUNE On keyboards used to enter 6.7.1.4 43. This keyboard uses no more CON-17 solely numeric data, a 3x3+1 b.+ than 3 different sizes in matrix is used in either CON-79 codIng controls for discrimi- "calculator" or "telephone" . nation by absolute size. style.

35. When more. than one keyboard 6.7.1A PRIhA ERS exists in the control room, Co alphanumeric and/or numeric- CON-7 44. Printers are located in the pri- 6.7.3.1 only key configuration are the mary operating area. a.(i) same In all cases. 'o

45. Printer s record alarm data, 6.7.3.1 minimize effectiveness of 6.7.1A trend data, and plant status a.(2) keyboards, key dimensions and d. data.

separation are as shown in CON-7 Exhibit 6.7-3. 46. Printer supplies a hard copy of 6.7.3.1 any single page on the CRT at b.(1)

37. Key displacement is as shown 6.7.1A the request of the operator. QCI-25 in Exhibit 6.7-3. e.(1)

CQN-7 47. If copy is printed remote to 6.7;3.1 the operator, a print confir- b.(2)

38. Key resistance is as shown in 6;7.1.4 mation or denial massage is OCI-25 Exhibit 6.7. e.(2) displayed.

CON-7 1 48., Printer operation does not 6.7.3.1 alter screen content. t

39. There is a definite indication 6.7.1.4 b.(3) of key activation provided to f. QCI-25 operator (e.g., snap, audible CQN-5 click, release of resistance). 49. Printed information is in a 6.7.3.1 directly usable form. Co

40. The slope of CRT keyboard is 6.7.1.4 VD-78 between 15o and 25o from the go horizontal. CQN-7 50. Printer capacity is 300 lines 6.7.3.1 per minute or more. d.

41. Data being entered via key- 6.7.1.4 boards are displayed as they h. 51. Hand-finished matte paper is 6.7.3.1 are keyed. used on the printer to prevent e.(1) smudges and glare.

42. CRT keyboards contain only. 6.7.1.4 keys that are relevant to com- I~ 52. A positive indication of 6.7.3.1 puter operation. remaining supply of recording e.(2) materials is provided. VD-79

54 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATlGN GUlQELINE REF. EVALUATION 6UlDELlNE Instructions for reloading 6.7.3.1 Graphs are constructed so that 6.7.3.3 paper, ribbon, ink, etc., are e.(3) number ed grids are bolder c.(1) attached to printer. than unnumbered grids. A printer is provided for 6.7.3.2 If 10-grid intervals are used, 6.1.3.3 recording alarm messages. a.(i) the fifth intermediate grid is c.(2) less bold than the numbered

55. When printer is down, data and 6.7 3.1 grid, but bolder than the infor mation which would nor- e.(4) unnumbered grid.

mally be printed is not lost. Tables are simple, concise and 6.7.3.3

56. A take-up device for printed 6.7.3.1 readable. d.(1) materials is provided. e.(5)

VD-78 66. When table columns are long, 6.7.3.3 numbers are separated into . d.(2) Operator can read the most 6.7.3.1 groups by providing a space recently pr inted line. f.(1) between groups of five. VD-80

67. When columns are not sepa- 6.7.3.3

58. Printed material has adequate 6.7.3.1 rated by vertical lines, the d.(3) contrast ratio. f.(2) columns are separated by at VD-80 least 2 character widths.

I

59. Print copy can be annotated 6.7.3.1 while in machine. f.(3) COMPUTER FUNCTION VD-79 CONTROLS Recorded matter is not 6.7.3.1 68. Design of function controls on 6.7.1.5 obscured, marked, or other- f.(4) the computer conform to aO wise hidden to prevent reading VD-80 appropriate guidelines. ALL C N of printed material.

69. Terms, nomenclature, and 6.7.1.5

61. A graph is used if the shape of 6.1.3.3 abbreviations used on function b.

the function is important in aO controls are consistent with OCI-12 decisionmaking. those of selected computer function that is displayed.

62. If interpolation is necessary, 6.7.3.3 line graphs are preferred to b. 70. A positive indication is pro- 6.7.1.5 bar graphs and tables. vided at the CRT master con- c.Q) trol to identify displays under local or master control.

55 HUMAN EMGIIEERflo CHECKl.lST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATlOIGUIDELINE

71. A positive identification is 6.7.1.5 79. The accuracy of control 6.7.1.6 provided at the individual CRT c.(2) method or device is commen- co to indicate if it is under local surate with the functions to be or master control. served.

72. Dedicated keys that 6.7.1.5 80. Control design allows the 6.7.1.6 initiate/activate functions are d.(i) operator freedom of move- -

cL grouped together. CON-9 ment to perform other duties.

73. Function controls are easily 6.7.1.5 distinguishable from other d.(2) COMPUTER-OPERATOR types of console keys. RELATIONSHIP

74. Function controls are clearly 6.7.1.5 81. Correct, response is provided 6.7.1.7 labeled to indicate function. d.(3) within response tim'es listed in aO CON-1 Exhibit 6.7-6 for each type of query.

75. Design and layout of function 6.7.1.5 controls are consistent for ail d(O) 82. When response time exceeds 3 6.7.1.7 consoles in control room. CON-7 seconds, a delay message is b.

presented in order to maintain

76. Function keys are physically '.7.1.5 the operator's attention and to separated from alphanumeric d.(S) confirm normal computer keys on the console. operation.

t

83. Procedures are in hard copy 6.7.1.8 OTHER CONTROLS form at a minimum. a.(3)

7. Control devices (such as light 6.7.1.6 84. A complete set of operations 6.7.1.8 pens, selector pens, RAND a. and contingency procedures is a.(1) tablets, etc.) are operable available in control room.

fram most favorable position for computer interaction. 85. Procedures are prepared from 6.7.1.8 control room operator's point of view. a.'(2)'.7.2.3

78. Control devices provide rapid 6.7.1.6 positioning of cursors or b. 86. Viewing distance on CRT is selection of choices. greater than 18 inches. aO VD-46

0 56 HUMAN EIGIIEERllo CHECKLlST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EYALUATIOI GUIDEI.IIE t87. 88. Mode designation and the file(s) being processed are dis-played by the computer sys-tem. Viewing angle is at least 30o 6.7.1.3 c . OCI-24 VD-46 96. 97. Input words approximate real words. (keywords) Computer dialogue requires an explicit command to termi-6.7.1.2 a.(5) OCI-22 6.7.1.2 a(6)+ for standing observer, or 45o nate an inter action. OCI-24 for seated observer.

98. Computer input words do not 6.7.1.2

89. Maximum viewing distance for VD-46 exceed 7 characters. b.+

single seated operator is 28 OCI-22 inches for 12 inch diagonal screen. 99. Abbreviations are used as 6.7.1.2 computer input words when c.(1) 0.~ Visual axis of operator is per- ~ VD-45 possible; OCI-22 pendicular to center of CRT screen. 10a. The same synonym or abbre- 6.7.1.2 viation for a system command c.(2)

91. A 12-inch diagonal screen size VD-46 name is used for messages, OCI-22 at 28-inch viewing distance is prompts, etc., to operator.

used for by single seated operated. 101. Use of abbreviations or con- 6.7.1.2 tractions for output data is c.(3)+ COMPUTERS ERATO R avoided. OCI-22 DIALOGLE 102. Operator inputs, responses, or 6.7.1.2

92. Dialogue is based on operator's 6.7.1.2 actions which could signifi- do point of view, not pro- a.(1) cantly degrade computer sys- OCI-22 grammers. QCI-25 tem or plant performance are not dependent on a single key-

93. Computer dialogue is logical. 6.7.1.2 stroke.

a.(2) OCI-21 103. Prompting 'nd structuring 6.7.1.3 featur es allow operator to aO

94. Computer dialogue is used in a 6.7.1.2 request additional infor- QCI-24 consistent manner. a.O) . mation.

QCI-21 104. Prompting and structuring 6.7.1.3

95. Computer dialogue r eflects 6.7.1.2 features are available upon b.

the vocabulary and syntax of a.(4) request when an error is QCI-24 expected user population. OCI-21 detected. 0 57 HUMAN EIGlMEERIMG CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Corrections of individual 6.7.1.3 113. Before the operator requests 6.7.1.1 errors are made without d.. that result in permanent d. requiring re-entry of correct OCI-24 changes are processed, the OCI-24 data. computer system requires 25 operator acknowledgement. 106. The computer system contains 6.7.1.2 a sequential file of operator e. entries, available upon OCI-24 ACCESS AIDS operator request. 114. Operating procedures 107. When many subsystems require VD-9 describe: 6.7.1.8 monitoring, information is The overall cotmputer a.(4) filtered by software or (a,b,c) machine function. system, The computer system Operator is provided OCI-19 components with which instructions for correcting the operator can computer diagnosed errors. interface, 0 The specific procedures 109. necessary to accomplish System recognizes and reports OCI-19 all detectable errors. operator-computer interface functions. 115. Contingency procedures 6.7.1.8 COMPUTER ACCESS describe indications which a (5) identify failure or mal- (a,b) t 110. Only properly authorized per- 6.7.1.1 functioning of computer sonnel are allowed to make aO system and necessary actions changes by entry, deletion of to be performed by the alteration of data. operator in case of mal-function. ~ll. At least one copy of current 6.7.1.1 operating software is securely b. 116. Specific codes or addresses 6.7.1.8 and remotely stored. that the operator may request b.(1) are cross-indexed by alpha- (a,b,c, 112. When characters, words, or 6.7.1.1 numeric or numeric code pro- *d) phrases are to be inserted, Co gram name, system/subsystem such items are first collected OCI-26 identification, and functional t and displayed on a buffer area of screen, and then inserted by one operator command. 117. group identification. Cross-indices of data displays are available in at least hard-copy form in control room. 6.7.1.8 b.(2) 58 HUMAN EMGlNEERtNG CHECKl.lST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. MESSAGES 127. Feedback is provided to indi- 6.7.2.6 cate changes in status of i~ .8. ~ ~ Messages on CRT are concise. 6.7.2.6 system functioning. OCI>>10 a.(a) QCI-14 128. When an option is selected as 6.7.2.6 input to system, the subject J~ 119. Messages provide necessary 6.7.2.6 item is highlighted. OCI-10 information to complete a a'.(2) specific action or decision OCI-14 129. When system response is 6.7.2.6 sequence. delayed, periodic feedback is k. provided to indicate normal OCI-10 120. Messages are necessary, com- 6.7.2.6 operation and reason for plete, and readily usable. b. delay. OCI-14 ~, Prompts are displayed when-ever operator may need 6.7.2.6 Co 130. Results and requirements for subsequent actions are pro-vided after a process or 6.7.2.6 l. QCI-10 direction or guidance to sequence is completed. initiate or complete an action to sequence of actions. 131. Feedback describes type and OCI-19 location of error. 122. Prompts contain clear and 6.7.2.6 specific cues and instructions d. 132. Displays of complex con- VD-6 which are relevant to action figurations avoid use of to be taken. unnecessary detail. Directions are placed in the 6.7.2.6 133. Information critical to safety VD-10 sequence to be used by or effectiveness has a high operator. priority in the operator's cen-tral field of view and is com-124. Whenever operator error or 6.7.2.6 posed of stimuli demanding invalid input is detected, an f. high attention. error message is displayed. OCI-19 134. Feedback is provided that OCI-28 125. Error messages contain 6.7.2.6 light pen has actuated. instructions for corrective go QCI-28 t action. 135. Feedback concerning light pen placement is available. 126. Capability is provided for 6.7.2.6 operator to correct errors h. 136. Feedback is provided indi- QCI-28 without affecting adjacent QCI-19 cating that light pen input has valid entries. been received by system. 59 HUMAN ENG) IEERlFIG CHECKl.lST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATlOI GUIDELlIE REF. EVALUATlOI GUIDELllblE Message occurring in multiple OCI-17 146. Where multi-input frames occupies constant annunciators are used, an 6.3.1.2 physical location on screen. alarm printout capability is c.(2) provided. 138. Formats minimize . cursor QCI-5 positioning movement. 139. Each data group or message OCI-12 contains descriptive title, 147. Visual angles of complex sym- 6.7.2.2 phrase, word, or other device bols on CRT subtend not less aO to indicate its content. than'0 minutes of arc at the VD-51 QCI-17 required viewing distance. Data, text, formats, etc., essential to system perform- 148. The height of alphanumeric 6.7.2.2 ance are under system control. characters have a visual angle b.(i) of not less than 12 minutes of VD-45 >41. Information required for QCI-14 arc at the required viewing entry is presented atnext'perator distance. the end of the message. 149. Alpha-numeric characters are 6.7.2.2 142. Critical information is pr e- OCI-14 upper-case letters. b.(2) sented at the beginning of a VD-45 message. 150. The width-to-height ratio for 6.7.2.2 143. Messag'es requiring operators QCI-14 alphanumerics is between 3:5 co to reference external data and 1:1. VD-45 sources are avoided. 6.7.2.2 151. Stroke-width-to-character-heig t d. Counting tasks start with the OCI-1 ratio is between 1:5 and 1:10. VD-45 number "one," while measuring tasks start with "zero." 152. Graphic lines contain a mini- 6.7.2.2 mum of 50 resolutions per e. inch. VD-50 145. For messages containing QCI-17 OCI-7 variable option lists and occurring in multiple frames, 153. Horizontal separation between 6.7.2.2 physical relationships among characters or symbols is f.(1) common elements are main- between 10% and 65% of char-tained. acter or symbol height. 0 60 HUMAN EIIIGIIEERlMG CHECKl.lST PROCESS COhPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. t 154. 155'. The and 3:2. height:width alphanumerics ratio is between Stroke width:height ratio of characters is in the range of for 7:5 VD-45 VD-45 When visual angle sub-tended by symbol height is less than 15 minutes, When visual angle sub-tended by character height is less than 12 6.7.2.2 f.(2) (e) m 6.7.2.2 f.(2) (f)a 1:6 to 1:10. minutes of arc. 156. Character 'eparation is VD-46 160. Simple character fonts are 6.7.2.2 between 25% and 63% of char-acter height. used without seri fs, variable g(1) stroke width, slanting, etc. 157. Two individual light pennable VD-45 6.7.2.2 161. When dot-matrix characters characters are separated by at least one symbol area. are used, 7x9 dot matrix is used in preference to 5x7 dot-If label presents list of QCI-13 matrix. g(2).'.7.2.2 operator options, the decision 162. Character styles such as or action required of operator Lincoln/Mitre or Leroy are g(3) is also indicated. used. 159. Separation is at least 25% 163. Labels reflect unique char- 6.7.2 4 or symbol height: of'haracter acteristic of content of data m.(2) o When character or symbol 6.7.2.2 group or message. QCI-12 width is less than 85% of f.(2) height, (a)+ 164. Labels are located in can- 6.7.2.4 iVD-46 sistent manner either above or n. to the right or left of data QCI-12 o When character or symbol 6.7.2.2 group or messages the luminance is less than 12 f.(2) describe. ft.-L, (b)+ o When luminance contrast is 6.7.2.2 165. Labels are oriented hori- 6.7.2 4 less that 88%, f.(2) zontally. oo (c) QCI-12 o When CRT screen location 6.7.2.2 166. Labels are highiighted to 6.7.2.4 is greater than 25% to the f.(2) facilitate operator scanning p.(1) left or right of operator's (d)>> recognition. QCI-12 straight-ahead line-of-Slghtg 0 61 HUMAN ERG!NEERlNG CHECKLlST PROCESS COMPUTE EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE The technique used to high- 6.7.2.4 175. Elements in data field are dis- 6.7.2.4 light labels is distinguishable p.(2) played in logical order. d. from one used to highlight QCI-12 OCI-1 emergency/critical messages. 176. The manner of presentation of 6.7.2.4 168. Option labels reflect questions 6.7.2.4 identical data is based an uses e.Q) or choices posed to operator. q. to which the data will be put OCI-1 OCI-13 by the operator. 177. Identical data in different pre- 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION AND sentations is displayed in con- e.(2) t SCREEN LAYOUT sistent, standardized manner. OCI-1 169. Data are presented to 178. Numbers are used as menu 6.7.2.4 operator in readily usable 6.7.2.4 designators. f.(1) format. . a(1) OCI-2 QCI-I 179. Numerical designators start 6.7.2.4 170. Data do not have to be 6.7.2.4 with the number "1", not zero. f.(2) transposed, computed, inter- a.(2) OCI-2 polated or mentally translated OCI-1 to be usable to the operator. 180. If numbers as designators is 6.7.2.4 confusing, alphabetic char- f.(v) 171. Illustrations are used to sup- 6.7.2A acters are used. plement or explain text b. wherever possible. OCI-1 181. When used, alphabetic desig- 6.7.2A nators start with the letter f.(4)

72. When five or more digits 6.7.2A I IAII and/or non-text alphanumerics c.(1) are displayed and no natural OCI-1 182. Lists are vertically aligned 6.7.2A organization exists, characters and left-justified. g.(1) are grouped in blocks of 3-4. QCI-2 173. Groups of data are. separated 6.7.2A 183. Indentations are used. for sub- 6.7.2.4 by a minimum of one blank c.(2) classifications on lists. g.(2) space.

'CI-1 QCI-2 174. Where multi-input annun- 6.3.1.2 184. Quantitative 'ata (to be 6.7.2A ciators must be used, an alarm c.(2) scanned) is in tabular or h. printout capability is provided. graphic form. OCI-2 62 HUMAN ENG!NEER)NG CHECKI.IST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELlNE REF. EVALUATlOM GUIDELlNE The use of hyphenation is 6.7.2.4 195. Physical location of data 6.7.2 4 minimized. le groups (alarms, menus) are b. OCI-2 consistent on screen. QCI-4 186. When presented in. tabular 6.7.2.4 196. Organization and separation of 6.7.2.5 form, alphanumeric data is j.(1) data subgroups are apparent to Co left-justified. OCI-2 operator through the use of OCI-4 blank lines, etc. 187. When presented in tabular 6.7.2.4 form, numeric data is right- j.(2) 197. Lists of options are organized 6.7.2.5 justified with decimal points OCI-2 by probability of selection, d. aligned. with high probability items OCI-5 presented first. Periods are placed after item 6.7.2 4 selection designators and at k. 198. Non-option lists o'f equal- 6.7.2.5 the end of a sentence. OCI-2 probability options are pre- e. sented in alphabetical or QCI-5 189. Telephone numbers are pre- 6.7.2.4 numerical order. sented in following format: l.(1) (914) 555-1212. OCI-2 199. Paragraphs are separated by 6.7.2.5 at least ane blank line. f. 190. Time is presented in the 6.7.2.4 OCI-5 following format: HH:MM:SS, i.(2) HH:MM. MM:SS(.S) QCI-2 200. Selection designators in menus 6.7.2.5 are separated from text go 191. The date is presented in the 6.7.2.4 descriptors by at least one QCI-5 following format: l.(3) blank space. MM:DD:YY. QCI-2 201. When data are contained on 6.7.2.5 Each individual data group or 6.7.2 4 multiple pages, each page h. message has a descriptive m.(1) displays both page number and QCI-5 title. OCI-2 total number of pages. 193. Displayed data are organized 6.7.2.5 202. Items o f a numbered list 6.7.2.5 logically and consistently. a.Q) "continue" on following pages ro OCI-4 reiative to the first number on the first page of the list. 194. Displayed data reflect an 6.7.2.5 obvious and inherent quality of a.(2) the data groups (hierarchical, OCI-4 sequential, or mimic). H 1 0 HUMAN ENG)NEERIHG CHEGKI.IST 63'ROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE When directions to the 6.7.2.5 211. Alphanumeric characters (if VD-38 'operator accompany an )~ used) are grouped into words, options list, the directions OCI-5 sentences, or text in a precede the list. meaningful way. Urgent messages are high- 6.7.2.5 lighted on the CRT screen. k.(1) GRAPHIC CODING AND OCI-7 HIGHLIGHTING Z05. Urgent messages are displayed 6.7.2.5 212. Highlighting of important 6.7.2.7 in the same location on the k.(z) messages is used on CRT. aO CRT screen. OCI-7 In systems in which. selection 6.7.2.5 213. Highlight coding methods are 6.7.2.7 is made by use of a cursor l. consistent. b.(1) formats are organized to mini-mize positioning movements 214. Highlighting methods for 6.7.2.7 of the cursor. emergency conditions are not b.(z) used in association with 207. The amount of information- 6.7.2.5 normal conditions. bearing activated screen area mo does not exceed 25% of the 215. If contrast enhancement is 6.7.2.7 total screen area. This does used for highlighting, no more co not include demarcation lines than three brightness levels used to separate groups of are used in a single presenta-data. tion. (Two is preferred.) CRT displayed trend plot 6.7.2.5 216. Blinking for purposes of high- 6.7.2.7 scales are consistent with the n. lighting is not used except for do intended functional use of the emergency conditions. OCI-7 data. 217. If blinking is used for high- 6.7.2.7 CRT screen lines are com- VD-50 lighting, no more than two ..(1) posed of at least 20 points per blink rates are used. cm (50 points per inch). 218. For single blink rate, 2-3 6.7.2.7 210. Data, text, formats, etc., OCI-17 blinks per second with a mini- e.(2) essential to system perform- mum of 50 msec "on" time OCI-7 ance are under system control. between blinks is used. 64 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKliST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. If two blank rates are used for 6.7.2.7 228. The number of coding symbols 6.7.2.7 highlighting, the rates are e.(3) under optimum conditions does j.(2) about 4 per second and 1 per not exceed 20. second. 229. The number of coding symbols 6.7.2.7 If 2 blink rates are used, the 6.7.2.7 under adverse display con- j.(3) on-off ratio is about 50%. e.(O) ditions is six. If 2 blink rates are used, the 6.7.2.7 230. Other techniques (i.e., color, 6.7.2.7 higher rate is used for the e.(5) filled versus unfilled) to dis- j.(4) most critical rqformation. play different states or quali-ties of a basic symbol are used Where blinking is used for OCI-7 if needed. highlighting, the blinking rate is between 2-3 Hz with a mini-mum flash duration of 50 MLLTI-PAGECQNSIDERATIQNS msec. 231. Page design and content mini- 6.7;2.8 If inverse video or image 6.7.2.7 mize operator memory a.(1) reversal is used for high- f. requirements. lighting, it is used to highlight in dense data field, such as a 232. All data relevant to a specific 6.7.2.8 word or phrase in a paragraph entry is displayed on a single of text or a set of characters page. a.(2)'.7.2.8 in a table of data. 233. When pages are organized in If graphic coding is used, it is 6.7.2.7 hierarchical fashion, a visual b. used to present standard quali- go audit trail of choices is pro-tative information or to draw vided upon operator request. attention to a portion of the display. 234. Location references within a 6.7.2.8 scrolling frame are provided in c.(1) Graphic codes are consistently 6.7.2.7 viewable portion of frame. OCI-16 used. h. 235. Sectional coordinates are used 6.7.2.8 If symbols are used for coding, 6.7.2.7 for panning large schematics. c.(2) they vary widely in shape. lo 236. Means are provided for operator'o control the 6.7.2.8 The number of symbols used 6.7.2.7 amount, format, and com- d. for coding is kept small. j.(1) OCI-16 plexity of information being displayed. d \ g 0 65 HUMAN ENGlIEERlIG GHECKuST PROCESS COMPUTER EVAt.UATlON GUlDEi.NE REF. EVAl.UATl01 GUIDEUIE REF. If message is a variable option 6.7.2.8 list, common elements main- ~ e. tain their physical relationship QCI-17 to other recurring elements. LIGHT PENS 238. Light pen cord is retractable VD-55 or guarded to avoid catching on console shelf. 239. Cord connecting light pen to VD-55 console is positioned to mini-mize interference with viewed screen data. 240. Light pens are equipped with a QCI-28 push-tip switch requiring 2-5 oz. of force to active. 241. Light pennable characters are not coded by blink rate. 242. Light pens are approximately OCI-28 0.5 in. in diameter and 6;0 in. in length. r <o t, 4 a 0 0 66 HUMAN EIIIG!IEERlMG CHECKLlST ElvtERGENCY QARtvfENTS EVALUATlOfbf GUf DELlfbfE REl'. EVALUATfOfbf GUIDELflbfE t1. 2. Protective equipment includes protective clothing breathing apparatus. Protective equipment will be compatible with body sizes and 6.1A.1 aO 6.1A.l b; 10. ll. Personnel wearing protective equipment will be able to operate equipment. communications Emergency face masks will be 6.2.1.8 b. 6.2.1.8 and will allow adequate tactile ~ equipped with diaphragms for c.(l) sensitivity and ability to see, transmitting speech. COM-1 move, communicate, reach and hear. 12. Diaphragms are capable of 6.2.1.8 separating voice from exhaust c.(2)

3. Protective equipment will be 6.1.4.1 valve action. COM-1 checked periodically to make Co sure it is in good condition.. 13. An electronic speech syst: em 6.2.1.8 will be. used if face mask is c.(3)

Protective equipment will be 6.1A.1 not equipped with diaphragms. available in sufficient number d. and sizes to accommodate all 14. Controls will be easily 6.4.1.1 operators. identified while wearing d.o) emergency gear.

5. Sizes will be marked clearly. 6.1A.1

e. 15. Controls will be easy to 6.4.1.1 activate while wear ing d.(2)

6. An adequate supply of 6.1A.1 protective equipment. CON-4 personal protection equipment f.

t expendables will be provided.

7. Protective equipment will be 6.1.4.1 easily and readily accessible. gs

8. Operators will be well 6.1.4.1 practiced in donning h.

equipment.

9. Instructions for donning, dof fing, ance controlling protective equipment will be provided.

Jl .V 67 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKI.IST +Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific. +++1580 is more specific. EVALUATl0lwl GUlDEL1ltlE REF. KVALUATlGMGUIDE(.lIE tLABEL CONTENT 1. Q Labels describe the equipment functions and, clarity, characteristics if needed for engineering or 6.6.3.1

a. Bc b.

PA-56 10. 11. Labels are used to identify functionally grouped controls or displays. This warning notice is clear, direct, and attention getting and of 2596 larger letter size 6.6.3.7 aO PA-32 PA-29 nomenclature also described. than any detailed instructions (e.g., "Danger! Deadly Shock 2; Label wording expresses the 6.6.3;2 Hazard" r ather than exact intended action. aO "Warning High Voltage" ). PA-55

12. This label, uses no periods, PA-46 Instructions are clear and 6.6.3.2 except to preclude misinter-

b. h c. pretation.

PA-55

13. Categories of information not 6.5.1 4

4. Words that have a commonly 6.6.3.2 needed in using a display are b.

accepted meaning for all d. avoided. VD-7 intended users are used in PA-55 PA-47 labels. LABEL LOCATION

5. Unusual technical terms are 6.6.3.2 Q avoided. e. 14. Labels are located above the 6.6.3.7 PA-55 functional groups and com- b.

ponents and the panel ele- PA-45 t6. 7. Words are spelled correctly. Use of Roman avoided. numerals Words on labels are concise is 6.6.3.2 f. 6.6.3.4 e. 6.6.3.5 ments they identify. and 6.6.2.1

a. h b.

PA-45 PA-49 I 8. and meaning. convey the intended PA-55 15. Component labels located above eye level are positioned 6.6.2.1 Co to ensure visibility. PA-45

9. Words and abbreviations of 6.6.3.6 similar appearance are PA-56 16. Labels are placed close to the 6.6.2.1 avoided. components they describe. d0 PA-46

~ Cy 1 lt 0 I 0 ) k t f 0 ~,r i 68 HUMAN EioiNEERiNG CHECKliST EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVAI.UATION GUIDELlNE Labels are placed where they 6.6.2.1 26- Administrative procedures are 6.6.2.4 17. t~m are not obscured for an extended time period during e PA-44 I in place for the periodic cleaning of labels. de operation. and 6.6.2.4 27. Control position indicators 6.9.1.2

b. h c. will correspond with display c.(3)

PA-.44 labels. PA-45 PA-47

28. Printing is on the display face. 6.5.1.4

18. Adjacent labels are separated 6.6.2.1 a.(1) by sufficient space so they are f.

not read as one continuous PA-46 GENERAL LABELINQ label. PRINCIPLES ~ i.. Labels are mounted to pr e-clude accidental removal. 6.6.2.2 aO

29. Controls, displays, and other equipment that will be 6.6.1.1 PA-28 PA-44 located, identified, or manipu-lated are appropriately and

20. Labels are mounted on a flat 6.6.2.2 clearly labeled.

t surface. b. PA-44 labels are used to 6.6.1.2

30. Major identify major systems on a.(1)

21. Labels are positioned hori- 6.6.2.3 panel sections. PA-29 zontally. a.(i)

PA-43 t

31. Subordinate labels are used to 6.6.1.2 identify subsystems or func- a'.(2)'A-49

22. This label is not a manu- PA-47 tional groups.

facturers'abel placed directly on an instrument face. 32. Component labels are used to 6.6.1.2 identify each component. a.(3)

23. Yertical orientation of labels 6.6.2.3 PA-49 is used only when space is a.(2) limited. PA-43 33. Labels do not repeat infor- 6.6.1.2 mation contained in higher- a.(4)

24. Curved labels are avoided. 6.6.2;3 level labels.

b. PA-43

25. Labels do not obscure figures 6.6.2.4 or scales which must be read. aO PA-47

p lll 4 4 II 0 0 0 I e 1 J y ~ g  ! ( (~ ~ 1 ~ 69 HUMAN EIGlIEERIIG CHECKLlST EVALUATION GUIOELIIIIE HEl'. EVALUAjlOI GUIDELIIIIE Rf F. Labels will be graduated in 39. Tag-out labels clearly identify 6.6.5.1 letter size as follows: out-of-service components and d. - h. equipment, are securely o Major labels are 25% affixed, do not obscure the larger than 6.6.1.2 label associated with the non-subsystem/functional group b.(i) operable component and any labels. PA-50 adjacent devices, and are PA-31 designed to physically prevent o Subsystem/functional 6.6.1.2 actuation of a control. group labels are 25'k larger b.(2) 'A-50 40. The use of temporary labels is 6.6;5.2 than component labels. labels will be PA-31 6.6.1.2 I administratively controlled. aO o Component 41. A review procedure is used to 6.6.5.2  ; 25% larger than control position identifiers. b.(3) PA-50 PA-31 I determine if temporary labels will be used: (1) when needed; b.(1-9) (2) how used; (3) content; (4) installation; (5) impact on

35. Displays are identified as to 6.5.1.1 I whether they reflect demand or actual status.

e.Q) VD-89 other system (6) documentation equipment; require-ments; (7) retraining require-ments; (8) periodic review;

36. Display markings are black on 6.5.1.3 and (9) removal.

a white background to provide c.(i) high contrast. PA-59 LOCATION AIDS TEMPORARY LABELS 42. Demarcation lines are visually 6.6.6.2 distinctive from the panel b. Temporary labels are used 6.6.5.1 background. CDI-13 only when necessary and con- a.

• b.

form to good human engi- 43. Lines of demarcation are 6.6.6.2 neering principles. N attached permanently. Co

38. Temporary labels do not 6.6.5.1 obscure prior permanent labels co GENERAL LABELING unless the old label is to be READABILITY replaced.

Character height subtends a 6.5.1.3 minimum visual angle of 15 a. and minutes or 0.004 X viewing 6.6.4.1 distance. a.(i) PA-34 A C oa" I I 'e e I I 0 t L 0 II 'I 1 I 1 k g I (~ I l 4A lh 'A 14 ~ I 4 70 HUMAM EMGfIIIEERfMG CHECKS)ST ~ . EVALUATION GUIDEI.IIE EVALUATION GUIDEI.IIE t45. Type style is consistent with recommended figures or a similar style and used with consistency. 6.5.1.3 b.(1) a (2)+ PA-36 VD-36 53. $P Letter width-to-height ratios are between 1:1 and 3:5. 6.5.1.3 d.(2) VD-40 and 6.6.4.2 b.(1)

46. Qniy upper case letters are 6.5.1.3 PA-37 used. b.(3)

PA-36 54. Numeral width-to-height 6.5.1.3 fjf ratios a'e 3:5 except for the d.(3)

47. Color combinations provide 6.5.1.3 number "4" which is one stroke VD-40 goad contrast. c.(2)" width wider and the number and PA-59 "1" which is one strake in 6.6.4.2 width. b.(2)

~ 8. Letter height is identical for all labels within the same hierarchical level based on the 6.6 4.1 a.(2) 55; Minimum space between PA-37 6.5.1.3 maximum viewing distance. characters is one stroke width. d.(4) PA-60

49. This engraved label is filled PA-53 and, with a paint pigment or 6.6.4.2 covered with a clear plastic d.(i) cover. PA-60

50. Dark letters are provided an a 6.6 4.1 56. Minimum space between words 6.5.1.3 light background to ensure b.(i) is one character width. d.(5) adequate contrast and prevent PA-53 PA-61 readability errors. PA-59 and 6.6 4.2 Labels are in capital letters. 6.6.4.2 d.(2) a.(1) PA-61

52. Stroke width-to-character- 6.5.1.3 57. Minimum space between lines 6.5.1.3 ref height ratios are between 1:6 d.(1). $P will be one-half the character d.(6) and 1:B. VD-39 height. PA-62 and and 6.6 4.2 6.6.4.2 Co d.(3)

PA-38 PA-62 R ~ U k 1 h 0 I II K 0 EVALUATiON GUIDELNE EVALUATlow GUlDELlME Lettering is simple and with- 6.5.3.3 LEGEND LIGHTS out flourishes or serifs and b (2)>>>> conforms to conventions for PA-36 66. The legend is readable under 6 4.3.3 style and size. VD-36 /P ambient. light conditions, with b.(i) and or without internal illumi- and 6.6 4.2 nation. 6.5.3.3 a.(2) a.'(2) PA-36 'ON>>5

67. Legend lettering and contrast 6;4.3,3 COUNTERS and use of color is consistent b.(3) throughout the control room.

59. For drum-type counters, width 6.5.5.1 to height ratio of numerals is a.'(2)'D-83 68. The legend messages are 6.4.3.3 1:l. specific, unambiguous, and b.(4) concise. PA-35

60. For drum-type counters, 6.5.5.1 and numeral-to-background con- a.(4) 6.5.3.3 trast is high. VD-84 b.(4)

VD-6

61. Simple character font is used; 6.5.5.2 variable stroke widths and a.(2) 69. The legend messages contain 6.4.3.3 slanted characters are not no more than three lines of b.(S) used for electronic counters. lettering. and 6.5.3.3

62. Numerals subtend a visual 6.5.5.2 b.(5) angle of 15 minutes from a.(3) CON-5 furthest anticipated viewing distance of electronic counter. 70. Where meaning of the light is 6.5.3.2 not apparent, labeling is pro- a (u>>>>

63. Electronic counter numeral 6.5.5.2 vided close to a legend light VD-96 jjf width-to-height ratio is 3:5. a.(4) indicator.

64. Horizontal spacing between 6.5.5.2 71. Legend lettering contrasts 6.5.3.3 numerals is 1/4-1/2 numeral a.(5) /Jf well with background when a.(3) width for electronic counters. light is both on and off, under PA-59 both ambient and transillumi-

65. Character-to-background con- 6.5.5.2 nated lighting.

trast ratio is between 15:1 and Co 20:1 for electronic counters. 72. Legends are worded to indi-cate status indicated by 6.5.3.3 glowing light. b.(7) P v~, w w ~~ o' 0 ha<<- 1 0 r 0 tN 4h& ~ ~ I A HUMAN EIIIGIIEER)NG CHECKl.lST EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE MISCELLANEOUS LABELS ORIENTATION Access Openings 78. The angle for viewing this 6.6.3.9 label is as shown in the figure 73; Each access opening is labeled aO on the back. to identify the function of PA-29 items accessible through it. LABELS COLOR Danger Safety Instructions

79. White alphanumeric char-

74. All danger, warning, and 6.6.3.9 acters on black background safety instruction labels are in b. have thinner stroke widths accordance with appropriate PA-29 than black characters on white safety standards. background.

Trend Recorders LABELS PANELS Labeling for trend recorders 6.5.4.2 80. This panel is illuminated by identifies the parameters a.(1) ambient or individual illumi-recorded. If multi-pen, para- nation, and the stroke width meters are listed in order of on its label conforms with the associated scales or recorders. following guidelines:

a. Dark characters on light background have a stroke CONTROLS width 1/16 of the letter t76.

77. This switch must be used with the cover panel off and dupli-cate switch position labels are placed on the internal unit. See illustration on back. This PA-51 height.

b. Light characters on dark background have a stroke width 1/8 of the letter height.

label for concentric controls uses the following hierarchy: small solid dot, larger solid line, and larger broken circle. Nomenclature is adjacent to p, 52. controls and identifies the function of each knob. Color coding is used to increase code-symbol reliability. t ~ NW I ~ -'~ 0 ~, \ ~ p~a w 4 dl*.' 0 7 f II t t ~ ~ s l I A II ~ ~ ~ ~ )4,'(i ~ ~

• 4 I

1 I I ~ ~ e 73 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKUST ANNUNCIATCjRS +Criteria are different. +~0700 criteria are more specific. +~+1580 is more specific. EVALUATION GUIDELNE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. VISUAL DISPLAYS 8. Master light test control VD-91 ~ ~ exists for each control panel Maintainability using incandescent bulbs.

1. Lamps may be replaced 6.3.3.1 Mentification/Coding m rapidly and conveniently from Co the front of the display panel. VD-92 9. High-priority or safety-related VD-95 annunciators flash red, while

2. If necessary, operator aids are 6.3.3.1 all other lights do not flash or provided for lamp replace- Co are a different color.

ment. Annunciators or warning lights VD-96 Bulbs may be removed and 6.3.3.1 are separate from and cleariy replaced while power is on Co distinguishable from status without causing circuit corn- VD-92 indicators. ponent failure or personnel '0. safety hazards. This annunciator is dis- VD-110 criminably larger and brighter Legend screen or indicator 6.3.3.1 than other less critical lhgend covers are designed to prevent ce lights. inadvertent interchange or to VD-92 provide a check of proper 12. This warning device attracts 6.3.3.2 installation. the attention of a busy or aO bored operator. VD-112

5. Incande'scent display lamps VD-91 have dual bulbs or filament 13. The specific tile(s) on an 6.3.3.2 redundancy to indicate need annunciator panel use flashing aO for replacement of a bulb or illumination to indicate an VD-109 filament without degrading alarm condition. VD-99>>

operator performance. This warning device specifies VD-112

6. Annunciators are designed so VD-2 what is wrong or what action that failure of the circuits or to take.

bulbs is immediately, apparent.

15. This warning device allows VD-112

7. Failure of the annunciator cir- VD-7 continued attention to other cuit will not cause failure in duties.

the equipment associated with the display. 16. This warning device is not VD-112 likely to fail or give false warnings. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ta ~ t ~ 1 ~ t 'H ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 1 1 74 HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKllST Ah84JNCIATORS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Each matrix is labeled with 6.3.3.3 24. Size-coded annunciators use a VD-111 alphanumeric codes for identi- d.(1) maximum of three sizes/steps. fication of individual tiles. The number of alarm tiles and 25. Compound coding is usually VD-106 the matrix density are kep less satisfactory than single low. coding if the single code used is the best available.

18. Appropriate alphanumeric 6.3.3.3 codes appear on matrix axes c.(lX2) 26. Coding 'n this annunciator VD-106 for ~

ready coordinate system is consistent through-designation .of a particular out the control room. visual tile; coordinate designation is preferred on the 27. No color combinati'ons which VD-97 left and top sides of the can be easily confused (e.g., annunciator panel. red and orange; blue and purple) are used for coding Summary labels identify major 6.3.3.3 annunciators in the control alarm groups. room.

20. If used, brightness coding uses VD-111 anly two levels (bright and 28. If used, symbols are clearly dim). associated with the VD-110 ob jects/conditions they

21. If brightness coding is used, VD-111 represent.

bright represents primary t items and dim represents 29. Symbology codes use only VD-110 background or supplementary simple, symmetrical symbols information. with enclosed areas, sharp angles, and/or smooth curves.

2. The maximum number of VD-108 chromatic colors used an 30. Symbolic codes avoid using VD-110 annunciators is five (total of variations of a single geo-seven, including black and metric form.

white). C/D Relationships

23. Flashing lights have a flash 6.3.3.2

31. ~+sf Uigbhsen&piebirtg fge; 5tD-89 QeaUdiapero f seamnahptbreth suh. VD-100 eydteR cfjfCkes frxfnab,baheeipdil VD-109 chxtkbg) AKSStaGZCM.4ldS)stem components.

h h E ' P J I' I ~ 'q II L;+, HUMAN ENGlltIEERllo CHECKLlST ANNUNCIATORS EVALUATION GUIDEI.INE REF. EVALUATION GUIDEI.IIIIE REF. Cantrol devices associated 6.3.4.1 41. Numeral width-to-height ratio 6.3.3.5 with this annunciator are VD-88 is 3:5. d.(3)+ within readily reachable VD-103 distances. VD Critical function indicators VD-90 42. Letter height is identical for 6.3.3.5 are located within 15o of the all tiles. a.(2) operator's normal line of sight.

43. Type styles are consistent on 6.3.3.5 Readability all visual tiles. b.(2)

34. Annunciator visual tile legends 6.3.3.4 44. Stroke-width-to-character-heig 6.3.3.5 are specific and unambiguous. + ratio is between 1:6 and 1:8. d.(1)+

PA-55 VD-105 VD-6 45.. Minimum space between char- 6.3.3;5

35. Tile legends address specific 6.3.3.4 acters is one strake width. d.(4) conditions. c08 PA-60 VD-6

46. Minimum space between words 6.3.3.5

36. Legends are engraved. 6.3.3.5 is the width of one character. d.(5) c.(1)" PA-61.

VD-103

47. Minimum space between lines 6.3.3.5

37. Only upper-case type is used 6.3.3.5 is one-half the character d.(6) on visual tiles. b.(3) height. PA-62 VD-103

48. The operator is able to read . 6.3.3.5 Type styles are simple (no 6.3.3.5 all the annunciator'iles from ae flourishes or seriphs). b.(1) the position at the work VD-90 VD-103 station where annunciator VD-35 VD-41 acknowledge control is located.

39. Numerals and letters do not Vp-103 vary in engraving depth. 49. Legends provide high contrast 6.3.3.5 with the tile background.

Letter width-to-height ratio is 6.3.3.5 PA-59 between 1:1 and 3:5 or 100% d.(2) ta 60% for black letters on VD-105 50. Legends are dark lettering on 6.3.3.5 white background. VD-40 light background. c.(2) VD-93 P ~ ~ n P ~ I 'I i P 1 l PPP~m V I r 76 HUMAN EiolNEERlio CHECKl.lST ANNWFN CIATORS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATIOIIIGUIDELINE REF. There is a high enough con- 6.3.3.2 58. Blank or unused annunciator 6.3.3.3 trast between alarming and d,+ tiles are not illuminated. f. steady-on tiles, and between VD-93 illuminated and nonilluminated 59. Flash rates are from 3 to 5 6.3.3.2 tiles. flashes per second with b. approximately equal on and VD-109

52. In case of flash or failure of 6.3.3.2 off times. 1472C an alarmed tile, the tile light C>>

illuminates and burns steadily. VD-109 Location

53. Trademarks, company names, VD-6 60. This annunciator is located so 1472C or other markings not related that it can be read easily and to the annunciator are not dis- accurately by personnel in played on the window face. normal operating positions.

Each panel is identified by a 6.3.3.1 61. Panel identification label 6.3.3.1 label above the panel. b.{1) height is consistent with a b.(2) PA-49 subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes when viewed Operations from a control position within the primary operating area.

55. Changes in display status 1472C signify changes in functional 62. Letter height for coordinate 6.3.3.3-status rather than results of designation is consistent with c.(3) control activation alone. a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes.

Extinguishment of a signal or VD-89 visual indication will not be 63. Annunciator tile(s) letter 6.3.3.5 used to denote a "go ahead" or heights subtend a minimum a.(i) "ready" condition. visual angle of 15 minutes. VD-35 57 Some type of visual indication AUD%))RhfiMNRMf4Rhring alarms (ringback) such as: A special flash rate (twice 6.3.1.5 or . one-half .the normal

64. A qp.xjpurp~pt five auair.ory t signai combiriations is used mheRe4ofmdrhligbtrieaaoded by both intensity and frequency.

o A special color. 6.3.1.5 b.(2) 6.3.1.5 b.(3) ~ xom= l II P ~ g I I ~ I l \ ~ v 'I II II I C 77 HUMAN EIIIGIIEERlia CHECKLlST ANNUNCIATORS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl'. EVALUATION GUIDELIIE REF;

65. The maximum number of AD-19 Operations audible signal codes by sound duration at any given time 74. Caution signals are dis- AD-31.

does not exceed three. tinguishable from warning signals. Changes in signal intensity are AD-20 used as a spatial coding cue. 75. Similar audible signals are AD-18 Frequency is not used for in meaning. not'ontradictory spatial coding.

76. Signals that increase pro- AD-7

67. The maximum number of AD-20. gressively in level are not used spatially coded signals (via where manual silencing is intensity changes) does not required.

exceed four.

77. Communication systems for AD-12 warnings, such as loud-Differences in sound intensity AD-21 speakers, horns, etc., are not are distinct. used for other purposes.

69. The same signal should desig- 6.3.3.2 78. Auditory signals capture 6.3.2.1 nate the same information at c.(2) operator's attention without Co all times. AD-1 causing irritation or a startled reaction.

70. More critical auditory signals AD-3 are clearly distinguishable 79. Auditory alert mechanisms., 6.3.2.1 from those of lesser automatically reset after acti- e.

importance. vation. pl. No more than seven frequencies are different used coding all auditory displays, for AD-15 80. Audible alarms are used in conjunction with warning lights, unless alarm is for AD-23 including warning systems. evacuation.

72. Auditory signals direct 6.3.2.1 81. Alarm system can be silenced. AD-8 operator to location requiring f.

action (localization). AD-3 82. Auditory signals are not pre- AD-3 sented simultaneously.

73. Coded signals are used to alert 6.3.2.2 operator to an alarm that is aO 83. Alarm audibles are shut off AD-8 not within primary operating only after initiation of the areas. signals.

ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ,1 ~ C ~ 4 Ql 1 % A ',> ' Ul V " ~ ~ ~ ~ e te I ., ~ 78 HUMAN EIIIGlIEERlMG CHECKLlST ANNUNCIATORS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELIIE

84. System is equipped with AD-30 92. Failure of audible alarm cir- AD-11 manual initiation as a supple- cuitry does not adver sely ment to automatic initiation affect equipment.

(e.g., evacuation, testing, etc.). 93. Where signal intensity is 6.3.2.1 adjustable, such adjustment is b.

85. An audible alarm is provided CRE-21 governed by administrative to indicate malfunctions in procedure.

unmonitored equipment.

86. Cleared alarms have a dedi- 6.3.1.5 cated distinctive audible a.

signal of finite duration. ~ 7.~ Audible alarms are discernible 6.3.2.1 over ambient control room ~ aO noise (level approx.~ 10 dB over ambient). Arrangement

88. Sound sources are directed AD-6 towards the operator.

89. Sound sources are placed at or AD-10 above the head of the operator.

intenance JO. Audio displays are equipped AD-10 with circuitry test devices or other means of operability testing.

91. Systems failures do not affect AD-11 operability of audible alarm systems.

ON-SITE EV U TION TOR SSISTED EVALUATION ') C f'J)P )1 ~ ~- 14 4 44 ~ I ~ ~ 44 ~ >>1 P) ~ 4 E 4>>JJ )JEEP 1, U 1 4 4 44 41 4 ~ ~ ~ 4 5' 1, 4 )'I P ~ ~ E f I f A E ~ ~4 ~ '>> >>r '! ~ ~ I 4 I g A ~, ~ I  ; ~ I; >>)g. r ~ ~ I II l 4 PIP 4 14 ~ I 4 ~ I ~ I V ~ ~ r ~ 1 p~ I I- IP ~ EI 44 ~ ~ I E i ~ ~ ~ I 4 P C ~ 'I ~ I I~ I ~ ~ \ PP C ~ 1 I I g

4. P.,=t' ~ ~ ).. v t r

( ~, Pie ~ ~ Iv 4 i ) l ~ ~ Jl ~ 4414 ~ I ~ ~ >>I 41 ,!!I >> ~ ~ ' HUMAN ENGIMEERfMG CHECKLlST ANTHROPO METRIC +Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific. EVALUAT1ON GUtDELlQE . REF, EVALUATlON GU1DELlIE WORKSPACE ARRANGEMENT 8. The lowest controls on a 6.1.2.2' $ stand-up console allows a 95th (2)+m 1.~ Minimum separation from the ~ ~ 6.1.1.3 percentile male to reach with- VD>>22 i back of any desk to any e.(l) out bending or stooping. opposing surface is 36 inches. WA-21

9. Benchboard slope permits a 6.1.2.2

$ 5th percentile female to reach Ce

2. Minimum lateral space for a 6.1.1.3 all controls.

seated operator is 30 inches. e.(2) WA-21 10. Controls are set back a mini- 6.1.2.2 mum of 3 inches from the d.(i) t Minimum separation between front edge to protect against 8 a single row of 6.1.1.3 accidental activation. equipment/panel and a wall is f.(1) 50 inches. WA-20 No control is more than 25 6.1.2.2 inches from the front edge of d.(2)

4. Minimum separation between 6.1.1.3 the console.

two rows of facing equipment f.(2) if operated by one person is 50 WA-20 12. All displays, including annun- 6.1.2.2 inches. $ ciators, are mounted so that e.(l)(a) they are within the upper limit

5. Minimum separation between 6.1.1.3 of the visual field of the opposing rows of equipment f.(r) standing 5th percentile where more than one person WA-20 '3. female.

works simultaneously will be 8 t feet. All displays and annunciators 6.1.2.2 $ are mounted so that the angle e.(1)(b) from the line of sight to the VD-22 STANDING OPERATIONS face plane is 45o or greater.

6. Console height will not exceed 6.1.2.2 14. The oblique angle from the 6.1.2.2 N 58 inches when a standing aO $ line of sight to a display e.(2) operator must see over it. located to either side of the working position from which 70 The highest controls on a 6.1.2.2 the display must'be read is at

$ stand-up console allows a 5th b.(1)+ least 45o. percentile female to reach VD-22 without stretching or using a 15. The maximum lateral spread 6,1.2.2 stool, ladder, etc. of controls and displays at a f. single-operator work station does not exceed 72 inches. ,Nla I ~ a .. 'e I Ia II a ~~ I a& ~ a ~ l l I I II N a ~, j a ~ a a a 1 I I a'a a a- a'N ~, ~ ~ HUMAN ENGINEERjNG CHECKLIST 80'NTHROPO METRIC . EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. A clearance of 4 inches verti- 6.1.2.2 24. Displays are mounted so that 6.1.2.3 cal and 4 inches horizontal is ge $ the angle from the line-of- e,(2)++ provided for foot room at the WA-25 sight to the display face plane VD-22 control board. is 45o or greater.

25. Controls and displays for a 6.1.2.3 SEATED OPERATIONS seated operating sequence will f.(1) be within maximum extended

17. Console height for seated 6.1.2.3 ~

reach and viewing range of the operators is no higher than 45 a.(i) seated operator specified on inches above the floor if the Figure 6.1-11. operator must see over the console. 26. The operator will not have to 6.1.2.3'.(2) bend/stretch significantly for $ 8. When the seated operator need only monitor (not read) status lights and annunciators beyond the console, see-over console . 6.1.2.3 a.(2) operating sequences and sus-tained or precise action. control heights above 45 inches are 27. Sufficient foot and leg room 6.1.2.3 acceptable. will be provided under all ge tables, consoles, etc. WA-27

19. All controls on a sit-down con- 6.1.2.3

/if sole are within the reach of b. 28. A surface at least 16 inches 6.1.2.3 the 5th percentile female. deep and 24 inches wide is h.(i) provided for writing; for other WA-27

20. The benchboard slope is within 6.1.2.3 kinds of seated tasks, the sur-

$ the functional reach of the 5th Ce face will be 16 inches deep percentile female. and 30 inches wide. O. Controls are set back a mini-mum of 3 inches from the 6.1.2.3 d.(l) SIT-STAND WORK STATIONS front edge to protect against accidental activation. 29. Height and lateral limits for 6.1.2 4 $ . controls and displays conforms (a)

22. Controls are not mounted 6.1.2.3 to 6.1.2.2 (see attached).

/If farther than 25 inches from d.(2) the console edge. 30. A high chair is available so 6.1.2 4 that seated eye level is the (b)

23. All displays and annunciators same as standing eye level.

are mounted so that they are '.1.2.3 less than 75o above the hori-zontal line-of-sight of the e.(i) seated 5th percentile female. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION I~ hhhh e 4~ h. 0 sh ~ RR ~ l hfeh j'Sh ~t ~ j R j h ~ 1 ~ 'h ~ 4, e h I hh 7 ~ ~ ~ RR s ~ l ll,f ~ 'l h s 5 C' h ~ ~ ~ I L R R h f R whw hs ~ ~ l R 'h ~ f l~ h R j ~.' ~,I R S ~ ~ h ' R h WR y l~ h " ~ 4 81., HUNIAM ENG! MEERjMG CHECKLlST ANTHROPO METRIC EVALUATlON GUIDELINE REF. EVAL,UATlOM GUIDBlNE RH. Knee room and comfortable 6.1.2 4 39. Work surface area width. is 24 6.1.2.7>> foot support are provided at (c) inches minimum if tasks d.(4) sit-stand work stations. involve reading and writing WA-16 only; 30 inches if other tasks are involved. VERTICAL PANELS

40. Knee room height is 25 inches 6.1.2.7>>

32. Controls are 'placed in an area 6.1.2.5" KP from the floor for 5th to 95th d.(5)

PP between 34 and 70 inches a.(1) percentile males and females WA-16 above the floor. WA-4 at sit-down-only stations.

33. Controls requiring precise or 6.1.2.5>> 41. Knee room depth is 18 inches 6.1.2.7 frequent operation and emer- a.'(2) minimum for desks or con- d.(6) gency controls are placed in WA-4 soles.

an area between 34 and 53 inches above the floor. 42. Knee room width is 20 inches 6.1.2.7>> minimum for sit down work d.(7) Displays are placed in an area 6.1.2.5 station. between 41 and 70 inches b.(i) above the floor. WA-1 SEATS AND CHAIRS

35. Displays which are read fre-

/Jf quently or precisely are 6.1.2.5 43. Seats are at least 17 inches 6.1.2.8 mounted in an area between b.(2) wide and 15-17 inches deep. e. 50 and 65 inches above the WA-1 WA-17/ floor. 18

44. Chairs at sit-down stations are 6.1.2.8>>

adjustable from 15-18 inches f. DESKS in height and for sit-stand WA-18 stations, from 26-32 inches.

36. For seated work only, a desk is 6.1.2.7 26 to 31 inches above the d.(1) 45. An adjustable footrest is 6.1.2.8 floor. WA-16 8 provided at a level of.no more go than 18 inches below the seat

37. For sit-stand desks, the height 6.1.2.7 surface. If it is part of the is 36 to 38 inches. d.{2) chair, a circular design of 18 inches in diameter is recom-

=

38. Work surface area depth is 16 6.1.2.7 mended.

inches minimum. d.(3) WA-16 ON-SITE EVALUATION 6 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 46* II 4 ~ I~ Q~ I ~ - ~ t 4 I ~ ~ 'I ~ ~ I ~ ~ 82 HUMAN EMGlIEERll.o CHECKllST ANTHROP QMETRIC EVALUATlDtl GUIOEl.lIE REF. EVALUATlDN GUlDEl.lNE CRT DISPLAYS 51. Consoles in which CRTs are 6.7.2 3 installed will conform to the e. The minimum angle between 6.7;2.3+ guidelines of Section 6.1.2. VD-54 the operator is line-of-sight b. (LQS) and the display screen VD-46 plane is 45o or greater hori-zontally and vertically.

47. CRT displays that are moni- 6.7.2.3+

tored frequently will not be c.(l)(a) more than 35o to the left or a (b) right of the YD-47 LQS or not operators'traight-ahead more than 20o above and 40o below the operators'ori-zontal LQS.

48. CRT displays that are not 6.7.2.3 gp monitored frequently will be .:(2)(')

not more than 95o to the left a (b) or right of the LQS and not operators'traight-ahead more than 70o above and 90o below the operators'ori-zontal LOS. CRT displays requiring fre- 6.7.2.3 quent monitoring are not more d.(i)(a) than 35o to the left or right of a (b) the operators'traight-ahead LOS and not more than 35o above and 25o below the operators'orizontal LQS.

50. CRT displays not r equiring 6.7.2.3 frequent monitoring are not d.(2) more than 95o to the left or (a) a right of the (b)

LOS and not operators'traight-ahead more than 85o above and 90o below the operators'ori-zontal LOS. ON-SITE EVALUATION ls OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION l<< ~ I alr ~1 ~ IV h * ~ 'I <<4. Vt Il ~ .r5<<c, Sr 5 Sl," ~ V<<r 5 fta<<I\ av I ~ rah vvv r h tv<< or ~ ~ << ~ vt h II ~ ~ 'h 1 r I ~ 1 I at c v 5 't ~ riar.e QI 1 v ~ ~ 1 1 'ti <<taS ~ ~,l,ftl vhS ~ 14 * ~ jt Va ~ h<< I C 'rt ~' 5 t I , ~ tr iLS>><< ~ 1 .I ~ ( i(. 'r j.  ! '5'i>> I I~ 1 r '\ Il ' 5 tht ' ll 1' V 1 1 ~ ~ I 'I << I ~ ~ ~~ J t ,1- Il  ! h 1 "~ 1 ~ <ar ~1 I t I>>- 1 ~ ~I ,~ ~ ~ ) 5,1 f~ E'i t ~ i <</I \ vl I ~ 55 ~ I I ~ i il. v << 1 'i t 5 Sl ~ 5 ~ ~ I I I t 1 I, ~ ~ ~ t 1 1 I ~ 'i' V ~ '1 ~ ~ a '1 5 ~ )I t I t ( '5 a 1 t ! '5 .L-: 5;h i I '1 l 5 5 5 h L ,(ta>> ~ 1, S tI ~ ( 5 ) 1 lhta>>hl<<ta rva 5<< ahv vvrr ar'Apv 1'IH arrl r vt ~ ~ I la at at rl' ta ~ <<4 hh ~ ~ aa I>> a~ ~ I ~ w.r, ~a ~ >>r v 83, HUMAN EIIIG!NEERlNG CHECKl.lST F ORCUS/TORam EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Toggle switches have an 6.4.5.3 9. Resistance of continuous 6.4.5.1 elastic resistance that aO adjustment thumbwheels is c.(2) increases as the control is CON-6 between 3 and 6 ounces. CON-97 moved and drops as the switch snaps into position. 10. Resistance of rotary selector 6.4.4.5 controls is a minimum of 1.0 e.(5)

2. Knobs for spring-loaded 6A.4.5 inch/lb. and a maximum of 6.0 "

CON-3 momentary contact rotary f. inch/lbs. selector controls are large enough to be easily held Knob torque for continuous 6.4A.4 against the spring torque for adjustment rotaries is within d. as long as necessary. the range of 4 5 to 6 0 CON-3 inch/ounces. The resistance for rocker 6.4.5A switches is a minimum of 10 e.(2) 12. Resistance of key-operated 6.4A.3 ounces and a maximum of 40 CQN-7 controls is 1.0 inch/lb. 'ini- g.(3) ounces. mum and 6.0 inch/lbs. maxi- CON-4 mum. Rocker switch resistance 6.4.5.4 gradually increases, then drops c.(l) 13. Resistance for legend push- 6A.3.3 to zero when the control snaps CQN-7 buttons is a minimum of 10 e.(5) into position. ounces and a maximum of 40 CQN-5 ounces.

5. This resistance precludes the 6.4.5.4 switch being placed between c.(2) 14. Resistance for round push- 6.4.3.2 positions. CON-7 buttons is a minimum of 10 d.

ounces and a maximum of 40 CQN-5 Resistance of a large toggle 6A.5.3 ounces. switch is 10 ounces minimum c.(4) and 40 ounces maximum. CQN-6 15. Control knobs or handles do 6.4.1.1 not rotate, slip, or move e.(2)

7. Resistance of a small toggle 6A.5.3 loosely on their shafts so as to switch is a minimum of 10 c.(3) retain full characteristics ounces and a maximum of 16 CON-6 during its service life.

ounces.

16. No internal wear or breakage 6A.l.l

8. Resistance of thumbwheel 6A.5.1 occurs to alter the "feel" or e.(3) controls is a minimum of 6 d.(2)(e) other sensory feedback of the-ounces and a maximum of 20 CON-9 control.

ounces. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION sssB r<<S<aa ' ' W . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ vv s ~ IIwa a' t ~ v ~ v, r I ~ w v. Ja a<<aw<<a ~ 'lv" ~ I << C ltv II tjvvavjv<<vwh t aw ~ ' av ta ~ rv a>> r Ia t I ~ av i ." 'S~ ~ .S ."S I, I V l <<v ( s v t ~ << 'l s ~ ~ I tst ~ g <J w [rS'qa<<t ~ ~ ~;s r, ' - I~+ s,qv , ~ . "Ij ~ ~ ~ r I ~ r.v>>a ~ v 'I I I( aq- ~ . s, ~ t', ~, ~ I I ' I ~ M ~ ~ r I I~ ~ 4 )S ~ 4 I Iv ~ v ~ S. IJ ~ 'S ~ fJ ~ C ~ ~ J I ~ t= sa t< ~ ~ l p t ~ M" - ~ l t ~ 'I v <<a ~ jv ly J ~ I S ~ (" ~ 4 (I s ~ I J I ~ \ ~ v I ~ ~ ~ 'a I ~ v ~ ~ Jv ~ g ~, V'll I C 1 v \~ ~ I ~ s ~ I ~ 4 I ~ ~ V ~ ~ I ~ ~ I 4 vavvtav v vwtt Ia ~ I I va ~ (Iv ~ I w v ~ \ ~ . 84 HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECKl.lST COMMVNICATIONS +Criteria are different. + "0700 is more specific. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Fixed-base UHF transceivers 6.2.1.5 10. Microphone input is provided 6.2.1.E provide a frequency response 80 within the control room. b.(5) of at least 200-3300 Hz and COM-1 sufficient dynamic range for Speakers are provided in all 6.2.1.6 handling speech character- areas where control room per- c.(i) istlcse sonnel might be. COM-2

2. Gain is adjustable, with the 6.2.1.5 12. Speakers are placed to yield 6.2.1.6 lowest setting allowing audi- b. an intelligible level of signal c.(2) bility. COM-4 throughout the area.

Procedures are established and 6.2.1.5 13. Procedures are outlined for 6.2.1.6 posted for the use of the UHF co the proper manner of speaking. d. system. on the announcing system. The announcing system pro- 6.2.1.6 14. Speaker volume is adjustable 6.2.1.6 vides a good frequency a.(1) to allow detection of auditory e.(1) response of 200-3300 Hz, to COM-1 alarms. COM-4 achieve intelligibility.

15. Lowest gain control setting .6.2.1.6

5. Loudspeakers are placed to 6.2.1.6 allows audibility of =communi- .e.'(2) adequately cover all necessary a.(2) cation. COM-4 areas without "Dead Spots". COM-9

16. Control room inputs have 6.2.1.6 priority interrupt or bypass to f.

6. Microphone frequency 6.2.1.6 messages on the announcing t7.

response is compatible with the system. Powered telephones, used with the system, have microphones compatible announcing system. with, the b.(i) COM-1 6.2.1.6 b.(2) 17. 18. system. Point-to-point intercoms con-nect the control room with important plant areas. The system provides adequate 6.2.1.7 6.2.1.7 frequency response from 200- 80

8. Microphones are highly sensi- 6.2.1.6 3300 Hz.

tive to speech signals. b.(3)

19. Gain is adjustable at each 6.2.1.7

9. Microphone dynamic range 6.2.1.6 intercom unit, with lowest b.

permit 50dB variations in sig- b(4) setting allowing audibility. COM-1 ON-SITE EVALUATION ts'OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION

• Y I ~

~ I 1)- let I' I I>>, ~ 4 ~) E 45>> 5P(h 4 ~ < . ~ (I tt e <<tw whhh ~ ~ I',I 1, I ~ 5 = I (P Ct 4+V'I 5 ~ ~ t ~ lt" ~ ( 4 ) I 0 I I ~ ~ t 4 tp ~ I, ~ )t ~ t* It ~ ( '4t J3 J'Eh 4>>45 ~ ~ ~ 55$ << ~ h ) I 5 h4 ~ l(4 A 55 ~ ~ C ) ) ) ~' th ht Vt 4 444(4WWPI4)t 4 l, 'tt ll ~ ~ t h 'lt le 4 ~ ~

• 1

 ? ~" I 'I 4 4 ~ ' Ih ~ 1 ~ r)4$ I (51, I 4 \ .'te( ~ 4 I I ( I VC e ~ ~ ~ 'lt )4 h Ig ~ ~ ht ~ tl I<<H ~ >>" E, ( ~ ~ C~ 1 ~ 4) I ' 4 5 ~ te I ~ E t ) I I ~ Itt -)wc 5 ~ ~ ~ hh ~>> I I 1 'I ~ (, C.

4) h~

J ( I ~ ~ I' I 'I 1(S Ifh Y g ~1 ~~ ~ 4( ) . ~ I ~ \ ~. I 1; ~ I r'1' l. ~ I ~

• h

'f r.-c ! -'.,'. ~ ~ E Wh 5 I ' \~ I ( ~ I t 'h, I th ~ ~ ~ 4 I >>P ~ I ~ ~ , 4 /Y (t 1~ ~ ~ I ~ P 'I ~ ( fI 1- ~ ~ lh 1 5 i 5 t I 5 I E I ~ I ew V*at t tv% ~ ll ~ r ~ 4 \ l Jr I w l ~ ~ 4 )=I (rt W et '4' I 4 ) ~ )5.' Y 85, HUMAN ERG!NEERIMG CHEGKLlST COMMKPCCATIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

20. Internal and external com- 6.2.1.8 30. Failure of auditory alarm does 6.2.2.7'O munications backup is pro-

~ ~

a. not adversely affect plant

~ vided during emergencies. equipment. AD-11

21. Systems dedicated to non- 6.2.2.1 31. False auditory alarms are 6.2.2.7 verbal auditory signals are aO avoided. b.

used only for that purpose.

32. Auditory test capabilities are 6.2.2.7

22. Auditory signals provide loca- 6.2.2.1 provided. Co tion cues, directing operators b. AD-10 to area of required attention. AD-3 Dedicated communication -

6.1.1.6. links exist. between primary b.: Auditory signals are selected 6.2.2.1 operating areas and the shift to avoid confusion with c.(l) supervisor's office. ambient noise. AD-1 Operating instructions are 6.2.1.1

24. Auditory signals do not inter- 6.2.2.1 provided for each communi- aO fere with other auditory c (2)a cation system including alter-sources, including verbal com- AD-3 natives if system becomes munication. inoperable.

25. The meaning of each auditory 6.2.2.2 35. Periodic maintenance is per- 6.2.1.1 signal is clear and unam- formed to ensure that all com- b.

biguous. AD-1 munication systems are nor-mally operative and effective

26. Similar auditory signals are 6.2.2.2 under varying ambient noise not contradictory in meaning. b. levels.

AD-18

36. Priority procedures are 6.2.1.1 l.7. Alerting auditory signals are 6.2.2.2 established and are made c.(l) distinct from routine signals Ce known to all operators for the such as bells, buzzers, etc. transmission of emergency messages from the control

28. Sound sources direct sound 6.2.2.4 room by any of the communi-toward the center of the pri- ae cation systems.

mary operating area. AD-6

37. Procedures are established for 6.2.1.1 29., Auditory alert and warning 6.2.2.4 handling communications c.(2) signals are audible in all parts b. during an emergemcy.

of the control room. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION Jp ~i(( 9 ~ l rr 't 5v te v(t 5 a' r 9 ( ( 9 r ~ Pa I ~ 9 J ) jtt ~ ~ ~, - f I tl ~ ~ ~ t va ~ I<<a a t. A<<va ) 5 A( V ~ ~r Ia VV r ~~ ra Vf WVVVWVhrar( e ~ rt>>tpva<<<<vrt vvhw '>>t<<art ah re ~ <<<<v >> <<t <<Vt\ ~ aa <<tvvr ~ ~ v 'a ~ 9 ~ ~ I~ aa 9(, 9 ( ~ 'r< ~ ') ~ kvt<<UIw htv>> '<<er>>v>><<<< ta .V>>v<<v th p v( P ~ <<'I &<< ~ Ir>> ~: I>> ~ avl 9 ~ ~ ~ I ~ie 9 (tv 4 ~ PI) 'JV t )(>> 9 ~ r~ ' V ~ f ~ t ( ~ t

• 5I fa, I~ ',

~ ~ ~ I 9 5 ,5 g at(V r )It: ~ >>5 VC' a ~ ).( A) 9 9 ~ J

v. <<>> art

'( ll >> (t(r r9 5 p')>> ~ AJ (t ~ '>> ~ Ir )CI I ~ << \V ~ ) 4 rjC ~ ( ' )' \ ( ' r 5 9 ~ 3 ~ I ~ a p( ~ 3 ~ r ~ ~ A 9 ~ ~ 'V ~ V ~ V ~ ~ ~ ~ *' t 5 9 I r* 3 4-'~ ( ' ~ ~ ~ ~ '< ~ ~ r)g>> ( g f 9 ~ 5' 3 3 ~ ~ 9 Itrr ( 9 5 / i a 3 , ~ ~ ~ 5 ~9 ~ ", t ~ ~ ~ 9 J( a t  !  ! 1 ~ h<<a>> I ~ '>> VV ~ rh J ~ ( 9 l (>+.' "9 J a' ~ ~9 Vtl ~ ~ 5 ) a>>r r 'I ~ ~ nr I.r)rI a'(atr I V ~ r ~ (I 9 ( r~ ~ (* LJ' I ~ ~ t(') (5)l ( ~ ~ ra frr AI ~ 9)) aj ) J~ 3 '.a '.' I * "I>'3 a t~ I ~ v9 5'g) ~ V rt 9 ((' >> ~ V ~ ~ ~: t ~ ~ e ~ Ir Vf a(f 9 ~ h tu ( Iwa te I ( t t~ tr (~' ~ ~ tl ~ ~ 9 1 II J* I'A ~ 86 HUMAN ENGlMEERfNG CHECKUST COMMl.MCATIQNS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE

38. Conventional powered tele- 6.2.1.2 46. Switching is programmed to 6.2.1.2 phone systems provide goad ao give the control raom auta- c.(2) frequency response within the COM-6 matic priority access to the auditory spectrum of 200-3000. switching system.

Hz.

47. Loudness of ringing is 6.2.1.2

39. Size and shape of handset is 6.2.1.2 adjustable at individual tele- do compatible with operator's b.{1) phone sets.

hand size and mouth-ear CQM-I distance. 48. Powered telephone system 6.2.1.2 transmitters, when used as do

40. Handsets maintain firm ear 6.2.1.2 microphone inputs to the contact by receiver while b.(2) announcing system, are cam-transmitter is positioned to COM-I patible with the rest of the receive voice waves directly announcing system..

from mouth. Good frequency respanse fram 6.2.1.3

41. Cords are non-link or'elf- 6.2.1.2 200-3000 Hz is pravided for a.(i) retracting. b.(3) sound-powered telephone sys-CQM-I tems.

42. Cor'ds.are of sufficient length 6.2.1.2 50. The sound-powered system 6.2.1.3 to permit mobility. b.(4) provides in-phase feedback to a.(2)

COM-2 the user. Telephone instruments are 6.2.1.2 51. Earphones in head set cover 6.2.1.3 coded to indicate circuit or b.(7) the outer ear with cushioning b.(l) function in a multiple phone to provide comfort for CQM-2 set-up. extended wear. Press-to-talk buttons are con- 6.2.1.2 52. Earpiece supporting structures 6.2.1.3 venient to both left and right b.(8) in headset do not impose dis- b.(2) hand operation. COM-I comforts . of weight, con- COM-2 centrated pressures, or metal

45. Switching is designed or pro- 6.2.1.2 contact with the skin.

grammed to minimize delays c.(l) in connection making under 53. 'he earpiece is held firmly in 6.2.1.3 normal and emergency'on- place, yet is easy to remove. b.(3) ditions. CQM-2 I I f<<II I' ~ I *I ~. ~ ~ ~ 'Nh t h 1 ~ peavvhl vwrrwr w Wv ~ rr lh I ~,ht h I 7 I ~,<<re 'I ~ h ~ -.~3li I ~ t ~ v ~ ~ (, ~ I I 'h ~ "~ r<<C ~ ~ h f ~ ~ '77 <A ~ ~ ~ I C l h ~ I>ar tr ~ ~ hr )r<< 'I tf' h' h I, ~ I ~ ~ fft<< '7 t i i ~ I~r I hhr 4 7 7 I ~ I A ~ fr ' ~ ~ ~d f I I ~ h ~ ~ I~ ~ ~ rd 'fl ~ r -t ' ~ 0= ~ ~ l. Irl C 'I ~ I fr ~ ~ r wI ~ ~ it , I'.f. ,1 ~ I ~ I~ fht I ftrh I V1l ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ fg, f ~ Wj t Ia ~ ~ I ~ 7~I ~ ~ ~ fv II M ~ ~

• h ~

I ~ t ~~ I f f \lth I ~ ~ I rh I II't 5~ I I f I ~ I I I ~ I ~ r( ' I I ~I

f. ~ ~

) I~\ ~ I ~ It ht rl ~ ~ ' ' l wI ' I I I 7 I I' ~ ~ *w I 7 Itf ~ h ~ i I ~ 't ~ , vl t ~ ~ I~ f lf .4 ~ l ~ r ~, ~ ~ I i I;'I I I ltvrt Ivawhrvrwh h- rrr ~ rwh' '~ vvp ll ~ vr ~ I I Vh ~ \'tv% vvr ~ t I I. h Il' 'h I~ I ~ Ll fr hr I ~ 'A hr ~ I f I'. ~ 87 HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECKLlST COMMUNICATIONS EVALUATION GUIDEl INE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELlNE REF. Headsets provide hands-free 6.2.1.3 63. Patch panels are marked con- 6.2.1.3 operation, except where push- b.(4) spicuously and located in e.(2) to-talk switches become COM-2 + accessible areas, especially in necessary in areas of high back-panel areas. ambient noise.

64. A complete set of patch cords 6.2.1.3

55. Binaural headsets are used in 6.2.1.3 are provided at each panel. e.(3) areas with high ambient noise, b.(5) remote from the control room. 65. Walkie-talkies have a good 6.2.1 4 frequency response between a.(l)

56. Headset storage area is well- 6.2.1.3 200 and 3300 Hz.

marked and accessible. b.(6) There is sufficient dynamic 6.2.1.4 indeed for ringing is determined 6.2.1.3 range and gain to handle a.(2) by the plant depending on c.(1) instantaneous speech pressures CQM-1 sound-powered phone pro- and to develop necessary'ignal cedures. level at headphone or loudspeaker of walkie-talkies.

58. If ringing is not installed, the 6.2.1.3 user is provided the capability c.(2) 67. Walkie-talkie radio frequency 's 6.2.1.4 for switching the sound- broad enough for uninter- b.Q) powered transmitter to the- rupted communication with paging system to call a party control room.

to the line.

68. Use of walkie-talk ies is 6.2.1.4

59. Plug-in jacks for the sound- 6.2.1.3 restricted in areas where low- b.(2) powered system are provided d.(i) level analog or digital equip-in the control room. ment are affected by fre-quency bands.

Jacks are located close to the 6.2.1.3 work stations to prevent the d.(2) 69. Walkie-talkies are light and 6.2.1 4 need for unduly long cords. portable. c.(1)

61. Jacks accommodate only the 6.2.1.3 70. Walkie-talkie portability 6.2.1.4 sound-powered phone system d.(3) allows one hand, and prefer- c.(2)

(not conventionally powered ably both, free for other tasks. phone systems).

71. Microphones are integrated 6.2.1.4 Requirements for switching into the transciever package c.(3) of the walkie-talkie.

'.2.1 with sound-powered phones 3 are assessed for the plant based on procedures for use of e.(l) sound-powered phones. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATXON j4'-5 v . 1 I ~ . ~ 4 Ir(>> f ff. (4 ~ 4 ~ ~ 0 I 4. ~ g 4 l( ~ ~ << ~ ~~ 4 ~ ~ A>>4 (>>4 4 ~ ~ ~ I(>>>>>>IJI, ~ I Ih>>rff44 4>>>> rl ~ N~ 4 \4 ~ 4 Wff J(V )! >>4 \'f >> V I 0 4>>(4 l I >>4 rl ~ W J( 444>> 4)J 1I JJ IWffefIffr>>J>>4' r>>4 44W 4 4 4>> 4' A' ff ' ~ I ' >>4 ~ ~ 4>>4' m~ 1 ~ >>1, ~ 'I'l 4>>>> ~ >> (J 1 ~ ~ ( 'l 1 5 5 C V>>4 4 r 5 ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 1 5 ~ ~ ~ 1,  ? Vrl ~ 1 ~ 4 ~ ~ 4 ~ >> 4 ( 0~ I >>. I I>> 5 I 1 1 ~ 4 I~ 4 ~ ff I P I l) '>> I (I ~ I4 l) 4 I ~ ~ ~ 5 ~>> I ">>>> 1 I >> ~ I ~ ~ ffI r(4I ~ (, ~ ff' ~ ~ l 1 ~ ~ 5~ ~ =-

• I I I~ ~

~ 54 I ~ . I I l 1 5 M>>5 4(r(4( Iff>> ~ ffff>> ~ 'W( ~ '\ ~ ( ( ~ \ ff 4I ~ >> I I( I ~ l(l (Jnlff4 HUMAN ENGINEERING tlHECKI.IST COMMUNICATIONS EVAI.UATION'UIOEI.INE 'EF. EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.INK

72. Party identification is 6.2.1.4 80. Communication devices are required and provided for d. labeled and color-coded when more than two parties (emergency, normal, etc.).

are using the same channel on the walkie-talkie at separate 81. Emergency and most fre-locations. quently used communication devices are immediately

73. Adjustable signal detection for 6 3.2.1 accessible.

warning systems is controlled b. by administrative procedure. 82. Communication devices are easily reached. The warning signal captures 6.3.2.1 the operator's attention but Ce 83. Microphones for this equip-does not cause irritation .or ment are protected against startled reaction. breath blast and moisture con-densation. i 5e Each auditory signai is 6.3.2.1 adjusted to result in approxi- d. 84. Receiver control layout for mately equal detection levels this device is "station-select" at normal operator work by the right hand and volume . stations in the primary opera- control by the left hand. ting area.

85. This communications system

76. The annunciator auditory alert 6.3.2.1 allows emergency messages mechanism automatically e. top priority.

resets when it is silenced. AD-9

86. This communications device The operator is able to 6.3.2.1 has individual visual signals identify the work station or f for each channel to show the system where the auditory AD-5 which channel is in use.

alert signal originated.

87. This device does not use

78. This communications system VD-4 channel sharing.

uses auditory signals only for a few of the most urgent 88. For this infrequentiy used warnings. device, instructions are pro-vided.

79. Reach to communication devices and controls is unob- 89. This microphone does not structed. overload with signals as high as 125;130 dB.

ON-SITE EVM UATION b>l d, V>> Vt> r hr r' r 'I ~ >r r>r >4>> ctr rrrr )hs c 3'$ f, >3>" s j 1' cr> ' ~ )r taa I vh ~ rr r VA A~r> cr Ir t ~ r> r~ 4 ~ ~ r v> > v ~ '4 v 4>w& <<>,I ~ I t )list"> gf (t $ >t) ),." ~ ~ ~mr> > ~ 4f> > g i.f 3 ~ rr rv<< 'Ir v * ~ r 4 ~ rt I )r> ~ ~ ~ ~ r. ~ ~ ~~ 1E I ) C t I, r>>4 t, ~ ~ >4 t >I I 4> 3 ~ ~ ' *. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ ( ') ,3 ~ )g r r' I chg $ ~ 4 ~ ~ 1 1 I ) I ~ ~ I HC y>' c) 'cp>> ~ 1. >' rr ..t'1 ~ 'I ~ <U> t I 'v >( -1'> 1 ~ )I 1 I t > ." ~ 1'>> ~ ~ ~ f r t 'I 'V W ~ >w\ ) 1 ~ I y> tgg: ~ r ~~ \ ~,' I ~ '> ~ r \~ ~ ) ~r ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 I t l tt)rrrrt 4 vm ~H ~ ~ \ r rl r 4 ~ t>I ~ I~ rrrr r ~ ~ L' rr r<<> ~ r>rr >r c ~ ~ ~, ~ 'I < I c .~

.89 HUlNN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST COMMUNICATIONS EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.INE REl'. EYAI.UATION GUIDEI.INE

90. This is a directional micro- COM-1 99. This emergency communi-phone if feedback "squeal" is a cation device is permanently problem. installed.

This communications system COM-1 100. Where speaker reverberation COM-9 has loudspeakers of different is a problem, many low communication channels powered loudspeakers are separated at least 10a from present, rather than a few the operator's position. powerful loudspeakers.

92. This headset has a frequency COM-2 101. High-quality communications COM-1 response as 'broad as that of have a dynamic range af 60 the remainder of the system. dB; commercial broadcast 40-I 45 dB.

g3. These headphones speakers can and loud-reproduce sound COM>>5 102. This microphone has high pass COM-3 from 100 to 4000 Hz. filters to reduce frequency COM-1 noises, and frequency-This headset receiver has a COM-2 selective filters to give char-uniform frequency response acteristic timbre to signals. between 300 and 4000 Hz. 103. This device has controls 'OM-4

95. This device transmits sounds COM-1 capable of controlling sound from 250 to 4000 Hz. pressure levels to 110 dB.

96. This headset has 2 speech COM-1 104. This carbon microphone has no COM-1 channels, and one channel is "packing" of the carbon fed into one ear and the other granules.

channel into other channel into the other ear or both 105. Carbon microphone is avoided COM-1 signals are "picket-fenced" at if quality criteria demand a 30-40 Hz. truly linear response char-acteristic of very low back-

97. This headset receiver has COM-2 ground noise.

enough electrical power to drive peak sound-pressure 106. A ribbon microphone is not COM-1 level to 131 dB when using two used for close talking unless earphones. specifically designed for this use.

98. This headset/handset . allows COM-8 speaker to hear own voice in phase with speech.

ON-SXTE EVALUATXON 9. OPERATOR ASSXSTED EVALUATXON C. I rn rrr ~ I 4 <<I aI ~ l ~ I g qq ~ ~I 6 Irr rl ~ ~ a ' ~ llano Iarlqiw, ~ qlrv r Ia v rlrq a a w,ar ~ ~ ~ 1 ~ ~ r +II \ I ~ i I ~ rq \~ g II llqaaAAAI ~ Ill ll r I I ~ Inly ~ V~ a . ~ 'r I I r ~ r ~ r ~ ~, I 1 tl I I II , t.,! ~I I I "L . f ( I 1 t qadi' 4 1 <<,,a, ~ I I g I I ~ II) ~ 90; HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKl.1ST COMMJNICATIQN5 EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE Audio signals provided over operator headsets are coded the same as their respective annunciators. This microphone has a high CQM-7 sensitivity to acoustic speech signals. This microphone rejects dis- COM-6 tracting acoustic signals and noises at the speaker' location. This headset receiver has gain COM-2 control with dynamic range to make the signal 15 dB more intense than ambient noise. ON-SITE EVALUATlON 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION c 4Q) i'P 1~ ~ rr1 el 1 e:l l lr Irt tl ~ ~ l,' l t,re ~ ~ e ~ O- v o otar ar r o a ~ k, ~~ ~ Jla 'e ~ 1*v'o 1 Iyt o ~ g 1 oo ~ 1 e-t ~ ~ g g ( pa Je 'e'l o roroor e ~ I a ~ r'evoeoor ...ok' ro ~ ay ~ w'et g ~ o rto '1 'I, 1' 'e keerkr 'WAm w'ror aov wr1 ~e yooootoo ew r ~ ~ 'e v R v ~' ~ I" ~ t~ ~ e Rre ~ ta vwt 1 lo r ."1',I Qr I ~ elf ~ e r'. Cree ~ pt Pe <~ I k t ~ ~ 'tt r ~:r C o d r ~ e pea

l. y ~ ~, l

\ I 1= e'1 Lr ~ I ~ k ) e" 2V ~, r r ' ~ e ~ ~ ' 1 ~ t ( PI oj> ~ ( ~ C ', =.-f.'<'I ~ v e ( 1 r \, ~" C Ir.' ~ ), \el g f rC: t ~ II 'v e r t i ~ Qtrr r ~ ( I 11 ~ I C. l

r-W. 1 i R ~ ] ' t~f R ~ .

) ~ r p re. qe >tao... t v ~ ro' o I ~, 1 p 1 ryeoe ~ y ~ ~ e ~ t~ 1 rvye Radar 1 1 ~ r C ~ e ~ re 1 ~ I 1 v ~ 'P ~ ~ pt jg ' o>>)Cr ~ l 'r J a a ~ ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 I S II l1 ~ ~" 5 1 > '~. "l, ')' l $ ~ le )>>, it 1 4 II ," l t ttv vew oreooeto yo! ~~ ee'tol w e r a ~ ~ rare v to r I o ~' ~ ao ~ ~ tt e~~ ~ ee oo.v ~ vert'o o I ," 91 HUMAN EIGINEERIIG CHECKI.IST "Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific. EVALUATIOIIIGUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Legend lights which provide a VD-90 There is an adequate supply of expendables parts fuses, and bulbs, spare ink, 6.1.1.5 aO I 10. "maintenance or adjustment" status are uncovered or non-inking pens, recorder charts,. visible during normal opera-printer paper, etc. tion, but are readily accessible. 24 Expendables and spare parts 6.1.1.5 are readily accessible. b. Legend covers are keyed to 6A.3.3 prevent interchanging. c.(4)

3. All necessary tools to install 6.1.1.5 CON-5 expendables and spare parts Ce are available. 12. Display failure is apparent to 6.5.1.1 the operator. f.

storage 6.1.1.5 VD-7 '1. There is adequate space for expendables. and d +w VD-2 spare parts. WA-33

13. Dual-bulbs or dual-filaments 6.5.3.1

5. The variety of expendables is 6.1.1.5 are used. a.(1) clearly and distinctiveiy eo VD-91 marked to avoid misappli-cation. 14. Bulb test capability is pro- 6.5.3.1 vided. a.(2)

6. Records of the status of 6.1.1.5 VD-91 expendables and spare parts f.

are kept. 15. Bulb replacement while power 6.5.3.1 is on is provided without being a.(3)

7. For lighted displays, a lamp 6A.3.3 hazardous to personnel. VD-92 test capability is provided. c.(1)

CON-5 16. For lighted displays, all light 6.5.3.1 covers are keyed to prevent c.(2)

8. Pushbutton lamps are replace- 6.4.3 3 interchangeability. VD-92 able from front of panel. c.(2)

CON-5 .17. Paper, ink, and other expend- 6.5A.1 ables are provided and eo

9. Legend pushbuttons do not 6A.3.3 accessible in the control room.

malfunction or activate inad- c.(3) vertently during lamp removal 18. Recorder design permits quick 6.5.4.1 or replacement. and easy replenishment of f. paper and ink. VD-78 hW4 AP Ar I I&1 ~ I~ prp jpr Ah I'L' ~ I ~ ~, ~ P r ~ A 6 P 0 ~ ~~ I~ PAPA I A %III ~ I 'A Ah 5 WP AWIW Arh rhea ~ A~ ~ 4 'I PA ~ I Y "~I Ph ~ I P ~ I ~ ~ ~ m ~ S ~ ~ ~,I ~ A ~ 1 C ly I ~,I ~,I P I l ~ r I C r P ~ ~ C \ P' t h I LI4t II CA A IAA 5 4\ APP WIP ~ \ I I I ~ J AP I ~ Ilr Jp a I pp prp Wr ) ' ~ I '4 ~ ~ >> 92" HUMAN ENGlIEERlNG CHECKI.lST EVALUATlON GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATlON GUIDELlNE 19.Fresh replacement batteries 6.2.1.4 for walkie-talkie transceivers e.(i) are stored in an accessible and well-marked area.

20. Stock of batteries is large 6.2.1.4 enough to support continuous e.(2) emergency operation of walkie-talkies.

21. If lamp replacement requires 6.3.3.1 tile removal, there is a way to c.(1) ensure that the tile is replaced VD-92 in the correct location.

. Lamp replacement does not subject the operator to a 6.3.3.1 c(2)+ shock hazard. VD-92

23. Operator aids are provided if 6.3.3.1 needed for lamp replacement. c.(3)

ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION'- -ce ,{k I y',Itt JI I Iti >{ ~ 1> 4C p P r3 ~ 4, ~ {I3 Ir{ T. ~ t L ~ 'J ~ "f.r I ~ I i. ~ jt<<r ~ rr r ~ 4 It e<<11 I tl t<<e, ~ er ' 'I Ivte<< I ~ ~ 0 3' Jrie IJ<< ~I >> I ~ ~ ~ ~ << ~ I ~ t 41 ~ p ~ I C>>vvlreher {e vr v Ik ~ ~ vw I'e ~ ~ ~' I rl I 4<<ett I V I ~ ~ ~' ~ 'J~~g ) ] .h." ~

• tt ~ <<-ee<<<<trvrrt n 3

<<V ~ << I v<<E I>> <<v v v>>M ~, I <<It J ~ <<'I t ) ~ t .I I I e I t I 3 V ne ('.J-.) - ) Ir < ~ ~ i ~ 'l {. r ) ) ~ ~ ~ M I I ~ I t t)14 qt tt "<< I ~ ~ ~ 4 t j I tlI I ~ ~" ' } p <" e- rC ~ ~ ~ I t4>>I ~ A> ~ t ~ r er l i<I I~ t I ( I "~1>>JI<< I I c' I ~ 1 I~ ) f e ~ I te ~ t I ~ ~ ~ rr ~ ~ ' Ir I r i t f ~ I ~ egI'), I I I ~ ~ 1 I~ ~ ~ 1 I IJ fet h II 'I I I ~ ~ I { ~ I It r 1 'L 'I ~ C Ie I\ $ ,)lt f e r .. l IJ ) I t' I ,) ( I 'I P I e ,~ 4 I I~ ~ trr 4 ~ ~ ' ~ t I ~ ~ ,I J ~ ~ 1 { I I I ~ I ~ ~ I I' >> ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ fe 3 IJ4<<er <> rrt>> ~ v<< ~ 4 <<<< I r>>v I ee, 1 et ~ 'I ee 4'l ~ ~ 't ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~, ~ I <<e I I tCI ' ~ VI~ ~ I W ~ ~ ~ v -93 HUMAN ENGIIEERIMG CHECKS.lST TASK ANALYSIS EYAt.UATIOM GUlDEl.lIE REl'. EVAl.UATIOM GUIDEl.lNE REF. GKhKRAL PRINCIPLES All controis and displays 6.1.1.1 70 Each control provides a suf- 6.4.1.1  ! needed for (1) detection of &o ficient range of control. a.Q) abnormal conditions and (2) bringing the plant to a safe 8. There is a good reason to: 6 4.1.1 shutdown condition are require a control for the b.(i) included in the control room. function concerned. 20 Control of plant equipment 6.1.3.1 9. The precision and range of a 6.4.1.1 from one control room does e.(l) control does not exceed the b.(3) not affect the ability of need. operators of other control rooms to maintain control of 10. Controls are functionally 6.4.2.2 their units.. grouped and are in the same b. '. location from panel to panel. CON-8 The status of plant equipment 6.1'.3.l 9 under the control of one con- e.(2) trol room is displayed in all Pushbuttons in a row or matrix 6.4.3.1 controi rooms capable of con- are positioned in a logical ae trolling that equipment. order, or, in an order related.to the procedur'al sequence.

4. Availability status indications 6.1.3.1 are displayed in all control e.(3) 12. Analysis of operator.. tasks is 6.5.1.1 rooms if control of plant recommended to establish aO renders that equipment operator information require-unavailable to other control ments.

roc ms+

13. Visual displays provide all 6.5.1.1 A single, centrally located 6.1.3.1 information about the system b %+

control panel/console is used e.(4) status and. parameter values VD-6 for dual-unit control rooms. that is needed in all situations of plant operation.

6. Administrative procedures are 6.1 3.1 .'.5.1.1 in place which assign responsi- e.(5) 14. Only needed information is bility for allocation of use of displayed in .the operating c ++

controls of shared plant equip- area. VD-7 ment to a single control room.

15. Visual display of actual 6.5.1.1 system/equipment status is e.(2) displayed for all important parameters.

\ ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION >4>>><<v'whAT ~ ~ 'vh<<,\ ~ svrtve( I I ~" / v .' cst r+ 'hC t ~ h Tr te<< 1 ~ ~ >. I<< ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 rr 4 ~ 4 ~ ~ <<trv>rr I>, ~ cs 44>>trv<<v>>>vv<<<<v<<e>>44 v 4w 1 ~ 4 ~ 1 4 ~ 4 Ie ~ >, L e 4 ' r 4 w >> <<t ~ ~ ~ PC - 1 ~ I ~ ~~ "V (~ ~,(>> ~ pg ~ t( 1 Y' et ~ ~ rj / ~ vc >>I I ~, ~ 1 ~ I('* 1'>l 4 1' V > ~ 'hr( I ~ f' ~ V ~ h ,S ]C.v yt P h<<tery~ ~ 'tr>l >>1 *4' C 1 $ t(I4> ~ ~ 'lrl I ~ f aq /. ' .Pt ~ l f~, c"s cs) 4":. 'r "c- NV) ' jir rt'/(.", ~ 4 ~ '>C 4<< ~ ~ ~ 1~ tc ~ v ~ I( 'j; ~ 4 ~ ~ 1 4 I ~ ~ l J( 1 ~ 1 ( ~ ~ ~ 4 ( ~ le 1 I ~ 'I ~ go~( '" ~ 4 ~ ~ I g>C' ( I h>>r ~ >4 rl ~ I I ~ \ e'.4C'I '. I >4 ~ I I ~ c 1 c I l>>I It> I. I ~ cr ( ( e I'hit> ~ I I'C Ph lr I pr 1~ fr >~ ='c 'c 1 ~ ~ ~ ' ((' y 1 P>h)g <<-rrt ~ C ~ 1'V('I 11 ~ ~ c . 'C ..'h '.J ~ ~ 4 I'1 T ~ ~1 1/ 44( 1/>>L " ~ 4>" C4 ~ ~, I~ .) ~ \ ~ ~ ~ ~ ) 'Irvr" pr~ 1 ~ 1 1 c c I rv ~ 'JIC 4~ (c'.~ 1 <<g/ ~ cp ~<< ~ I >T I '3 P h ~ ~ ~ / a1 \I ~ vl ~ Ch Cri .I I <<, ~ 1 ~ h<</>6 <<'0l ~ 'I 4 ~ I < Vt ~ T'I levy f~ c J Cr I~ ~ '.: '.7 ~ -'".' ~~> P t'4 ~ >>V C IV 1 t 1I vr<<'rw rrr>re>4<< ~ Ir 4>vt r>>>tr ~ '\ < v ~ ~ lh ttt ~ 4 Ihl ~ 44<< ~ 'hrt ~ tl<<r There ~ 4.<<44>> 4 O'll ~ << 9.4 HUMAN EMGlNEERlIG t:HECKI.IST ~ TASK ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE 'EF;.

16. Scale units is consistent with 6.5.1.2 26. Controls and displays are 6.8.1.1 the degree of precision and a. functionally grouped within b.

accuracy needed by the opera- the constraints of grouping by CDI-8 tor. task sequence;

17. Percentage indication is used 6.M..2 27. Controls and displays are 6.8.1.1 when the parameter is mean- Co grouped according to ,Ce ingfully reflected by per- VD-6 importance and frequency of CDI-9 centage. use within the constraints of grouping by task sequence.

18. Scales span the expected 6.5.1.2 range of operational param- d.(i) 28. The location of controls and 6.8.1.2

. eters. displays within a single panel makes the most effective use Scales employ the appiopriate 6.5.1.2 of the viewing and manual scale ranging techniques. d.(2) manipulative areas.

20. Scales are supported by 6.5.1.2 29. Groups of components on a auxiliary wide-range instru- d.(3) panel are physically spaced so 6.8.1.3'DI'-14 ments. that the boundaries of each group are obvious.

21. Display dynamic sensitivity is 6.5.1;2 selected to minimize the dis- f. 30. Demarcation lines circum-- 6.8.1.3" play of normal random varia- scribe functional or selected b ++

tions in equipment perform- groups of controls and d/splays CDI-13 ance. with a contrasting line. Scales are compatible in 6.5.1.5 31. Displays observed in a speci- 6.8.2.1, ' numerical progression and do fied sequence are grouped a.'(i) scale organization. VD-71 together, preferably in a left- VD-18 to-right, top-to-bottom,. or

23. Recorders are used to record 6.5A.l natural sequence.

trend information and ge material which may.be needed VD-78 32. Controls operated sequentially 6.8.2.1 for later reference. are grouped together, pref- a.(2)+a erably in a left-to-right, top- CON-10

24. Recorders are located within 6.5A.1 to-bottom, or natural primary operating areas. h. sequence.

5. There will be no raismatch between nomenclature used in 6.6.3.3 Layout of related controls and displays is symmetrical.

6.8.2.1 a.(3) procedures and that printed on Ci. CDI-8 the labels. PA'-63 ON-SITE EVALUATION 0 ERATOR ASSISTED. EVALUATXON' 4 V I I>> 4 4 4 LW 4 I VV>>>>>>VIVII 1 4 VIIIIVI ~ 'I )eh 1 \tee ~ V>>'I ~ 4 >>4 ~ ~ It ee IP h I~ t>>VIIIVIIW ~ 4 I [vt ~ 4 I >>ve>>44>> IP>>v 44 >>4 hh ~~ 4 ~ ht 4 44 4 W>>>>VV q>>>>'" 4 ~, 4 ra. Ielha I ~ ~ 40 i Ll wv>>>>Lech>>he I 'I 4>>>> I 4 << Iw>> 4 vvvve ~" 44>> 'I ~ ~4 Wth ~ ~~ te>>'VVV I}At ~ ~ ~VP fh ~ h} '.C ~ }r

• r ~C I- ~ Ifate ~ ' ~ ~

} ~ 'I ~ 4 tt ~ h ~ h ~ fi I er}f ' Ih ~ a'-". ~ 44 >>i"J v ~~ hte ~ ~ np'.~ . ~ h. h l 4' ]IIQ I L )I ' r'vt ~4 V>> I 4 II I ~ ~ I Ie I gv( t. >>I 4th ~ 4 f 4 Nt f e '.4 ~ C ~,". 4 4 'I ht ~ P I V >>4 t I V~ ~ P I \ I ~ r a 4>> ~ ~ ~ p ~ 'VI I ~ I I 'I A, I I ~I 'lt vf II I'I>g ftt 'tt>> ~ ~ ~ ~ } ~ 'I l f, ~~ ~, )t 4 ~ 4 4 I J ~ ~ 4 t I I I he 'Ih ~ ~ ~ I 'tl" I f, fj, ~ I I~ f~ ~ I 4 ehf }et>, ~ ~ ~ th f. Ifeg I P>>I J.I >>f LSD ft f t ~ I ~ ~ ~ f I ~ I ~,IL 4 ~ I } } i I << I 'h t ~ I>>I I~ ~ ~ ~ V' C ~ I fr ~ I I f f 'i >>4444>>h veh vv I>>4 ~ vev,tv 4>>v>>v .4 ~ 4 v' Ie ~ Ih ~ 4 ~ I >> IL I~ I>> teh>>44 I,IV ~ >>>> Vh>> 44 ~ I ~ tt ~ ~ HUMAN EMGtIEERlMG CHECKl.lST TASK ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDEI.IIE EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE REF. Frequently used controls and 6.8.2.1 42. Standardization is maintained 6.8.2.4 displays are near the center of b.(i) where simulators or procedure the preferred visual and trainers are used that simulate manual areas. the actual operational equip-ment. b.'.8.3.1

35. Frequently used controls and 6.8.2.1 displays are positioned so as to b.(2) 43. Simultaneous actuation of be easily identified. adjacent controls is possible. co Functionally related controls 44. Horizontal rows of similar dis- 6.8.3.2 and displays are grouped plays are used instead of ver- a.

together when they are: tical columns. o Used together to perform 6.8.2.1 tasks related to a specific c.(l) SINGLE CONTROL AND DISPLAY function. PAIRS o Identical in purpose. 6.8.2.1 c.(2) 45. Displays are associated with 6.9.1.1 related controls. c.(1)

37. Components are arranged left- 6.8.2.2 CDI-8 to-right and/or top-to-bottom &o and are in alphabetical or CDI-11 46. The direction of 6.9.1.1 numerical order. control/display movement is c.(2) associated. CDI-7 Components are arranged to 6.8.2.2 match operator expectations. b. 47. The operator is immediately 6.9.1.1 aware of the rate and limits of c.(3)

The layout of identical controi 6.8.2.3 control/display movement. CDI-7 and display sets is consistent a. at all locations. CDI-15 heal TIPLE CONTROLS OR Layouts of repeated functions 6.8.2.3 DISPLAYS are not mirror-imaged. b. CDI-16 48. Controls are mounted below 6.9.1.2 the display. a.(1)

41. Standardization is 6.8.2.4 CDI-11 t

maintained'here similar functions or ae panels are located at several CON-8 49. Controls are centered on the 6.9.1.2 work stations or units and CDI-15 display. a.(2) must be used by the same per-sonnel. 50. Controls are grouped in a line 6.9.1.2 or matrix. t a.(3) pD F 'l ~ t >> ~* ~ thr rr>> hh PI ~ ~ 1 ~ h>>V>>l>> II 1 4 ~, ~ rr 1I r<< l<>V<<VV ~ l<< ll 1 hr l 0~ ~ 1<<V>>>>IIVI >>1'~ ~ V>>>>h<<VI >>1'eW>>hr>> I IV 'I>> Ir<< I W>>I >> ~ h<<r 1 111 I ' >>I IV I ~ Ill<<11 ~ 1 ~, V 4'<<<<Fh 1 rh>> f ><fjl t <<l 'I<<t >>le<<>>h l>>V p>> <<1>>>><<'0 hr1 VV ~ r*& rrh ~ ~ I 11 ~ 1>> <<1>> <<1>> <<>> 11r IP>>h>> ~ ~ / ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ 1~ I ) X " FJ I' ) ,'t j Ih I F ll it II F= <<4 1 I I ~ l1 I N g4 l <<>> I( P,').' ~ I i ~ ~ I I ~ v>>. J~ ~ ' 1 t',t ~ I ,I ' ~ ~ ~" ) I I ~ il I h II ~ ~ t i ~ rl. J,' . ~ tt ~  ! I ~ ~ I ~ 'II ) ~ >> 1 ~ ll, ., ~ ~ r. >>1' ~ l.'lr1; ~ ~ -,1<< r, f I ) f J 1 t ~ ~~ I rl ~ ~ r I l l t I >> ~ 1 t .,\ l \ \ ~ II I~ I l ~ I r l vh <<~p h 'h('" ~ ~ ll. ~ l ~ 1 I>>r ~ F~ l t '- f.. -,. ' f I' ~ I<<1 A1 ~ ~ I I >>JW Vrh<< I 'htk 1<<r 1 \, tVI ~ 1 1 ~ ~ vr. r l ~ <<llkhrVVr<<r>> l l<<hl ~ 96 HolNAN ENGINEER!MG CHECKLlST EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EYALUATION GUIDELINE

51. If not feasible to mount can- 6.9.1.2 59. When techniques (50) and (51) 6.9.1.2 trois directly below the dis- a.(4) do not apply or a c/d relation- b.(6) play, controls are mounted to ship is not apparent, layout CDI-13 i the right of the display. enhancement techniques are employed (see 6.8.1.3).

52. Where there is a normal order 6.9.1.2 of use, controls are arranged a.(5) for use in. left-to-right, top- CDI-10 DISPLAY SELECTORS to-bottom, or other natural sequence. 60. The control moves clockwise 6.9&2.'(1) from OFF through settin'gi 1,

53. When techniques in (50) or (51) 6.9.1.2 2, 3toe no cannot be employed, layout a.(6) enhancement techniques are CDI-13 61. The control position sequence 6.9.1.2 employed spacing, demarca- conforms to the display c.(2) tion, color coding. sequence. CDI-8

62. Multiple controls or displays 6.9.2.1 SINGLE CONTR~ MULTIPLE related to the same function aO DISPLAYS are grouped together. CDI-8

54. Displays are located above the 6.9.1.2 63. Sequence of use is left-to- 6.9.2.1 control. b.'(i) right, top-to-bottom. b.

'DI-ll CDI-8

55. Controls are placed near the 6.9.1.2 display and preferably under b.(2) SINGLE PARCEL ARRANGEMENTS the center of the display CON-1 array. 64..Each display is located 6.9.2.2

'directly above its associated a.(1)

56. Displays are arranged hori- 6.9.1.2 c'ontrol. CDI-10

\ zontally or in a matrix. . b.(3) CON-1 65..Display/control pairs are 6.9.2.2 arranged in rows. a.(2)

57. If not feasible to mount dis- 6.9.1.2. CDI-11 plays above the control, they b.(4) are mounted to the left of the

66. Each control occupies the 6.9.2.2 control. same relativ'e position as the b.(1) display to which it is '

Where there is a normal order associated. of use, displays will read from 6.9.1.2 N left-to-right, top-to-bottom, b.(5) or in other natural sequence. CDI-10 rt I I I 1 II I fttrrb 'ltr Y Cl 1 '>> Qk 'I VVLI>>>> 'F4 '>>CI

• fr>>f4 r III I

..'i . ',:.: >i I <7 I f'IIVC rfl VI\>>>>I '1 I>>'a I ~ I 'I ll Aktr Ir tr II >>I I ~ I ~ r II ~ tt 'I I ~ I I VI ~ ~ t ~ 1 1 .11 1 fr>>IVI VVI~ >>VV>>>> VVV >>~% VCI ~ r>>V lf .VII I 1V I VI\I I>> I ~ I>> ~ kf ~ 'V,ll I 'r ~ ll ~ ICC I' ~ rrl>>a II I 1 I\ - r, .~ 4 I I I l fI 'I fcl 'I -~ I V 1 1 'I ~ I 1 ~~~ ~ ' P%1~ ~ 1 I Otf~ t t I>>1 ~ I I,g I I ~ + f 1 1, 1 ' ~ .' y~1". "t I I ~ Al II) ~ I  ;=! r 1 I Ir k t $ 1 . ~~ ~ I ~

1) t ( 1fr ~

C ' ',):!~ > r' I I I I >>11 1 t >> I( f 1 ( rl l ~ f f r.tr I ~ 1 f ~ I' 1 i 1 I CI>>r I'r ~ I v ~ I ' ~ V ~ IC I v>>>>I tr 4  ! cl I' QV VI>>real ~ ~ tl, tw \IV I'1 L.~f J4 l. =. 1 ~ ~ 4~Crt ~ ~ g ~... ~ ~ 1 1 5, v~~ Vt I'rt W(>>r Cr ~I I ~ 97 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKUST TASK ANALYSiS EVALUAT{ON GO{DE{.{NE "REf. EVA{.OAT{ONGU{OE{.{NE

67. Controls and displays have 6.9.2.2 MOVEMENT corresponding labels. b.(2) RELATIONSHIPS PA-32

74. A clockwise turn of a rotary 6.9.3.1 control results in its a.(i)

MULTI-ROW DISPLAYS WITH associated linear scales CDI-1 SINGLE-ROW CONTROLS moving up or to the right.

68. Displays are ordered left-to- 6.9.2.2 75. A clockwise turn of a rotary 6.9D.1 right, tap-to-bottom, matched to controls ordered and b'E&KRAL c.(l)

CDI-ll control results in assaciated digital display to its a.(2) t left to right. increase in value.

69. Controls and displays have 6.9.2.2 76. A clockwise turn of a rotary 6.9.3.1 corresponding labels. c.(2) .control 'esults In its. a.(3)

PA-32 associated strings of indicator lights moving from bottam to .top or from left to right. CONSISTENCY

77. A, ciackwise turn of a rotary 6.9.3.1

70. Arrangement of functionally 6.9.2.2 control. results . in its a.(O) similar controls and displays dO associated circular meters CDI-1 conform throughout the can- moving clockwise.

troi room.

78. Movement of a linear control 6.9.3.1

71. Modular control/display pack- 6.9.2.2 up or to the right causes b.(i) ages are selected and arranged e. associated linear scales to to achieve maximum con- move up to the right.

formity to 6.9.2.2 (a-d).

79. Movement of a linear control 6.9.3.1 l2. Where displays are on sepa- 6.9.2.3 up to the right causes b.(2) rated panels, they are pref- aO associated digital display to erably on the adjacent upper increase in value.

panel from their associated controls. 80. Movement of. a linear contr'ol 6.9.3.1 up to the -. right, causes b.(3)

73. Related controls and displays 6.9.2,3 associated strings of indicator are not located on separate lights; to move from bottom panels that face each other. to top or left to right.

ON-SITE EVATUATION 5 'S ~ >>I) IP I' I ~ Q(o r \ ~ I ' I ~ = >>owe>>Q>>r/ Ia>> ~ WEB >>I seta ~ tr h. ~ t t>>r\>>rr ~ >>r>> w >>et '.>>tr>>>>rx I .4>>,ee>>ra eorrv&U= t 1 ~ o 4>> I r ~ ~ 'I ~ ~V II ~ '>>>>I >>E

r. ~ r4 4 rc I Ill>>1 o ie <Wgyf

) 3>>t" I $ >>e ~ I>> I 5 Il \ ~>>5 = 't4 o>>rte .e a>>E See r A\ r r I>>>>>> ~ t lI II 5 4 e tS j $1 I 4 I 3 I = L t  ! 4$ ~ lf ( I I 'll Ci ~ ~ 1 S t PI L. 5 4>> au e I' ~ ~ ~ 5 ~ 5f~fe 3k<>>kit>>4 alki=i IQ>>f A ail>> o "4 4 I 44.4 ~ o Ir 4 i I 1,5 I ~ I t >> It 4 ~ ~S meta I fi .S'of t ~ ~,'>> ~ 3 I tl ~ I P I I f ~ "tt,',rt ~ ~ 4 5 f E I '1 4>> et 4 I 'I 3 S 4 1 IS C ~ I tt I ie1 et) II 'l 4 ~ 7 >> 4>> I- I I l >>4 ( >>31f=t ~ I>151 5 S I I ~ L \>> ff 3 t *0 ape a r I ~ >>veto s>>r ttt tr ..rk at ta'l>>\ I e>>v>> t>>L>> oe Ero ~ ~ ~ ~ o pt ~ ri C vere ~ 'I 98 HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECKLlST a TASK ANALYST EVALUATION GUIDEi.lIF . REF. fVALUATIONGUIDBINE Controls provide easy and .6.9.3.2 precise parameter control and a. are efficient and effective under all conditions. Displays, provide a capability 6.9.3.2" to distinguish significant b. levels of the system param-eter controlled.

83. Controls and displays have a 6.9.3.2 precision which does not co exceed that required.

Printing on the display face is 6.5.1A consistent with procedure e. nomenclature. , PA-63 ON-SITE EVALUATION 0 ERATOR S ISTED EV ( lt ()7) fl I ~ eri It) ' " t,tp I ~ ) ( alar ~ It v I Ie ~ ita ~ ~ <<)rr ~ ' Vt ~ c,fC'I It ~ ~ her)>>>> I I>>I r r av IK hhra ~ I CI h h t r h ~ r ra Ik hw I etw<<VV r)II <<V ~ ~ <<h r ~ t =atVvrr r ~ 'W V<<h wf ~ I r err) ~ r a <<tv ~ r ha ~ ~ Ui Ii I I ".~P~ ~ ~ I I I <<V)h a<<>>V ' ~I vv ae rw re >><<he<<eave I ( ~ WV ~ I ~ err ~ I ~re.r r. J>>. ~ t 0 t I te:fp I ) 't),ta'I<< ~ ~ ~ a 't ~ L ~ ~ a~ 1 h'. ~ ~ ~ I *'e ~ t J. ~ $ -,. It! I t)VI ~) 'I ~ ". Iti ~ a r~ t )I,C"q I >> 'a<< I I:, I v r ~ tag A I ~ 'Irlv I' ~ 'V 1 fa t 4 ~ ' f', <<I I .~ Irtre ~~ ~ C I Il' ~ h t I t ,I p.' ~ I he ' ~ ~ r ~ ~ I ~ I j) fr<<t ~ f) 'i I n<< ..C<<)C ) t C eac -I ~ rt I' 4 Q ah ~ ' l, ~ t>> ~ Kl t if v ~ t h~ a ~ )I' 'iI A ,f f'ft',g C <<) 'ft tl'I>> tfa< I rtt I ~ \ I I ) ~ ~ ' If li C i ffl "t r ~ ~, ~! t ~ rf vv~ I ~ "a) c)C ~ ~ = ~ fl ), ~ ~ he O' ~ .'. ~* 7 e ~ t ~ ~ ~ ( IW ~ ff '1 ) "fC ':3 fl ~ I~ I I t ) i I)e <<wvt e ~ aa <<wv f>>r>>he) ~ <<VVIIV<<II ~ <<V 99 HUMAN ENGINEERlQG'HECKllST SALK-THROUGH EVALUATION GUIDEl!IE REF. EVAlUATION GUIDEKIIIIE REF. When continuous monitoring or 6.1.1.1 9. Controls and displays are 6.8.1.1 the timing of control actions b.. assigned to work stations so as a>> are critical, operators do not to minimize operator move- CDI-8 have to leave the primary ment. operating area.

10. Control actuation does not 6.8.3.1 2>> Control room manning and 6.1.1.2 result In inadvertent actuation b task assignments ensure com- &>> of an adjacent control. CON-1 plete and timely coverage of controls, displays, and other A visual display that is moni- 6.9.1.1 equipment during plant opera- tored during control manipula- a.

tion. tion is located sufficiently CDI-8 close so an operator can read Activities and task assign- 6.1.1.2 it clearly and without parallax ments are planned to ensure b.. from a normal operating proper coordination of posture. additionai personnei who augment the normal crew. 12. Controls and displays are 6.9.1.1 located so that displays are b.

4. Control room arrangement 6.1.1.3 not obscured during control CDI-10 minimizes interference d.(2) operation.

between members of the operational crew. 13. Displays are not obscured by 6.9.1.2 manipulation. b.(7)

5. Potential task . loading is 6.1.3.1 CDI-ll evaluated to ensure that every C>>

unit can be covered ade- 14. There is no lag time between 6.9.3.1 quately in all situations. system condition change and c.(1) display indication. Controls are easily adjusted 6.4.1.1 with the required level of a.(2) 15. When there is a time lag 6.9.3.1 precision. between control actuation and c.(2) ultimate system state, there is

7. Duplication of controls not 6.4.1.1 an immediate feedback indica-occur, except for a specific b.(2) tion of the process and reason. direction or parameter change.

8. Each control is the type nor- 6 4.1.1 mally anticipated for the c.(2) 16. Feedback from the display is 6.9.3.2 operation concerned. apparent for any deliberate d.

movement of a control. v 'rg v a", ~ p ~ ~, o I >> 'o o>> ,.i 5:.$ ,UQe ~ ' wo'ow r I ~ WEFI ~ IE>> ~ FE ~ 'r ~~ r ~m r>>o>> v>>>>oroorr '> Y'N"ufJEO'fl"PUP~'&3 ~ ' ~ 'v ': j ~ Mao >f5 r r ~ E>>tv r P E,.g.B.o 'ac evr;Iqe'.b boy clos)ffkD 'e .';:, l; '.L-L.h I t FI I>> $ E co oa cnoi:a.'fc 9>ovff of h Apie"f,

• It F

oC'-103 Svof ".~ ~Q'Iago '5;Jcclinifn 5 o>>~ s C V-, ~ 85+m EI ~ E )~ I"E>>O, ~ v QCQBQCI Non "oo'~ noi<oudos JozdnQD .OI ~o roil.usa~ dnsdzsvbanJ ni SIC~" a Z.L.I..B bent '=L-MCD ~ Joofno>>Q insoo/bs nf5 fo f ol~ CC>,', C.I.e.b >>irlorrQ ei Orris yciqeib Jr ueiv A ~ LL 'I I ) Io ~ 6 -ciuqinam lodr QQ pniw54 bdsod 8-1l 3 yidnsJQJ"r'Juc bs~saoI ci nQJ~ bGQ'h Aco '109G'lEQQ n~ QG 0/Qio xciiavoclLlol'disv bnc gossip Ii IonoGftffGqo Ikfm1QA 6 A<@'8 I od ~ s'lukepq a r..s.e.~ I"sG llgQJq Jb bno eIQT~lloo f oRE od eve eynloeib acrid oc b 5h pJ QL-JC3 lo",ar QQ ~niaub b auoedo, 15JA ~ ~ ~ Aooo~l y I"lollI9 fE ~ /o oi t ~.L.e.b bS"ru edo DOE) 9'lE'YS lKDIfQ oC~ Cf5> d ~ AQ"NGIUqllMWQ CL-7QD '.C, C.b C Q,e,cfl n ~svId.-d srnid pl.J on ei ce. AT spnefno Aoldibnco ri siege .Ao,"s."QJbni gaia,lib >>,ov >>o Ot ps I mI9 r. "" Qzsn." rl.-cliff ("i.l. b "lp no 'gguqgp io o)AQQ A..fg vugg O'J Q'lC 0 r"NCSQ m,"}p'~VE~ GNDCIhol'JIU ~ ."'QIbni >Jocd~sv~ s."cibsmmi nc "r oLol-oB tz",C>>'eo'fQO'lq '3CI>> tO; AQ59 (Z'l.o

Nsmamq ac *.~.9>sahib

~ SP'i&ED o I /FE'E pi vr'o;:lb Ql'~ mQ,AQfc'c'has'R UN@:odiiab yno so> dnaisgqn oio'Idrlo.f 6 7G ~PGCC'OVOlfl E v) rot Io>>>>~>>>>E>> Io Ir vE r>> K I>> I~ ~ rvo>>>>t ~v~~ l00 .; HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKllST A WALK-THROUGH '0 A EVALUATION GUIDELINE - REF. EVALUATIOM GUIDELINE 1 7. Redundancy . in the 6.5.1.1 presentation of information is ~ d limited to cases where needed VD-2. for backup or to avoid VD-6 excessive operator movement. J..L.BA ClC cb ai noBamso>ni 'to n. E-QV b=haon ezorlvI ae."Go:. B QV bfovo o9 'o c J"-'. .0namavam wolcasq~}}